Word for loading a ship

boat, ship, vessel, watercraft

* * *

су́дно

с.

ship, vessel (в сочетаниях — равнозаменяемы)

бункерова́ть су́дно — fuel a ship

су́дно вы́брошено на бе́рег — the ship is stranded

выве́шивать су́дно на ста́пель-бло́ках — fair a vessel plumb [set a vessel in an upright position] on the blocks

высаживать(ся) с су́дна — disembark [put ashore, land] from a vessel, leave a vessel

грузи́ть су́дно — load a vessel

закла́дывать (но́вое) су́дно — lay down a (new) vessel, lay the keel for a new vessel

су́дно име́ет оса́дку, напр. 15 фу́тов — a vessel draws, e. g., 15 feet

су́дно нахо́дится в до́ке — the ship is lying at a dock

су́дно (нахо́дится) на прико́ле — the ship is lying idle [is laid up]

обшива́ть (деревя́нное) су́дно до́сками — plank a ship

обшива́ть (деревя́нное) су́дно до́сками вгладь — carvel a ship, plank a ship with carvel work

су́дно остана́вливается — the ship brings herself to rest

су́дно отвали́ло от прича́ла — the ship drew out from her berth

су́дно перела́мывается — the ship breaks her back

поднима́ть (затону́вшее) су́дно — raise [salvage] a (sunken) vessel

су́дно по́лностью снаряжено́ и оснащено́ (для пла́вания) — the vessel [ship] is all found [is well found]

придава́ть су́дну удобообтека́емую фо́рму — streamline the ship

су́дно принима́ет на борт мно́го воды́ — the vessel ships a good deal of water

проводи́ть су́дно в у́зкостях, кана́лах — и т. п. con a vessel

разбира́ть су́дно на лом — break up a ship

разгружа́ть су́дно — discharge a vessel

расцве́чивать су́дно фла́гами — dress a ship

су́дно сади́тся на опо́ры до́ка — the dock takes the ship’s weight

сажа́ть су́дно на опо́ры до́ка — shore a vessel in a dock

снять су́дно с ме́ли — heave off the ship

спуска́ть су́дно на́ воду — launch a vessel, set a vessel afloat

ста́вить су́дно в док — dock a ship

ста́вить су́дно на прико́л — lay up a vessel

ста́вить су́дно на ро́вный киль — bring a ship on an even keel

ста́вить су́дно на я́корь — bring a ship to an anchor

су́дно тащи́тся на я́коре — the ship drags her anchor

су́дно те́рпит бе́дствие — the vessel is in distress

су́дно че́рпает во́ду — a vessel ships water

а́томное су́дно — nuclear-powered vessel

букси́рное су́дно — tug (boat), towboat

винтово́е су́дно — screw(-propelled) vessel

водоналивно́е су́дно — water carrier, water (transport) vessel

возду́шное су́дно (дирижа́блем) — aircraft (not to be confused with airship)

вспомога́тельное су́дно () — auxiliary ship

гидрографи́ческое су́дно — surveying vessel

госпита́льное су́дно — hospital vessel

грузово́е су́дно — cargo vessel, freighter

су́дно для подво́дных иссле́дований — underseas exploration ship

дноуглуби́тельное су́дно — dredging craft

добыва́ющее су́дно () — catching vessel

затону́вшее су́дно — sunk ship, the wreck

зверобо́йное су́дно — sealer

ка́бельное су́дно — cable ship

кабота́жное су́дно — coasting vessel

китобо́йное су́дно — whaler, whaling boat

конте́йнерное су́дно — container ship

кра́новое су́дно — crane ship

ледоко́льное су́дно — ice-breaker (ship)

лесосплавно́е су́дно — timber-carrying vessel

лоцме́йстерское су́дно — boyage vessel

су́дно на возду́шной поду́шке — hovercraft, hovership

надво́дное су́дно — surface vessel

наливно́е су́дно — tanker

су́дно на подво́дных кры́льях [СПК] — hydrofoil craft

нау́чно-иссле́довательское су́дно — research ship

нау́чно-промысло́вое су́дно — fishery research vessel

нефтебурово́е су́дно — drilling vessel

нефтеналивно́е су́дно — oil tanker, oil-carrying vessel

обраба́тывающее су́дно () — factory ship

океанографи́ческое су́дно — oceanographic ship

о́пытовое су́дно — experimental vessel

пассажи́рское су́дно — passenger ship

патру́льное су́дно () — patrol vessel

су́дно пого́ды — weather ship

подво́дное су́дно — submarine (vessel)

пожа́рное су́дно — fire-boat

приё́мно-тра́нспортное су́дно () — fish transport ship

прогу́лочное су́дно — pleasure boat

проме́рное су́дно — sounding vessel

промысло́вое су́дно — catching vessel

промысло́вое, обраба́тывающее су́дно — factory ship

ре́йсовое су́дно — liner

рефрижера́торное су́дно — refrigerator ship

рыболо́вное су́дно — fishing vessel

рыбоохра́нное су́дно — fisheries patrol vessel

су́дно сбо́рной констру́кции — fabricated ship

су́дно секцио́нной постро́йки — fabricated ship

спаса́тельное су́дно — rescue vessel

спорти́вное су́дно — sports vessel

сухогру́зное су́дно — dry-cargo ship

торго́вое су́дно — merchant ship

тра́нспортное су́дно — transport ship

тре́йлерное су́дно — trailer ship

What is another word for loading of a ship?

Synonyms for loading of a ship
load·ing of a ship

This thesaurus page includes all potential synonyms, words with the same meaning and similar terms for the word loading of a ship.

Are we missing a good synonym for loading of a ship?

The Web’s Largest Resource for


A Member Of The STANDS4 Network

Browse Synonyms.com

Quiz

Are you a human thesaurus?

»

What’s the synonym of twee?
  • A. hopefully

  • B. tasteless

  • C. gift

  • D. precious

Thank you

Thanks for your vote!

We truly appreciate your support.

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

328

Chapter 5

ABS (American Bureau of Shipping). This is a Classification Society. (See also Chapter 7.)

AFRA (Average Freight Rate Assessment). This is a freight billing system which is composed of the weighted average of independently owned tanker tonnage. The London Tanker Brokers’ Panel determines rates for various size categories, for example: 1 5,000124,999—25,000/44,999—45,000/69,999 applicable for six months commencing each January and July. AFRA allows an assessment of a freight scale for various size tankers.

AFRA can also be relevant to such matters as the calculation of demurrage for tankers. For example, in Fina Supply Ltd v. Shell UK Ltd. (1991) the Poitou was nominated to load an oil cargo at Sullom Voe in February 1989. Under the demurrage provisions in the charterparty, the appropriate rate of demurrage was to be determined by applying the AFRA appropriate to the size of vessel actually used and to the date of presentation of the Notice of Readiness. The vessel’s size fell into a range of AFRA which provided a figure of 101.8 per cent as a multiplier to be applied to the appropriate demurrage rate in the Worldscale demurrage table. The case was decided on a number of issues but is given here to show that AFPA does have relevance to commercial and legal matters such as demurrage.

Angle of repose. When bulk cargo is loaded by “pouring” on to a fiat surface, it forms an angle between the cone slope of the cargo and a horizontal plane. Low angles of repose indicate that the bulk cargo is prone to shifting at sea. The IMO “Code of Safe Practices for Bulk Cargoes” (the “Bulk Code”) distinguishes between cargoes having angles of repose less than and greater than 35 degrees.For cargoes with a smaller angle of repose the Code recommends level trimming and filling in of spaces in which they are loaded. One example of a low angle of repose would be with soda ash loaded at Long Beach, California. The angle of repose of this cargo is about 25 degrees.

Anticorrosive paint. This is a special type of rust-preventing primer on a bituminous base. It is used as a primer for vessel’s bottom paints in dry-dock. It has two functions: to prevent corrosion and to bind old anti-fouling that has become porous because the antitoxins or poisons have escaped.

Antifouling composition. These coatings are for underwater use on hulls. They Contain poisons based on copper and mercury compounds. The poisons prevent the adhesion of organisms to the hull.

During the life of the vessel, the poisons “leach” or are gradually released into the sea, killing off the organisms. This paint must never be applied to bare steel because the copper and mercury compounds may cause severe corrosion.

Anti-fouling is proof against the attachment of seaweed, barnacles and other marine growth on the underwater shell of vessels. In modern painting schemes, various compositions are used, such as “selfpolishing copolymers” (SPC) which reduce marine growth on the underwater shell plating and thus reduce resistance, increasing speed for the same engine power and fuel consumption.

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

329

API gravity. In the oil industry influenced by the United States the “American Petroleum Institute” scale of mass/volume is used. The API scale is based on a standard, reference temperature of 60 degrees F. and can be converted to “specific gravity” (SG) by the formula:

SG (at 60 degrees F.) =_____141.5_____

API + 131.5

Apparel. The cargo capacity may be defined in a charterparty as follows:

“… tons, not exceeding what she can reasonably stow and carry in addition to her tackle, apparel, provisions, bunkers and furniture.”

The word “apparel” relates to the equipment of the vessel such as anchors, chains, lifeboats, etc.

Arrest or seizure under legal process. A ship may be arrested for a maritime claim against it through legal action, as a guarantee for payment for damages. Before a ship can be arrested, a court must approve such action. The procedures for ship arrest vary between countries.

If the vessel is arrested, she may be released as soon as the shipowners or P. & I. Club have provided sufficient security by a cash deposit or by providing a guarantee, countersigned by a bank, for payment of the claim and costs. If no security is given the ship may be sold and the claim and costs satisfied out of the sale proceeds.

Articles of Agreement. This was the name given to the document in which the terms of the crew employment agreement was contained. Under some flags, the Crew Agreement is still called the “Articles”. The name came from the different paragraphs in the document, each one numbered as “Article 1”, “Article 2”, and so on. The Agreement was also sometimes called “ship’s articles” or “shipping articles” and indicated that the contract was between the seaman and the master.

Back haul. This may be a diversion for a tanker to move cargo on the return leg of a voyage in order to minimise the ballast mileage. For example, a tanker may proceed from the Caribbean to North Europe and back directly (with a longer ballast leg) or via the Mediterranean and a port in the United States North of Cape atteras (USNH) with a cargo on board.

Back Letter. Back letters may be drawn up to complement a contract in order to lay down rights and/or obligations between both contracting parties, which, for some reason or other, cannot be included in the original contract. This expression is also used for “letters of indemnity”. (See Letters of Indemnity in Chapter 3)

Balespace. The balespace of a vessel is the volume capacity of cargo spaces under deck (including hatchways), expressed in cubic feet or cubic metres. The balespace is obtained as follows:

Length of each hold multiplied by breadth (measured to inside of cargo battens at half length of the hold) multiplied by depth (measured from top of ceiling to underside of beams).

The expression “balespace” does not relate only to space available for cargo in bales but refers to any other kind of packing, e.g., cases, casks, etc.

Ballast. In order to increase the stability of ships, which have to be dispatched without cargo and to ensure that the propeller will be immersed sufficiently, say about two-thirds of its diameter, a sufficient quantity

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

330

of ballast will be loaded before sailing. The quantity of ballast depends on the type of vessel, quantity of water which can be taken in the ballast tanks and also the voyage to be made. Seasonal weather conditions which may be expected on the voyage must also be considered.

Barratry. Under the U.K. Marine Insurance Act 1906 the term barratry includes every wrongful act willfully committed by the master or crew to the detriment of the owners or charterers, as the case may be. The act must be committed intentionally without connivance on the part of the owners. From this point of view negligence does not constitute “barratry” as there is no question of any wrongful act committed with the object of causing loss of or damage to ship and/or cargo.

Examples of acts within the definition of “barratry” are:

Scuttling of vessels with malicious intent (not, for instance, to extinguish fire).

Concealing stowaways on board.

Smuggling, without owner’s consent.

Under the terms of hull insurance policies, shipowners may be covered for barratry of the master and mariners.

Beaufort Wind Scale. At sea the wind speed is expressed in numbers according to the Beaufort scale. The Beaufort Number (BF) is estimated from the sea surface appearance.

Beaufort

Description of wind

Speed in Knots

0

Calm

Less than 1

1

Light air

1—3

2

Light breeze

4—6

3

Gentle breeze

7 — 10

4

Moderate breeze

11—16

5

Fresh breeze

17—21

6

Strong breeze

22—27

7

Moderate gale

28—33

8

Fresh gale

34—40

9

Strong gale

41—47

10

Whole gale

48—55

11

Storm

56—63

12

Hurricane

64 — 71

The Beaufort wind force scale extends to Force 17 (up to 118) knots but Force 12 is the highest which can be identified from the appearance of the sea.

Bilge. The bilge of a vessel with double bottom tanks is a triangular channel on both sides formed by the margin plate of a double bottom, the curvature of the outer skin of the vessel and the bilge ceiling. The bilge ceiling can be regarded as a continuation of the ceiling on the tank top. More simply, the radius part

of the shell plating joining the bottom and the side shell is the “bilge”.

The water collected in the ship’s bilges can be pumped out by suction pipes running through both bilges.

Bill of health. The Bill of Health is the certificate that used to be issued by the local authorities indicating the general health conditions in the port of departure or ports of call. Before sailing, the Bill of Health was given a visa by the Consul of the country of destination. International Health Regulations now apply, and Bills of Health are no longer very common, but not all countries are bound by these. In some

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

331

countries Bills of Health issued by the Consuls of those countries may be officially required. (See also

Maritime Declaration of Health.)

Block coefficient. The block coefficient of a vessel is obtained by dividing the underwater volume of displacement of a ship by the volume of a block of the same length and breadth, and of height equal to the draught of the ship. The block coefficient depends upon the “lines” of the ship. Passenger vessels with fine lines have a lower block coefficient than cargo ships with full lines. The abbreviation for Block Coefficient is generally given as Cb.

Blockade. Belligerent powers have the right of blockade, i.e., the right to blockade enemy ports or coastal territory for ocean shipping by military measures.

The blockade must be respected by neutral states. Running a blockade, if unsuccessful, may entail boarding and searching for contraband and confiscation of ship and cargo.

Bonded stores. Ship’s stores which can be delivered under special arrangements direct from a bonded warehouse to the vessel without payment of Customs duties.

Bonding. This is an operation that was performed (and can still be used in some ports) on oil tankers to prevent electrical discharges caused by a difference of discharged. A shore grounded cable was attached to the vessel before the cargo potential between ship and shore when the cargo of oil was being loaded or hoses are connected. The loading or discharging of oil can lead to static electricity charging and the discharge can lead to explosion if this occurs when the cargo hoses break or are disconnected because explosive oil vapours may be present during cargo-handling operations.

Boot topping. The boot topping is part of the outside shell of the vessel between the light and loaded draught, that is, that part of the hull which is exposed alternately to wind and water. Moreover, the vessel’s berthing and unberthing and also tugs’ rubbing against the ship in the arrival and departure from ports lead to severe abrasion in this region.

It was customary to use a special kind of paint, which dries quickly, for the boot topping region. The normal antifouling paint, when exposed alternately to water and wind, is less cohesive. A coat of boot topping paint was laid over the anti-Corrosive paint.

However, with modem, high quality paints the boot topping hull region is no longer defined as requiring special coating. The same coating may be used between the light loadlines and the upper deck except that there is still likely to be a higher degree of abrasion in this region. (See Figure 5.2.)

Breadth moulded. This expression relates to the maximum breadth of a ship measured amidships between the outside (heels) of the frames, i.e. to the inside of shell plating. (See also Extreme breadth.)

Figure 5.2

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

332

Break bulk cargo. This is cargo carried on board traditional, conventional general cargo ships. The cargo is loaded and discharged one piece at a time (heavy cargoes) or a few pieces at a time, such as a number of bales or drums or a bundle of steel sheets.

Broken stowage. This refers to space not occupied by cargo iii a cargo compartment or even in a container. It can be caused by fittings in the ship, such as car decks in a ro-ro vessel or web frames in a cargo hold. It can also be caused by the non-uniform shape of the cargo pieces themselves, such as the spaces around protrusions in heavy machinery or between curved casks.

Broken stowage represents lost cargo space and therefore lost earning capacity. Moreover, broken stowage is a void space, which could encourage cargo movement while the vessel is moving in a seaway.

Therefore broken stowage must be avoided as far as possible both by planning cargo stowage so that the least space is wasted and by attempting to fill empty spaces between cargo. This can be done by dunnage or by small, nearly flexible parcels of cargo such as coils of wire or small bales, or, in the case of timber cargoes, smaller parcels of pieces of the timber. Exporters of timber from the Baltic ship “ends” for filling the space left unoccupied. Such filling up cargo is carried at a lower rate, for example twothirds of the normal rate.

The percentage of waste depends upon various factors, e.g., the kind of cargo and packing (bags or cases), space occupied by dunnage, type of vessel (one or more tweendecks), number of hold obstructions and the lines of the ship’s hull which affects the shape of the holds, in particular those nearest to the bow and stem, etc. As a matter of course more space may be lost in fast cargo vessels, which have sharp lines for speed. Another factor is the loss of space with bagged goods because bagged cargo may be subjected to more pressure in the lower holds than in the tween decks of general cargo ships.

Builder’s certificate. As the name indicates, this certificate is issued by the shipbuilding yard, containing a true account of the estimated tonnage; the year and place where the vessel was built and also the name of the owners and other details. This certificate is required in addition to the declaration of ownership , on the first registry of the ship.

Bulk cargo. The IMO “Code of Safe Practices for Solid Bulk Cargoes” defines this cargo as:

“A cargo consisting of solids in particle or granular form, with or without entrained moisture, generally homogeneous as to composition, and loaded directly into a ship’s cargo spaces without bagging or packaging.”

Huge volumes of cargo in international trade are transported in bulk form in specialised bulk carriers. However, small percentages of the different bulk commodities may still be fixed for ships which are not specialised bulk carriers, for example, general cargo ships and there will then be important cosniderations to be taken into account. The main hazard with some dense bulk cargoes is stress or lack of stability, caused by improper weight distribution. In purpose-built ore carriers these problems are minimised because of planned loading instructions from the ship designer and also the strength and design of the ship itself.

There are various categories of hazard with bulk cargoes. For example,

(a)improper weight distribution can result in structural damage;

(b)improper stability or reduced stability can occur during the voyage because of cargo shift; the improper stability can be excessive, where the vessel is too “stiff” with a large metacentric height because

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

333

high-density cargo, such as iron ore, is loaded too low down; it can also be deficient;

(c)some commodities heat spontaneously, e.g., coal and ore concentrates;

(c)toxic or explosive gases can be emitted, e.g. from coal;

(d)severe corrosion can be caused by some bulks such as sulphur ;

(e)determination of quantity loaded can be difficult (see “draft survey”);

(f)some cargoes, such as ore concentrates and similar finely divided materials, liquefy when shipped

in a damp state; they may appear to be in a relatively dry granular state when loaded yet may contain sufficient moisture so as to become fluid under the stimulus of compaction and the vibration which occurs during a voyage; in the resulting viscous, fluid state the cargo may flow to one side of the ship with a roll one way but not completely return when the ship rolls the other way; the vessel may progressively reach a dangerous heel;

(g) damage can be caused by improper cargo-handling methods; e.g., ‘‘pouring’’ of heavy lumps of a high—density bulk cargo can damage the bottom of the hold; grabs used for discharge can also damage the vessel’s structure.

Therefore, before loading any solid bulk cargo, the master and shipowner should obtain detailed, comprehensive and current information from the shipper.

Bulkheads. These are steel divisions across the vessel either transversely or fore and aft. The functions of bulkheads are:

1.To increase the safety of a ship. By dividing a ship into separate watertight compartments, the damage in case of collision may be confined to one compartment. Should one compartment be flooded, the bulkheads must be strong enough to withstand the pressure of water, so that the adjacent compartments remain dry.

2.To separate the engine room from the cargo holds or cargo tanks. 3.To increase the transverse strength of a vessel

4.To reduce the risk of fire spreading from the compartment of outbreak to the other compartments.

The number of watertight bulkheads of a cargo vessel depends upon the ship’s length and design and the Rules of the Classification Society which covers the vessel. The Rules generally require that a “collision bulkhead” is fitted forward, between 5 and 8 per cent of the vessel’s length from the forward end of the load waterline. Fifty per cent of the damage caused in a collision occurs at the forward end of the vessel and this strong bulkhead is expected to prevent the water from flooding

No 1 cargo compartments. Rules also require a minimum of three others if the machinery space is amidships or two if the machinery space is aft. These are to separate the machinery space from the cargo spaces and also an afterpeak bulkhead to provide subdivision at the extreme after end of the vessel. The propeller shaft passes through the afterpeak tank, which is also used for housing parts of the steering arrangements and for containing either fresh water or ballast. The number of bulkheads required by Classification Societies increases with the size of the vessel, mainly to produce additional transverse strength and increase the amount of subdivision for watertight integrity.

Butterworth tank cleaning system. This is a method for cleaning and gas freeing oil tanks by means of high pressure jets of water, either cold or heated. The apparatus consists essentially of double opposed nozzles which rotate slowly about their horizontal and vertical axes, projecting two high pressure streams of water against all inside surfaces of the deck, bulkheads, tank framing and shell plating.

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

334

Capacity plans. The capacity plan shows a longitudinal and transverse profile of the vessel, and diagrams of loadlines as well as the principal particulars, such as:

Gross tonnage; net register tonnage; deadweight capacity on winter, summer and tropical loadline; deadweight and displacement scale on varying draught; this scale also shows the moment to change trim 1 cm and the TPC for each draught; a diagram with measurements of winter, summer, tropical and fresh water loadlines with a diagram of the position of the deck line; this is usually placed alongside the deadweight and displacement scale so that the deadweight or displacement can be found for any loadline at a glance; grain and bale capacity of all cargo spaces in cubic feet or cubic metres and the position of the centre of gravity of the space; bale capacity of all cargo spaces in cubic feet or cubic metres; capacity in cubic metres and tonnes of double bottom tanks, peaktanks, deeptanks and fuel tanks and the positions of the centre of gravity of these spaces; capacity of all stores and refrigerating chambers.

(See Figure 5.3 (p. 420) for a “Deadweight Scale” on a Capacity plan for a bulk carrier.)

Cargo battens or sparring. In older-style general cargo vessels, cargo battens are fitted fore and aft horizontally inside the ship’s frames in the holds and tweendecks at a regular distance of approximately 30 centimeters to prevent contact between the cargo and the frames or shell plating. The wooden planks are fitted to the frames by means of hooks, so that they can be removed. The cargo battens keep the cargo free from moisture or sweat, which may condense on the ship’s sides.

The cargo battens are not sufficient as dunnage and in many cases extra dunnage is required.

Cargo plan or stowage plan. In the regular liner trade it is customary to draw up a stowage plan, showing in different colours the part of the ship in which the various parcels have been stowed, stating at the same time marks and destination.

Such a document gives a clear picture of the stowage of each parcel and it will enable agents at the port of discharge to take the necessary preparatory measures for the discharge of the vessel well in advance. Moreover, in case of damage or it is important to know which parcels are affected.

Cargo oil pump (COP). This is a pump used on board tankers for discharging cargo and loading or discharging ballast. The pumps are usually located at the bottom of the pump room and can be of various types, e.g., the centrifugal turbine type or the steam-driven reciprocating, duplex type.

Cash flow. Cash flow represents the total funds that corporations generate internally for investment in the modernisation and expansion of the fleet or for making an acceptable profit. This is a method of calculating the revenue against the expenses. For vessels, the revenue consists of either freight or hire and the expenses can be classified and separated into different categories, such as:

Voyage costs—fuel consumption, port charges, canal dues..

Operating costs—crew, stores, insurance, maintenance, administration.. Cargo-handling costs …

Capital costs—financing structure, interest, capital payments… Taxes—national corporate taxes, cargo taxes…. Dividends—to shareholders …

In the financing of vessel acquisition, bankers and other financial institutions paid more attention, in 1990 and 1991, to a shipowner’s cash flow than to the expected capital growth that had been the case in the 1980s. Consequently, financing of ships became more difficult.

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

335

Ceiling. The ceiling consists of wooden planks laid on top of the double bottom tanks. The planks are laid longitudinally and prevent contact between the cargo and the double bottom. In some cargo vessels a ceiling is only fitted below the hatchway as a platform for cargo. The ceiling in itself is not sufficient as dunnage for bagged cargo and extra dunnage, e.g., is required, in order to ensure a good outturn. The ceiling and cargo battens are considered as permanent dunnage in contrast with dunnage such as mats, boards, burlap, paper, etc, which is “portable” or “temporary” dunnage.

Centre of buoyancy (B). This is the geometric centre of the under water shape or volume of a floating object. The buoyancy force provided by the liquid in which the object floats acts vertically upwards through B.

Centre of gravity (G). The line of action of the weight (force) of a body acts vertically downwards through this point, named “G”. For a uniform block, G is at the centre. For a ship, the position of G depends on the various weights in the ship.

Centreline bulkhead. Some general cargo, tramp vessels, were fitted with centerline bulkheads extending from the bulkheads to the hatchways. Apart from increasing the longitudinal strength, such centerline bulkheads mean a considerable saving in expenses for shifting boards required by vessels carrying grain in bulk. Such grain tight shifting boards had only to be fitted in the lower holds over a distance equal to the length of the hatchways.

Certificate of registry. The certificate of registry is issued by the national authorities of the country in which the vessel’s owners are based.

The certificate of registry which establishes the nationality and ownership of a ship shall be used only for the lawful navigation of the ship.

Clean ballast. A tank on board an oil tanker may be so cleaned since oil was last carried in it that the effluent from it would not produce visible traces of oil on the surface of the water or on nearby shorelines or cause a sludge or emulsion to be deposited beneath the surface of the water or on nearby shorelines. When the effluent is discharged, the vessel must be stationary and the discharge must be into clean, calm water on a clear day for the above criteria to apply.

The ballast may also be discharged through suitable oil discharge monitoring and control systems but the oil content must not be more than 15 parts per million for the effluent to be considered to be “clean ballast”, despite visible traces of oil being present.

In the attempts to stem pollution by oil from ships, the MARPOL Convention was adopted in 1973 and a Protocol added in 1978 which aimed at preventing pollution by oil from ships. Under MARPOL, existing ships were permitted to discharge oily mixtures into the sea under very strictly controlled circumstances. Such ships had to be fitted appropriately to prevent operational pollution. They were permitted to have either Dedicated Clean Ballast Tanks (CBT) or Segregated Ballast Tanks (SBT) or operate Crude Oil Washing (COW) depending on size. For crude oil tankers over 70,000 deadweight tonnes, the Clean Ballast Tank option ended in 1985 and for those over 40,000 it ended in 1987.

“New tankers” (built, delivered or converted after a range of dates from 1979 to 1982) could have only “Protectively located” SBTs and COW.

If a tanker is not a “new tanker” there are requirements for control of operational pollution and control of the discharge of oil. One criterion permitting discharge from these tankers is that the effluent discharged must meet the description of “clean ballast”.

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

336

Coefficient of fineness of waterplane area (Cw). This is the ratio between the area of the waterplane and the area of a rectangle of the length and maximum breadth of the vessel’s waterplane: This will vary with draught.

Cofferdam. In oil tankers the oil tanks are separated from the engine room by means of a cofferdam formed by two transverse bulkheads. The cofferdam extends over the entire breadth of the vessel and prevents leakage from the oil tanks to the engine room or diesel-oil bunkers. The pump rooms are also separated from adjacent tanks by cofferdams.

Coiled ship. This ship type would most probably be an oil tanker or a tanker to carry liquids in bulk. It would be provided with coils through which steam is passed to heat the liquid to reduce its “viscosity” and enable it to be pumped more easily.

Collision bulkhead. (Sometimes called a forepeak bulkhead.) All vessels must-be fitted with a minimum number of bulkheads. (See Bulkheads above.) The most important is the collision bulkhead fitted forward. The bow of a ship involved in a collision has a serious chance of being damaged. The damage can be very severe. Therefore a heavy bulkhead is specified by the Classification Society and also under the SOLAS 1974/1978 Convention. The collision bulkhead must be watertight up to the uppermost continuous deck (the “freeboard deck”) and located at a distance from the forward perpendicular of between 5 per cent and 8 per cent of the ship’s length or 10 metres, whichever is more. There are other criteria for collision bulkheads, which need not be set out in detail here. Reference to the relevant document containing the Rules and regulations of a Classification Society and also the SOLAS Convention will assist with the details.

The main object in constructing a collision bulkhead is to prevent flooding of the forward hold in case of collision. In practice, the collision bulkhead on board cargo ships is placed at the minimum distance in order to obtain the greatest cargo space in the forward hold.

Combination carrier. (See also Ship types.) Fundamentally, this is a vessel designed to carry either liquid or dry bulk cargoes. If a vessel is a specialist vessel, for example, only carrying crude oil, there is a disadvantage to the shipowner because the vessel would have to be ballasted on one leg of each passage. The vessel cannot earn money for the shipowner while it is in ballast, unless, of course, it is on a period time charter or on a demise charter. The combined carrier was developed mainly as bulk carrier capable of carrying oil in wing tanks. The type was originally developed as an ore/oil carrier (0/0) but further design developments led to a vessel which is flexible enough with the cargoes that it can carry to be called an OBO, or Ore/Bulk/Oil.

The O/O carrier is similar in construction to an ore carrier which has strengthened structural components for the heavy ore cargoes and wing tanks for the oil. The ore compartments are usually high up in the vessel so that the centre of gravity of the high-density ore cargo is raised. If this were not done, the vessel would have too large a “metacentric height” and be too stiff, moving very violently in a seaway.

The OBO is similar in construction to a conventional bulk carrier but can carry lighter dry bulk cargoes or ores and oil in wing tanks.

The combination carrier is more expensive to build but gives the owner some flexibility.

Complement. The entire crew of a vessel is called the “complement”. The complement can be subdivided into, for example, the officer complement, and the rating complement.

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

337

Concentrates. This is a material in small particle form which results from a processing of natural ore. The main hazard associated with concentrates is that moisture entrained in the particles may settle out and the surface reach a nearly fluid state which will affect the ship’s stability if the cargo shifts. Moreover, some concentrates, such as iron concentrates produced when iron is crushed dry, contain sulphur so that if concentrates become damp the sulphur reacts with the oxygen in the surrounding air to produce heat. Compartments containing concentrates should not be ventilated in order to reduce the oxygen content.

Constructional differential subsidy—Operating differential subsidy. (See Subsidies). These were countervailing subsidies paid by the United States Government to U.S. shipowners in foreign trade in order to offset the effects of subsidies paid to foreign competitors. During President Reagan’s Administration in the 1980s, these subsidies were gradually phased out.

Contamination. If a cargo which is sensitive for some reason is damaged by the nature of another cargo or substance, the former is “contaminated”. This would be the situation if one grade of oil, e.g., a clean oil product on board a tanker, was loaded into a tank that was insufficiently cleaned. The refined oil would be sensitive to contamination. Contamination of oil cargoes can also occur if more than one grade of oil is being carried in different tanks and the valves and/or pipelines between tanks leak. In oil tankers that carry oil it is customary to have at least a two-valve separation between grades to avoid this damage which can lead to very large cargo claims on the owner or operator of the tanker.

In dry cargo ships contamination can occur also between cargoes and also from fumes and other noxious gases from the machinery spaces if the cargo is not properly stowed and adequate ventilation not carried out. Under the obligations for the carriage of goods by sea, the carrier must care for the cargo on passage. Therefore, permitting cargo to become contaminated would be a breach of this obligation and can lead to very heavy claims.

Cross trades. On trade routes between two places or countries the ships belonging to each country may have a large share of the trade but ships belonging to other countries may be allowed to carry cargo as “cross traders”. A cross trader therefore carries cargo between places or ports in countries whose flag the vessel does not fly. Many traditional shipowners have operated as cross traders, e.g., much of the United Kingdom’s invisible exports or earnings from services comes from ships registered in the U.K. but carrying cargo between other countries.

In the Convention on a Code of Conduct for Liner Conferences 1974, the “40/40/20” Code requires cargo sharing on routes serviced by liner conferences on the basis that equal shares will be carried by national lines on the routes and no more than 20 per cent by other countries’ vessels. (See also Chapter 4.)

Daily operating costs. This expression covers the daily running costs of a vessel which can be expressed in a fixed amount per day and which are not conditional upon the quantity of cargo, service speed, etc. (see also Cash flow).

Date line. When steaming from West to East time is lost for each time zone. Conversely, when proceeding from East to West time is gained.

The international date line running through the Pacific Ocean (about the 180 degree Meridian) indicates the place for change of date. When crossing the date line proceeding westward, the date must be advanced by omitting one day.

Conversely, when proceeding in an opposite direction there will be a loss of time and the date must be put back one day by repeating the same day and date.

It should be noted that in order to keep islands belonging to one group, for 3 example, Aleutian Islands

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

338

and the Tongan Islands on the same date, the 180 Meridian is not exactly followed by the date line.

Deadweight capacity. The deadweight is the tonnage of the cargo and other items the vessel can carry at different draughts. Thus, at the statutory summer draught, the deadweight is called the “summer deadweight”.

The deadweight of a vessel is the total weight of cargo, bunkers, dunnage, provisions, fresh water, ballast (if any), stores and spare parts, expressed in tonnes of 1,000 kilogrammes, which a vessel can lift when loaded in salt water to her maximum draught, either winter, summer or tropical loadline, as the case may be. The deadweight is equal to the difference between the vessel’s displacement on her loaded draught and the displacement on her light draught (see Capacity plan for a diagram of a deadweight scale and also Light displacement or light weight).

The deadweight capacity is related to the cargo the vessel can carry under a charter. For commercial reasons the word can be divided into:

“DWAT” or “Deadweight all told”—the total deadweight, usually to the summer, salt water draught, and

“DWCC” or “Deadweight cargo capacity”—the mass of cargo only that the vessel is capable of carrying.

Deals, boards, battens and scantlings. Light sawn timber from the Baltic is classified in deals, boards, battens, scantlings and ends, depending on size. The following sizes are customary in the trade:

Thickness in mm

Breadth in mm

Boards

50

150

Scantlings

50

75—150

Battens

100

150—180

Deals

50+

230—250

Charterparties for full cargoes of lumber provide for shipment of a certain percentage of short lengths (ends) for filling (broken stowage) at a reduce rate of freight.

Deck cargoes. Many cargoes can be carried on deck because of their size or weight of individual units. Ondeck cargo is prone to damage and/or loss overboard and the carrier should try to reduce his liability accordingly. Remember that as far as the Hague-Visby Rules are concerned, “goods” (for which a carrier is responsible under the Rules, excludes “… cargo which by the contract of carriage is stated as being carried on deck and is so “carried”. The word “and” is important. For example, if a carrier is given liberty to carry the cargo on deck (as in most bills of lading and charterparties) but does not carry the cargo on deck, he is responsible and can limit his liability under Article IV, r.5, for damage to it. (See Bills of lading and Deck cargo in Chapter 3.)

Deck cargoes are usually dangerous goods such as asbestos, compressed gases, flammable liquids, corrosives, explosives; timber cargoes, such as heavy logs; long structural steel; heavy bridge girders or sections, railway engines, boilers, pontoons, boxed machinery and small vessels.

Deeptanks. In order to increase the water ballast capacity; many older, multi-deck cargo ships are equipped with deeptanks running from the tank top of the double bottom to the lower or upper tweendeck and extending over the entire breadth. As a rule the deeptanks were constructed amidships forward of the engine room or at both ends. The reason for this was to provide capacity for water ballast, thus improving the draught but with hardly any change in trim.

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

339

In general cargo vessels deeptanks were also suitable for the carriage of vegetable oil in bulk, e.g. palm oil, coconut oil, etc. By means of oil tight partitions and decks it is possible to carry different kinds of oil in adjacent tanks. Each compartment in the lower holds is separated from an adjacent tank in the tweendecks by tank lids, which can be closed oil tight by means of bolts. The dimensions of these tank lids are such as also permit stowage of dry general cargo in the deeptanks.

The deeptanks are equipped with heating coils in order to enable discharge of edible oil at the required temperature. This was another reason the deeptanks were situated close to the engine room or machinery space: it was relatively easy to supply steam to the heating coils.

Before loading of vegetable oil cargoes, the deeptanks and heating coils were subjected to pressure under supervision of a competent surveyor, in order to trace signs of leakage. If no defects were found, the surveyor issued a certificate of tightness, which is an important document proving, in case of leakage, that carriers have exercised due diligence.

Density. For liquids in bulk the ratio of the mass to unit volume is the unit of measurement known as the “density”. This leads to another measurement unit where the ratio of the density of the liquid to the density of fresh water is known as the “specific gravity”. The units of density are in tonnes per cubic metre or kilogrammes per cubic metre, 1,000 kilogrammes being one metric ton or “tonne”. Therefore, the density of fresh water is taken to be 1 tonne per cubic metre. The density influences the draughts of the ship and therefore the deadweight and displacement.

Depth. The depth is the vertical distance measured fromthe keel to the deck. The extreme depth is the depth measured at the ship’s side from the uppermost continuous deck to the lower point of the keel. The moulded depth is measured from the top of the keel plate (the “base line”) to the underside (that is, the heel) of the deck beam at the ship’s side amidships.

Dirty. This expression is regular1y used in tanker freight market reports and refers to fixtures for “dirty” oils, e.g., fuel oil, lubricating oil and crude oil, in contrast with “clean oils”, e.g., gasoline, diesel oil, etc.

A “dirty service” is the tanker transportation of crude oil and residual fuels. A “dirty ship” is a tanker which has been carrying crude and heavy persistent oils such as fuel oil. “Dirty ballast” is ballast that is carried in unwashed cargo oil tanks.

Disbursements. This expression covers all payments made by the ship’s agents for port charges, stevedoring expenses, tug hire, customs fees, stores, bunkers, water, etc., on behalf of owners. The agents may charge a certain disbursements’ commission on such advances, e.g., 2½ per cent.

Displacement. Because a floating body “displaces” its own weight of water, the expression has two meanings:

(a)The volume of water, displaced by a vessel, measured in cubic metres (volume of displacement or underwater volume).

(b)The quantity of water displaced by the vessel expressed in metric tons (displacement).

The term “displacement” without any qualification relates to the weight of the complete ship in metric tons.

The displacement in water is obtained by multiplying the underwater volume by the density of the water.

The displacement varies with the density of the water in which the vessel floats. In salt water, the displacement is higher than in fresh water at the same draught.

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

340

Displacement scale. The displacement scale indicates:

1.Displacement at varying draughts and the number of tonnes required to increase the draught of the ship one centimetre at the various draughts. This number is not a fixed number but varies according to the draught. In light conditions fewer tonnes are required to put down the ship one centimetre on account of the fine lines of the ship’s structure.

2.Deadweight capacity in tonnes at different draughts. 3.Maximum draughts on winter, summer and tropical loadlines.

Dock water allowance (DWA). When a vessel moves from salt water to water of lower density it will increase its draught and vice versa. The amount of change is known as the “dock water allowance”. The dock water allowance depends on the “Fresh water allowance” (“FWA”) which represents the change in draught when moving between salt water (density 1.025 tonnes per cubic metre) and fresh water (1 tonne per cubic metre). The DWA can be estimated from a formula:

FWA (1.025 — d) 0.025

where d = the density of the water in which the ship floats.

Double bottom. The double bottom, extending from the forepeak to afterpeak tank, considerably increases the safety of the vessel in case of serious bottom damage by grounding, which might otherwise result in flooding of the cargo holds or engine room. Moreover, the double bottom, which is subdivided into a number of tanks, is suitable for carriage of water ballast, fuel oil, fresh water etc., and increases the longitudinal strength of the vessel.

The double bottom tanks are accessible from the ship’s holds or tunnel by means of manholes, which are closed by watertight covers with bolts.

Down by the head—Down by the stern—On even keel. These expressions mean: 1.The draught forward exceeds the draught aft.

Such a “trim” will have a detrimental effect upon the ship’s speed and steering. 2.The draught aft exceeds the draught forward.

In most cases a certain drag is preferable in connection with the steering of the ship. Too much drag may result in loss of speed. Ships sailing in ballast may need to be trimmed by the stern 1 to 1.5 metres so that the propeller will be sufficiently immersed, say at least two thirds of the diameter, otherwise the power developed may be wasted.

3.The draughts forward and aft are equal.

Down to her marks. This expression means that the vessel has been loaded to her maximum permissible draught, either winter, summer or tropical loadlines, as the case may be. It does not imply that all cargo space has been filled. If both deadweight and cargo space have been fully utilised the ship is “full and down It depends on the stowage factor of the cargo whether the vessel will be full and down.

Upon checking the weight of the cargo loaded by a vessel when down to her marks, there may be a considerable difference with the deadweight capacity for cargo based upon the ship’s capacity plan, after allowance for bunkers, water, stores, etc.

This difference may be explained by incorrect estimate of bunkers, water, stores, dunnage, etc., or

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

341

incorrect reading of the ship’s draught in choppy water.

Sufficient allowance should be made for the difference in specific gravity of salt and fresh water, the loadlines being based upon loading in seawater.

Draught (also “Draft”). This is the vertical distance between the waterline and the keel. During construction of a vessel, the marks showing the draught are cut into each side of the stem and sternpost and clearly painted from a certain distance below the light draught to a certain distance below above the loaded draught. Sometimes the draught is also indicated on both sides amidships near the loadlines, so that if the vessel should show signs of hogging or sagging in the course of loading, this can be noticed immediately by comparing the draught fore and aft with the draught amidships.

If the mean draught amidships is greater than the mean of the forward and after draughts, the vessel is “sagging”. It is “hogging” if the amidships mean draught is less than the mean of the forward and after draughts. This is -taken into account when a draught survey is carried out to determine the quantity of bulk cargo loaded. The draught surveyor can calculate the draught in different, ways depending on the practice of the firm to which he belongs. Generally, he will take into account if the vessel is hogging or sagging and calculate the means and the mean of means”. An allowance is then made for the parabolic shape of the underwater volume if the vessel is sagging (as is usually the case with bulk carriers and oil tankers) and the deadweight calculated based on this allowance and the vessel’s deadweight scale or displacement tables.

The draught is indicated in feet and/or decimetres. The figures indicating the draught in feet are consecutive and six inches high. The lower side of the figure indicates the draught in feet and the upper side shows the draught in feet, plus six inches. In the event the draught is expressed in decimetres, only even figures with a height of one decimetre are used. The lower side shows the draught in decimetres and the upper side indicates the draught in decimetres, plus 1 din. (See Loadlines.)

Dunnage. The term includes various materials such as timber boards, matting, burlap, rattans, “Kraft paper”, synthetic sheeting or also inflatable nylon bags filled with compressed air.

The use of sufficient dunnage is one of the principal precautions against damage to cargo. Dunnage is laid on the ceiling and along the permanent wood cargo battens, in all places were necessary. The main object of dunnaging is to prevent or limit damage by sweat, breakage, chafing, crushing, moisture and contact with parts of the vessel’s steel structure. It is also used to separate different parcels of cargo and to construct ventilation paths, e.g., in a hygroscopic cargo such as rice.

Strong pieces of timber dunnage may be used to secure loose pieces of cargo from shifting.

Economic speed or Optimum speed. Several factors are considered when determining the economic speed of a vessel. This is the speed producing the best possible financial result for owners mainly because at the economic speed the least fuel will be consumed, especially in times when fuel costs are very high, and also produce the least wear and tear on the main propulsion machinery. These factors include:

1.The prices for bunkers in the ports en route.

2.The relation between fuel consumption of the vessel at high and low speeds.

3.Daily operating costs.

4.The net freight per ton of cargo.

5.Operating profit per day.

6.Future employment of vessel, i.e., when the vessel should be ready to load for the next voyage.

7.The state of the freight market: good market means high speed.

8.Maximum design speed.

9.Technical ability of engine to operate at very low speeds.

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

342

10.The ratio between days at sea and days in port.

11.Weather conditions.

The best method to obtain economic speed is to draw up calculations in a tabular manner for a certain regular trade at varying speeds, e.g., coal from Hampton Roads to the Continent or Japan or grain from the Gulf of Mexico to the Continent or Japan on the basis of full cargoes being carried on one leg of the voyage and the return voyage being made in ballast. Such calculations facilitate a comparison between the financial results. Apart from the economic speed, the economic size also enters in the picture. It is clear that, broadly speaking, the larger the deadweight capacity, the lower are the costs per ton of cargo carried, but here again there are factors which govern the economic size, such as the limits of port facilities to be observed, requirements of the trades which will constitute a main source of employment, etc.

It was thought that the fuel consumption generally varies as the cube of the speed. With the oil crises in 1973 and 1979 more fuel-efficient engines and better bunker consumptions have resulted. The fuel consumption therefore varies also with the year of build of the ship.

The situation is different for liner operators. Obviously, the necessity for liner operators to offer shippers a transit time, which compares favorably with the transit time offered by their competitors, has an important bearing upon the required speed. Another factor is that a higher speed may be required in order to operate a liner service with sailings at regular intervals with a certain number of ships.

Evaporator. This is sometimes also called a “fresh water generator”. Modern vessels are fitted with a fresh water distilling plant. This installation is particularly useful on long voyages as it results in considerable savings on the quantity of fresh water carried, therefore increasing the deadweight capacity for cargo correspondingly. Moreover, time is saved at ports of call where fresh water is ordinarily replenished. Against the advantages, however, should be set the initial cost of distilling plant and distillation of fresh water per ton. The evaporator is also considered when the crew accommodation and fresh water supplies are assessed before a vessel is registered. Under the British system, the shipowner must ensure that there is tank capacity for 90 liters of fresh water per man per day between replenishment of fresh water. This can be reduced to tank capacity of two days’ supply if an approved fresh water generator is carried.

Extreme breadth. This is the maximum breadth of the vessel to the outside of the plating and ship’s structure.

Feeders—Grain. When grain was carried in bulk, feeders were erected to feed the different parts of the holds or compartments, thereby filling any free space which might result from settling of cargo during the voyage. Grain in bulk may settle as much as 5 per cent during a voyage; therefore, measures had to be taken to prevent the shifting of grain because of the settling and the void spaces created.

In any compartment filled with grain there exists a void space between the grain cargo surface and the crown or “deckhead” of the compartment. Various grain regulations have attempted to ensure that at all times during a voyage the vessel has enough intact stability to provide adequate residual stability after taking into account the adverse heeling moments caused by grain behavior within and amongst these void spaces. The necessity to provide temporary grain fittings such as feeders and “shifting boards” (to reduce the transverse movement of the grain causing inclination of the vessel) depended upon achieving the correct relationship between the intact stability characteristics of the ship and the adverse heeling effects of the shift of grain.

New regulations governing the loading and stowage of bulk grain came into operation in 1980 when the International Convention on Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) 1974 entered into force. There is also a set of requirements called the “IMO Grain Rules” which is almost identical to Chapter VI of SOLAS and

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

343

forms the basis of regulations imposed by many countries.

Generally the design of modern bulk carriers to carry grain does not require grain feeders and shifting boards. In small, out-of-the way places, however, and on board small, old general cargo vessels, these fittings may still be used if grain is carried in bulk.

Free from incumbrances. Sale contracts of ships usually contain the proviso “free from incumbrances” which implies that the vessel is free from any mortgage or other debt.

Free surface effect. A tank which is completely filled with liquid is said to be pressed up”, while one which is not is called a “slack tank”. The liquid cannot move in a pressed up tank when the vessel is inclined by external (or internal) forces. The position of the centre of mass (or “centre of gravity”) of the liquid will not change. In a slack tank, the liquid can move and the position of the centre of gravity will change, moving to the lower side. This will cause the position of the centre of gravity of the entire ship to change.

The vertical line of force of the ship’s weight acting vertically downwards through the new position of the centre of gravity can be extended upwards in a reverse direction to cut the original centre line of the vessel at a new “virtual centre of gravity”. This will cause a virtual reduction of the metacentric height and have an adverse effect on the vessel’s stability. (See Metacentric height.)

If the tank is subdivided longitudinally the virtual rise in the position of the centre of gravity is reduced and the reduction in metacentric height is not so severe as if the tank was not subdivided. The cargo tanks in oil tankers are subdivided for this reason and the structural components within the tanks also reduce the free surface effect.

Freeboard. This is the distance measured from the deck to the waterline. (See Figure 5.1, p. 413.) The minimum freeboard of a vessel is the vertical distance from the freeboard-deck to the loadlines, indicating the maximum permissible draught, measured at the middle of the ship’s length. The freeboard deck is the uppermost continuous deck equipped with permanent means of closing all openings, which are exposed to the elements. This uppermost continuous deck is indicated on the ship’s side by a small horizontal line (deckline) above the loadlines mark.

The rules for the minimum freeboard for ocean vessels start from the principle that a certain “reserve buoyancy” is one of the fundamental requirements to ensure that the ship is seaworthy. The reserve buoyancy is that portion of a vessel above the water line, which is weather tight (including superstructures).

When assigning the freeboard, several factors enter into the picture, such as hull, form, depth, length of superstructures, and other ship features. Freeboards are assigned by governments or Classification Societies on their behalf. The rules are in the Loadlines Convention 1966.

When a vessel is issued with an International Loadline Certificate 1966 (“ILLC”) the minimum freeboards are indicated for the different loadlines. The minimum statutory freeboard is based on the summer, salt water loadline. The vessel may also be assigned a “greater than minimum freeboard” if the owner applies and the vessel meets certain criteria. (See Modified tonnage in Chapter 6.)

The statutory freeboard shown on the ILLC is the minimum. In practice the vessel may load to a lower draught and the “actual freeboard” may be more than the statutory freeboard. This is taken to be the distance from the deck to the waterline.

Under the International Convention on Load Lines of Ships 1966, the countries which were party to the Convention introduced their own rules on the Convention details. The basic freeboards that are calculated according to these rules depend on the length and type of vessel. “Type A vessel” is designed to carry only liquid cargoes in bulk and in which the cargo tanks have only small access openings closed by watertight gasketed covers of steel or equivalent material. These vessels are assigned with the lowest freeboards owing to the fact that because they ‘are nearly sealed, their buoyancy is unlikely to be lost

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

344

unless they are damaged.

All other ships are “Type B vessels”. Basic Type B freeboards are larger, which means a lower draught. The Type B freeboard can be increased or reduced depending on the type of ship and its fittings. If vessels have old-fashioned hatchways covered with portable beams and covers, their freeboards are increased. Vessels having steel weathertight covers fitted with gaskets and clamping devices, improved crew protection, better arrangements for freeing water on deck and good subdivision characteristics, are considered to be safer and can have a freeboard reduced from the basic Type B freeboard. A greater reduction can be enjoyed by such vessels up to the total difference between the Type A and basic Type B freeboards. The Type B vessel which is assigned a Type A freeboard is called a “Type B— 100” vessel. Its subdivision requirements will be very severe. Other Type B vessels may be assigned a freeboard based on 60 per cent of the difference between Types A and B freeboards if their subdivision requirements are less severe.

Bulk carriers will be most advantaged if they can reduce their freeboards and load to deeper draughts. Ore carriers with two longitudinal bulkheads may be as sealed as tankers and can enjoy the B—100 freeboard.

Freight units. When charging freight for the carriage of goods and the rate of freight is to be based on weight, a distinction can be made between:

short ton

= 2000 pounds = 907.18 kilogrammes

long ton

= 2240 pounds = 1016.06 kilogrammes

metric tons

=1000.00 kilogrammes

Freight in the liner trades can be based on cubic measurement. The “revenue ton” was 40 cu. ft. before metrication and is now 1 cubic metre, which is approximately 35.3 cu. ft. In the liner trades freight rates may be assessed on weight or measurement basis at ship’s option, the freight will be on the weight or measurement of the individual packages, whichever produces the greatest revenue. In these trades, the freight rates can also be based on other units, e.g., per container (the “box rate”) or a uniform freight for all cargo, “freight all kinds” (FAK), in a particular unit, be it a box or a tonne weight.

In order to ensure safe carriage, valuable cargo, which requires special attention, will attract freight at a certain percentage of the value (ad valorem rates). Weight and measurement are not taken into account when computing freight on the basis of the value.

The expression “freight ton” or “shipping ton” or “revenue ton” relates to the tons upon which freight charges have been based, either measurement or weight.

Fresh water allowance or FWA. This is the change in draught of a vessel when it moves from salt water (density 1.025 tonnes/cu.m) to fresh water (1 tonne/cu.m). The FWA for a vessel for a draught at or near the summer loadline can be calculated by the formula:

Displacement

4 x TPC

where, TPC = the tonnes per centimetre immersion. (See also TPC and Dock water allowance.)

Full and down. A vessel is said to be “full and down” when loaded in such a way that upon sailing she is down to her loadline marks-each winter, summer or tropical loadline whilst the cargo space has been fully utilised. Unless rates of freight for heavy and light cargo vary considerably, best results, from a revenue

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

345

standpoint, are obtained by loading a ship full and down. To achieve this result, a proper ratio between light and heavy cargo must be determined, which depends on the type and quantity of cargo available.

Fumigation. When the vessel has rats or other vermin on board, and also infestation from cargo, these undesirable elements must be eliminated. This is done by fumigation. Some fumigation agents may be toxic for humans.

Under International Health Regulations, all ocean vessels must be in possession of a certificate of deratisation, which is valid for a maximum of six months. The validity can be extended by one month if the vessel can be inspected or fumigated at the next port. If the vessel is free from rats or if the number is limited, it may not be necessary to fumigate. In that case a “Deratisation Exemption Certificate” will be issued by the competent authorities and is also valid for six months.

Apart from the delay to the vessel, fumigation is an expensive measure so that it is imperative to take all necessary precautions. Fumigation may also be necessary to minimise infestation when certain cargoes are carried, rice or other grains.

Grain fittings. These were shifting boards and feeders for ships carrying full cargoes of grain. Special clauses had to be inserted into charterparties to cover the effect of these fitting on laytime. (See Grain clauses in Chapter 1.)

Grain space.The grainspace is the complete capacity of the ship’s cargo spaces (including hatchways), measured in cubic feet or cubic metres. The measurements are taken from the tank top or top of ceiling, where fitted, to the underside of the deck plating and to the outside of the ship’s frames. The grainspace is the capacity available for cargo shipped in bulk, which is free to flow between the frames and beams.

The term “grainspace” not only refers to gram in bulk, but to all commodities so shipped such as coal, phosphate, salt, etc. Cargo shipped in bulk can flow to the ship’s sides, so that the space inside of cargo battens and beams is fully utilised.

The difference between grain and bale space varies from 2—10 per cent depending on the type of vessel (see Figure 5.1, p. 413).

Hatch beams or hatch webs. Hatch beams, also known as hatch webs, are found in older general cargo vessels. These are heavy beams, fitting into sockets welded or riveted to the inner side of the hatch coamings. The hatch beams serve to support portable hatch covers. Hatch beams also restore to some extent the transverse structural strength of the vessel, which has been affected by the absence of deck beams over the full breadth of the ship.

In some ships, steel pontoon hatch covers weighing about two tons are used for closing the hatchways, thus dispensing with the hatch beams. These pontoons are handled by the ship’s derricks. The hatchways in shelterdeckers were closed by means of pontoons whilst hatch beams and wooden hatch covers were used for closing the hatchways in the tweendeckers.

In modern ships, a special hatch covering system has been designed which can be operated easily by the winches, saving time, compared with the normal hatch board type. This hatch covering is classified into three categories: the wire or chain pull cover, the hydraulic cover and the side rolling cover. The many advantages of this type of hatch cover make it suitable for use on all types of dry cargo vessels.

Hatchways. The hatchways are the rectangular openings in the ship’s decks giving access to the cargo holds. The vertical plating around the hatchways is called the “hatch coaming”.

The hatchways are usually closed by hatch covers. The hatchways are made weather tight. (See also

Per workable hatch per day in Chapter 2.)

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

346

Heating coils. Vessels carrying cargo oil in bulk may be fitted with steam heating coils in order to maintain the required temperature for pumping. By circulating steam through the coils it is possible to increase the temperature gradually to the required level to facilitate pumping by reducing the liquid viscosity.

Fuel oil tanks are also equipped with the necessary heating coils, in order to ensure sufficient liquid fluidity for pumping at all times.

Horsepower (hp). The power developed by engines was expressed in “brake horse power”. Power is now measured in watts (W). The multiple for ships’ engines is in kilowatts (kW). 1 kW = 1.34 hp.

IGS (Inert gas system). After the Convention on Safety of Life at Sea 1974 and that on Prevention of Marine Pollution from Ships 1973 entered into force oil tankers had to be fitted with such a system. Inert gas is produced and piped to the cargo tanks in order to reduce the oxygen content of the yap ours in the tank. This makes the atmosphere in the cargo tanks non-flammable when the tanks are not completely gas free. Hydrocarbon gas in oil tanks cannot burn in an atmosphere containing less than 11 per cent oxygen by volume. If the oxygen content is kept below, say, 5 per cent by volume, fire or explosion should not occur in the space.

The inert gas is produced in a fixed IGS. There are usually two methods of producing inert gas in an•• oil tanker. Ships with main or auxiliary boilers (for example, in steam turbine ships) can use the gas from the engine flue which contains only about 2 to 4 per cent oxygen. This is “scrubbed” with sea water in a scrubbing tank to remove sulphur dioxide (a very corrosive substance) and other harmful substances and then blown into the tanks through a fixed piping system. Alternatively, a vessel without such boilers (for example, a diesel engine vessel, the most common type) cannot use the exhaust from the diesel engine. The oxygen content will be far too high. An inert gas generator is used in which diesel or light fuel oil is burned to produce the gas. The gas is then scrubbed and cooled and piped to the tanks as described above.

The IGS also contains barriers to prevent any petroleum gas from the tanks returning to the engine room where the IGS plant is located. These barriers take the form of a deck water seal and various nonreturn valves.

Keel. This is a continuous plate running the entire length of the vessel at the middle part of the bottom plating.

Knot. (See also Nautical Mile). A knot is 1 nautical mile per hour and is the measurement unit for speed of vessels and also aircraft.

Length between perpendiculars (LBP). The length between perpendiculars is the length between the foreside of the stem and the afterside of the rudder post at the vessel’s summer loadline. In a ship without a rudder post, the after perpendicular is the centreline of the rudder stock.

Length overall (LOA). This is the extreme length of the ship, measured from forward to aft.

Light displacement or light weight. This expression relates to the weight of the hull completely equipped, plus the weight of the machinery, boilers, lubricating oils, cooling water, water in boilers and spare parts, but excluding bunkers, cargo, dunnage, provisions, stores, lubricating oil, ballast, crew, passengers, their personal effects and fresh water. The vessel’s draught at light displacement is called “light draught”.

Load Lines Convention 1966. The regulations laid down in the Load Lines Convention 1930 were revised in July 1968 when the International Convention on Load Lines 1966 came into force. In general the 1966

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

347

Convention allows for a smaller freeboard for large ships, but calls for more stringent protection of openings in decks and superstructures. The tabular freeboard of dry cargo ships, if fitted with steel watertight hatch covers, has been considerably reduced.

Load lines. The deck line and load lines, laid down in Load Line Rules, are marked on the ship’s side as follows.

The deck line is a horizontal line 300mm in length and 25mm in breadth marked amidships with its upper edge passing through the point where the continuation outwards of the upper surface of the freeboard deck intersects the outer surface of the shell.

The load line disc is 300mm in diameter, intersected by a horizontal line 450mm in length and 25mm in breadth, the upper edge of which passes through the centre of the disc. The disc is marked amidships below the deck line.

The horizontal lines are 230mm in length and 25mm in breadth which extend from, and are at right angles to, a vertical line marked 540mm forward of the centre of the disc and which indicate the maximum depth to which the ship may be loaded in different circumstances and in different seasons. These lines are as follows:

Figure 5.6

SThe Summer Load Line indicated by the upper edge of the line which passes through the centre of the disc and also by the upper edge of a line marked S.

WThe Winter Load Line indicated by the upper edge of a line marked W. This is 1/48 of the summer draught below S.

WNA The Winter North Atlantic Load Line indicated by the upper edge of the line marked WNA. This line is not marked on a vessel over l00m in length. The line is 50mm below W.

TThe Tropical Load Line indicated by the upper edge of a line marked T. T is 1/48 of the summer draught above S.

FThe Fresh Water Load Line in summer indicated by the upper edge of a line marked F. This is the distance above S equal to the “Fresh Water Allowance” (FWA).

TF The Tropical Fresh Water Load Line indicated by the upper edge of the line marked TF. This is above the T line by a distance equal to the FWA.

(See also Timber Load Lines and Fresh water allowance.)

The letters marked alongside the disc and above the line through the centre of the disc indicate the name of the classification society, for example Lloyd’s Register of Shipping (L.R.) which may assign the freeboard.

In all cases the freeboard is indicated by the vertical distance from the upper edge of the deck line to the upper edge of the load line in question.

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

348

The load lines S, W, WNA and T indicate the maximum draught in salt water. The maximum depths to which a ship may be loaded in different seasons in the various parts of the world are laid down in the Load Lines Rules 1968.

The world has been divided into various “load line zones” and seasonal areas. These are shown in a chart carried on board the vessel. (See Appendix VIII for a facsimile of the Load Line chart.) These zones govern the depth to which a vessel may be loaded.

A vessel passing in the course of her voyage from one zone or area into another zone or area, in which another load line applies, must have been loaded in such a way that when she arrives in the zone or area in question, her mean draught will not be in excess of the maximum draught allowed in the second zone or area.

The following example will serve to explain the position:

A vessel has the following deadweights when loaded to the appropriate loadlines:

Winter:

9,650 metric tonnes

Summer:

10,000 metric tonnes

Tropical:

10,350 metric tonnes.

The vessel can be fixed to load a full cargo of grain at Santos at a good freight rate for Hong Kong, calling at Cape Town and Singapore for fuel and water.

Daily consumption (tonnes per day): Fuel—20

Water— 10

Reserves to be kept on board at all times: 5 days fuel and water.

Passages: Santos—Cape Town

10 days; all Summer

Cape Town—Singapore

15 days; Summer, then Tropical

Singapore—Hong Kong

4 days; 2 days Tropical then

2 days Summer.

Assuming the vessel loads to its Summer marks at Santos and takes only the essential fuel and water

for each part of the voyage:

Port/Passage

Deadweight

Excess

Cargo

Assumed deadweight

Allowed

Assumed

Fuel

Water

Dep. Santos

10,000

10,000

9,550

300

150

San—C. Town

10,000

9,700

9,550

200

100

Arr. C. Town

100

50

Lift at C. Town

10,000

10,150

150

9,550

300

150

Dep. C. Town

400

200

Cape—S’pore

10,350

9,700

9,550

300

150

Arr. S’pore

100

50

Lift at S’pore

10,350

9,820

9,550

80

40

Dep. S’pore

180

90

S’pore—Sunisner

10,000

9,760

9,550

40

20

Arr. Summer

140

70

Summer—Hong Kong

10,000

9,700

9,550

40

20

Arr. Hong Kong

100

50

The theoretical calculation shows that there would be an excess of deadweight at only one point. Because a decision has been made by management to keep five days reserves at all times, and the only

reduction can be made in cargo, this has to be reduced to 9,400 tonnes. Of course, the reduction in freight can be overcome if space is available, e.g., when leaving Singapore so that additional bunkers can be taken if the price is lower. In practice, the shipowner may keep a smaller reserve or none at all but this

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

349

can be very dangerous if the vessel meets bad weather or goes to the assistance of another vessel in distress.

Where seagoing vessels navigate a river or inland water deeper loading is permitted corresponding to the weight of fuel, water, etc., required for consumption between the point of departure and the open sea.

When loading in fresh water or in dock or river water of any density less than that of sea water a “Dock Water Allowance” is made for the difference in density.

Lower hold. General cargo vessels may have one or two tweendecks (upper and lower) dividing the cargo compartments into lower hold and tween deck space.

Management agreement. This expression may be connected with the chartering of tankers by the major oil companies on long-term demise charters, combined with a so-called “Management Agreement”. However, in the modern shipping industry many shipowners give their ships out to independent managers under a management agreement. To provide a service to the maritime industry BIMCO produced “SHIPMAN”, a Standard Ship Management Agreement in 1988. (See Appendix IV for a facsimile of the box layout of SHIPMAN, with acknowledgements to BIMCO.) An original form should be used to obtain the best benefit. The boxes on the front contain a brief description of an item and a reference to the relevant clauses in the second part of the form. The clauses contain the details and are, of great importance.

Demise chartered tankers may be operated by oil companies in exactly the same way as their own tankers. All running expenses, including crew’s wages, repairs, docking, insurance, survey, etc., are for charterers’ account. Charterers undertake to maintain the vessel in efficient condition and to redeliver the vessel to her owners in the same good order and condition as when delivered.

Under the so-called “Management Agreement” the owners undertake to operate the tanker on behalf of the charterers in accordance with their instructions—all operating expenses being for charterers’ account—against annual payment on an agreed management fee. Under a “Management Agreement” the shipowners, acting as managers undertake to make all arrangements for operating the tanker according to charterers’ instruction and at charterers’ expense, which implies inter alia:

To appoint the master and officers;

To engage a full complement of officers and crew; To equip and supply the vessel;

To arrange for drydocking, repairs, maintenance, survey, etc; briefly, to do all work normally connected with the commercial operation of a ship.

The question may be raised why the oil companies resorted to chartering by demise, combined with a “Management Agreement”. The explanation is that the volume of chartered tanker tonnage has assumed such proportions that a big organisation would be required to deal with all operating matters.

By bringing foreign owners into the picture for tankers chartered on a demise basis, combined with a “Management Agreement”, advantage was taken of already existing organisations with experience in the operating of ships. A great part of the normal work connected with ships’ operation was thus transferred, so that the necessity to expand the oil companies’ own organisation did not arise.

Manifest. A manifest is a document containing complete specifications of the goods loaded by a vessel for various destinations. As a rule cargo manifests are drawn up by the agents in the ports of loading based upon the information contained in the bills of lading.

The manifest shows: Name of vessel; Port of loading and date of sailing; Port of destination, and in various columns: Number of bills of lading; Marks of packages; Number of packages and contents; Names of shippers and consignees; Notify address, if any; Weight/Cubic measurement; Rate of freight per unit; Total rebate; Net freight.

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

350

In some foreign countries it may be required that manifests be certified by the respective Consul in the port of shipment. Usually Customs authorities require detailed manifests when the vessel arrives in a port to discharge.

Maritime Declaration of Health. When a vessel arrives at a port to which health regulations apply, the master may be required to make a report about the health conditions on board his vessel and also about any circumstances on board which are likely to cause the spread of infectious disease. He needs to make a report if his ship is not a “healthy ship”.

The ship can be an “infected ship” if it has on board on arrival a case of a disease subject to the International Health Regulations or other infectious disease or where a plague infected rodent is found on arrival. A ship is a “suspected ship” if it does not have on board persons who have certain diseases but which has called at some infected places before arrival or where there was cholera on board before arrival or where there is evidence of abnormal mortality among rodents, the cause of which is unknown. A vessel is a “healthy ship” if it is neither infected nor suspected.

Some ports will require even a master of a healthy ship to make a Maritime Declaration of Health despite being given free pratique. (See Free pratique in Chapter 1.) The Declaration contains details of the vessel, the place of issue and date of its deratting or deratting exemption certificate (these are valid for six months), the number of passengers and crew and the list of points of call from the commencement of the voyage with the dates of departure. Then follow six questions concerning:

(a)the outbreak on board of plague, cholera, etc.;

(b)plague or abnormal mortality among the rats or mice on board;

(c)the non-accidental death of any person on board during the voyage;

(d)any infectious disease during the voyage;

(e)the presence of anysick persons on board on arrival;

(f)other condition on board which could lead to infection or the spread of disease.

Depending on the answers to the questions the vessel could be placed into quarantine.

Metacentre. This is the point where the buoyancy force up through the vessel’s centre of buoyancy (B) when the vessel is inclined cuts the original line of force upwards through the original B when the vessel is upright.

Metacentric height. This expression may be explained best by the following figures:

Figure 5.7

The ship is floating upright in still water

WL = Waterline.

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

351

G = Centre of gravity.

B = Centre of buoyancy of water displaced by the ship.

G & B are lying in the same vertical line amidships.

The ship is in equilibrium. The upthrust or buoyancy acting through B is equal to the weight of the ship acting downward through G.

Figure 5.8

The ship has inclined to one side through external force and has a slight heel. (Figure 5.8.) The position of G has not changed, assuming the cargo has not shifted.

B1 = New position of centre of buoyancy. Owing to the change of the immersed part of the ship, the position of B has shifted to the lower side (B1).

G and B are no longer lying to the same vertical plane amidships.

M= Metacentre, being the point of intersection of the perpendicular line drawn from B and the plane amidships.

GM = Metacentric height.

GZ = The “arm” or “lever” of the “couple” which has been formed.

The forces of upthrust (buoyancy) and downthrust (weight) are so disposed that there is a tendency for the ship to return to the upright when the inclining force is removed. Hence the vessel is “stable” and GZ is a “righting lever” or “righting arm”.

On an unstable vessel the position of G is higher, which may result from empty double bottom tanks, stowage of cargo on deck, absorption of water in deck cargo, etc. Summarising, the centre of gravity of ship, cargo, water, bunkers, stores and equipment must always be below the metacentre.

The vessel will have:

1.Positive stability if the metacentre is above the centre of gravity.

2.Neutral stability if the metacentre coincides with the centre of gravity in which case there is no righting lever to restore the original position.

3.Negative stability if the metacentre is below the centre of gravity with the risk of capsizing.

If the metacentric height is very large the vessel will be “stiff” and will roll in bad weather at very short intervals, subjecting the ship to heavy strain, which may cause damage to the ship’s structure, apart from the risk of shifting cargo through excessive rolling. If the vessel is inclined as a result of

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

352

unsymmetrical distribution of weight within the vessel she is said to have a “list”. In this case G will not be in the amidships vertical plane. She may be perfectly stable, but will not remain upright.

On the other hand, if the metacentric height is too small the ship will be “tender”. It will roll less violently and may take a long time to return to the upright. This may also cause danger in heavy weather, possibly because the cargo can shift because of the delay in returning to the upright position. (See also Free surface effect.)

Monsoons. Monsoons are seasonal winds blowing in opposite directions. The territory in which monsoons prevails, extends from 30 S—30 N latitude in those regions in which the oceans are surrounded by vast areas of land:

North of Equator

North East Monsoon

October—April

South West Monsoon

April—October

South of Equator

South East Monsoon

April-October

North West Monsoon

October-April

Nautical mile. This is the unit of distance used at sea. It is the length of one minute of latitude and this varies from the equator to the poles. For convenience a standard nautical mile is assumed to be 1,852 metres or 6,080 feet, which is the true length of a nautical mile in about latitude 52 degrees.

On even keel. See Down by the head.

On her beam ends. This term is used to describe a vessel which has listed as a result of shifting of cargo or ballast to such an extent that her deck edge is submerged and her righting power is insufficient to restore the original position.

Out-of-pocket expenses. The out-of-pocket expenses of a vessel in operation only cover the extra expenses which are incurred in comparison with a vessel lying idle in the home port. Wages, food, etc., as well as depreciation charges in full can be deducted from the running costs of the vessel in operation, in order to arrive at the out—of—pocket expenses.

Owners’ agents. If the consignment clause in a charterparty provides for charterers’ agents to be employed at ports of loading or discharge, it is in owners’ interests to appoint their own agents who can assist the matter in any controversy which may arise. Ordinarily charterers’ agents will protect their principals’ interests first and owners’ interests second. Should difficulties arise, the master should be in a position to apply to owners’ agents who are familiar with the custom of the port. Owner’s agents may be called “protecting agents”.

Peak tanks. Distinction is made between the forepeak tank and aft peak tank. The forepeak is the space between the stem and the collision bulkhead. The distance between the stem and the collision bulkhead must be at least 5 per cent of the ships’s length and not more than 8 per cent. (See Collision bulkhead.) The forepeak tank is the part of the forepeak up to the deck.

The after peak tank occupies the space between the stern and the afterpeak tank bulkhead. Both peak tanks may be used for fresh water or ballast.

Plimsoll mark. This name for the load line is derived from Mr. Samuel Plimsoll, a British politician, who

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

353

strongly advocated measures to cease the practice of overloading vessels and placing the lives of the seamen on board in grave danger.

In 1876 this action resulted in legislation being enacted in the United Kingdom, and this brought the desired result and the Merchant Shipping Act was amended accordingly. (See also Load lines.)

Protest. (See also Sea protest.) A letter of protest or note of protest may be given by the master to various parties such as shippers, charterers, or stevedores, who engage in activities which are unacceptable to the master.

Reserve buoyancy. The submerged part of a vessel provides it with buoyancy. The volume of the enclosed spaces above the waterline is the reserve. They provide additional buoyancy as weights are loaded to immerse the vessel deeper.

Reserve buoyancy determines the depth to which the ship can be loaded and also the assignment of loadlines and freeboards.

Salvage costs. This expression includes all expenses properly incurred by the salvor in the performance of the salvage services. (See Chapter 10.)

Sea protest. In case of damage to a vessel or her cargo or when she has encountered exceptionally heavy weather during the voyage which may have caused damage, the master will register a protest (“note a protest”) before the competent authorities, e.g., notary public or Consul. Such a protest may be extended or completed within a certain limit of time after arrival.

In some European countries a sea protest is essential before the shipowner can declare general average.

Seasonal ports. Ports which are only accessible to ocean shipping during part of the year, such as ports in the St. Lawrence and in the White Sea, are called seasonal ports. Because of ice, these ports and their approaches are closed for navigation between December and spring.

Segregated ballast tanks. These are tanks which must be provided on board crude oil tankers after the MARPOL 1973/1978 Convention entered into force in 1983. Cargo oil and ballast must be segregated to prevent pollution. Segregated ballast is ballast water that is introduced into a tank which is completely separated from the cargo oil and oil fuel system and which is permanently allocated to the carriage of ballast or to the carriage of ballast or cargoes other than oil or noxious liquid substances. (See also Clean ballast.)

Settling tanks. Motorships are fitted with settling tanks. Fuel oil may be contaminated with water, which settles to the bottom of the tank and can be drained. This process is accelerated by heating the fuel oil by steam heating coils. Two tanks are usually fitted.

The capacity of settling tanks is such that alternately the daily quantity of fuel can be drawn from one of the tanks, so that sufficient time is left for the settling of the fuel oil in the remaining tanks. The capacity of each tank can be about 12 hours supply.

Sheer. The sheer of a vessel is the longitudinal curvature of the deck from the lowest point on deck amidships. The average sheer of a general cargo vessel is about 1 per cent of the ship’s length. The sheer may increase the vessel’s reserve buoyancy. Sheer features in the assignment of load lines. (See also

Load lines.)

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

354

Shifting boards. In older ships loading grain in bulk, all necessary and reasonable precautions were taken to prevent the grain from shifting by fitting shifting boards. For ships fixed for loading a full cargo of bulk grain, the condition that the vessel must be in all respects ready to load not only implied that the cargo compartments had to be clean, dry and ready to receive the cargo of grain, but shifting boards also had to be in place. A surveyor’s certificate tothis effect was produced when serving notice of readiness on the charterer or his agents. Now, ships are designed specially to carry grain safely in bulk and shifting boards may not be necessary. In any case the ship must possess a “document of authorisation”.

Shipbroker. The shipbroker acts as an intermediary between charterers, shippers and consignees of cargo on one side and the shipowners or carriers by sea on the other. The principal functions of a shipbroker are:

(a)Fixing of carters for cargo liners and tramp vessels (chartering brokers)

(b)Acting as chartering agents for large trading concerns

(c)Negotiating the sale or purchase of ships.

Shipowners. The owners of a vessel are the persons or companies officially registered as owners of the ship. The certificate of registry, issued by the registrar, contains the particulars which have been entered in the “register”, concerning the “ownership” of the vessel, in particular:

(a)the name of the ship and home port, i.e., port of registry

(b)the particulars respecting her origin stated in the declaration of ownership.

(c)the name and description of her registered owner; if more than one, the proportionate share of each.

Ship types. The development of ship types has been dictated very largely by technological advances, mechanisation and specialisation for different cargoes carried. The various designs can be divided into different categories, commercial, industrial and service vessels (leaving aside military vessels).

SHIP TYPES

Commercial vessels

Industrial vessels

Service vessels

General cargo ships

Dredgers

Tug boats

Container ships

Pipe-laying vessels

Off-shore supply

Oil tankers

Drilling vessels

boats

Chemical tanker

Semi-submersjbles

Crane support

Liquefied gas

Incinerator vessels

vessels

carriers

Hopper barges

Diving support

Dry bulk carriers

Fish processing vessels

vessels

Combination carriers

Fish catchers

Fire boats

Ore/Bulk/Oil carriers

Fisheries research

Pilot boats

LASH vessels

ships

Environmental

(Lighter aboard ship)

Oceanographic research

protection

Roll on/Roll off

vessels

vessels

vessels

Ocean mining vessels

Garbage collection

Integrated tug/barge

Seismic exploration

vessels

Heavy lift ships

vessels

Timber carriers

Livestock carriers

Passenger ships

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

355

At the end of 1989, the world fleet trading commercially was (according to Lloyd’s Statistical Tables

1989):

Gross tonnage (‘000)

Deadweight (‘000)

Ship type

Oil tankers

123726

238454

Ore and bulk carriers

109509

193540

General cargo

51680

75869

Container ships

22735

24647

Ore/bulk/ore carriers

19973

37835

Liquefied gas carriers

10054

10358

Oil/chemical tankers

5852

9900

Chemical tankers

3409

5850

Six of these ship types are illustrated in Figures 5.9 to 5.14. The illustrations are meant to be very fundamental to show certain features and plans, profiles and midship sections.

Signed under protest. If charterers or shippers object to the insertion of a certain clause in the bills of lading, the master may sign the bills of lading under protest. The words “signed under protest” affect the master’s signature so that it cannot be produced as evidence.

Should there be any serious doubt as to the correctness of the quantity or weight inserted in the bills of lading, it is necessary to include the qualification “signed under protest” in the bills of lading, or to have an official protest drawn up. Alternatively, the master may give to the other side a “letter of protest”.

Sounding. See Ullage.

Stability. The stability of a ship is the tendency she possesses to return to her original position after she has heeled because of external forces. The stability of a ship mainly depends upon the metacentric height. (See Metacentric height.)

Stowage factor (SF). This is the numeral, which expresses the volume (space) in cubic metres or cubic feet occupied by a unit mass of cargo, i.e., 1 tonne (1 metric ton) when stowed. It is an empirical figure reached by experience of previous stowage and takes into account “broken stowage” and dunnaging. For example, the actual volume occupied by 1 tonne of a piece of cargo may be 2.5 cu. in. but because of its awkward shape and the need to separate it from other, adjacent cargo, it will occupy 2.73 cu. m. The SF is then said to be 2.73.

Before general metrication, stowage factors were given in cubic feet per ton (of 2,240 pounds). Indeed, these figures were easier to remember. For example, jute in bales stowed at about 65 (ft3 /ton). The metric SF is about 1.81.

It must be stressed that SFs are always quite approximate values and the actual space taken up by a parcel of cargo will depend on the care taken in stowing it, the shape of the compartment, the type of dunnage used, the form of packing, the need for a greater or lesser segregation from other cargo in the same compartment and even the season in which the cargo is loaded. SFs are therefore useful at the planning stages before a cargo is loaded so that it can be considered how best to load the cargo on board the vessel or in a container to maximise the space used with the greatest safety.

In the case of bulk liquids, SF is replaced by SG—the “specific gravity”—which is the mass (tonne) per unit volume (m3). This is because bulk liquids will fill the compartment into which they are loaded.

Stowage plans. See Cargo plan.

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

356

Subsidies. A subsidy is a financial assistance for shipping. There are many types of subsidies. Their main purpose is to help develop shipping activities or to assist a national fleet in the face of foreign competition. Subsidies can be long-term or permanent or used only when shipowners are faced with financial fiscal difficulties. Subsidies can be directly paid to shipowners or indirectly assist the shipping industry.

Construction, credit, insurance, operating and scrap-and-build subsidies are some of the many direct subsidies. Indirect assistance can include shipbuilding, taxation and depreciation allowances, and reductions in port and canal tolls for national flag carriers. Subsidies are one form of protectionism and can act against free competition in the market of shipping industry.

In the United States, the Constructional Differential Subsidy (CDS) and the Operating Differential Subsidy (ODS) were quite notorious after the Second World War. The U.S. flag fleet operating in foreign trades is usually subsidised. Before the Reagan Administration, U.S. flag ships had to be built in the U.S. and have U.S. crews. The shipowners were guaranteed differences between their own costs and those of typical competition by the CDS and ODS. During the Reagan Administration, additional CDS funding ceased so the shipyards could build ships only for the coastal trades where no subsidies were given. Even the ODS was cut back.

Sweating. See Ventilation.

Tally. Upon delivery of cargo, the number of packages is checked by tally clerks. The information on tally clerks’ sheets is inserted on the mate’s receipts and bills of lading.

Tarpaulins. In older, general cargo ships, before proceeding to sea it is customary to place three tarpaulins over the hatch covers, thereby ensuring watertightness. The tweendeck hatches may also be covered by a tarpaulin.

Timber Load Lines. Special timber load lines can be used only when a ship carrying a cargo of timber on deck complies with the Load Line Rules.

For the carriage of timber as deck cargo, the IMO “Code of Practice for Timber Deck Cargoes” must be followed.

The timber deck cargo must be compactly stowed, lashed and secured. It must not interfere in any way with the navigation and necessary work of the ship or with the provision of a safe margin of stability at all stages of the voyage, regard being given to additions of weight, such as those due to absorption of water and to losses of weight, such as those due to consumption of fuel and stores.

During the winter season the height of the timber deck cargo above the weather deck may not exceed one-third of the extreme breadth of the ship. At other times the regulations do not prescribe any limit. The deck load may be built up to any height, consistent, of course, with the general requirements of safety and stability, and must not exceed the designed maximum permissible load on the weather decks and hatches. The height of the deck cargo should be restricted so that the visibility from the navigation bridge is not impaired and any forward facing profile of the timber cargo on deck does not present overhanging shoulders to a head sea.

Ship’s personnel must also be protected and, if timber cargo is carried on deck, guard rails or guard lines must be provided on each side of the deck cargo, together with a lifeline to allow the crew to move along the surface of the timber over the length of the ship. The IMO “Code of Safe Practice for Ships Carrying Timber Deck Cargoes” contains many more guidelines, all aimed at overall safety.

The special timber load lines are marked on the ship’s sides as follows (the “L” standing for “lumber”,

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

357

another word for wood):

LS = The Summer Timber Load Line indicated by the upper edge of a line. LW = Winter Timber Load Line.

LWNA = The Winter North Atlantic Timber Load Line. This is level with the WNA Line. LT=The Tropical Timber Load Line.

LF = The Fresh Water Timber Load Line in Summer.

LTF = The Fresh Water Timber Load Line in the Tropical Zone.

Figure 5.15

In all cases the freeboard is indicated by the vertical distance from the upper edge of the deck line to the upper edge of the load line in question. The lumber freeboard is less than the normal summer freeboard to indicate that the timber may add to the ship’s superstructure volume and thus improve the

reserve buoyancy.

(See also Load lines.)

L

Tonnage marks. These are marks, which are painted on the sides of some ships whose tonnage is measured as if the space between the upper deck and the second deck from above is not included in the tonnage. The tonnage that these ships have is called either “modified” or “alternative” tonnage. (See Modified Tonnage in Chapter 6.)

TPC. Tonnes per Centimetre Immersion. If the vessel is loading in salt water and the freeboard is checked it may be found that more cargo can be loaded to immerse the ship another few centimetres. It is useful to convert this to tonnes. This is the TPC. The TPC varies with the draught and with the water density. Changes in draught cause a change in displacement and the TPC assists in calculating the change. TPC can be calculated by the formula

TPC = (A) x (d)

100

where A = area of water plane at a certain draught and d= density of water in which the ship floats.

Trim. The trim of a vessel is the difference between the draughts fore and aft. If the draught fore and aft is the same, the vessel is “in trim” or “on even keel”.

If charterers have the option to take delivery of the cargo in more than one port, it is important that the ship will be in seaworthy trim upon sailing from the first port of discharge, i.e., that the draught fore and aft will be such that the ship can proceed on her voyage without affecting its manoeuvrability or safety. It is preferable to arrange for a deeper draught aft than forward, in order to have a more manageable ship in

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

358

good trim.

It may be added that where a bulk cargo is to be discharged at two or more ports it is customary to stipulate in the charterparty “the vessel is to be left in seaworthy trim between ports of discharge”. If the master has not been informed of the intention of the charterers to exercise the option of discharge at more than one port at the time of loading, additional expenses may be incurred at the first port of discharge to comply with the “safe trim” requirement. These additional expenses are recoverable from the charterers. Leaving the vessel in seaworthy trim may involve more measures and expenses than seeing to the proper draught fore and aft.

“Trim” also refers to the leveling of a bulk (or other dry cargo) either to make more space for other cargo or to prevent the shifting of dry bulk cargo.

Tween deck. General cargo vessels may have one or more tweendecks (upper and lower) dividing the cargo compartments into lower hold and tween deck space. There may be more than one tween deck in older style general cargo ships and certain passenger ships.

Ullage. This is a measurement of space between the surface of liquid in a tank and the top of the tank inner surface. Ship’s ullage tables are drawn up, based on the internal volume of a tank measured from some reference point, e.g., the lip of an “ullage” hole. The reverse of ullage is sounding. This is the depth of liquid in a tank measured from the liquid surface to some reference point at the bottom of the tank “Sounding tables” may complement or replace “ullage tables”. (See Figure 5.16, p. 456.)

This expression covers the free space left in the tanks after loading liquids in bulk. In oil tankers, ullage is left in order to leave room for expansion when the oil is heated to a higher temperature before discharge. Oil can also expand with atmospheric temperature changes so that oil tanks are customarily loaded to 98 per cent capacity.

Unseaworthiness. If the condition of a vessel is such that she is not reasonably fit in all respects to encounter the ordinary perils of the sea, either by insufficient maintenance and repairs, incomplete crew, insufficient equipment or wrong stowage of cargo, etc., she is referred to as being unseaworthy. Unseaworthiness can affect charterparties and other contracts of carriage of goods by sea and can also affect the shipowners’ protection under his marine insurance policy. (See Seaworthiness in Chapters 1 and 3 and also Chapter 8.)

In addition to these problems, many ports exercise port state control, whereby they inspect ships visiting their ports and if the ships are so unseaworthy as to be dangerously unsafe, the penalties for the shipowner and the master can be very high. The ship can also be detained.

Figure 5.16

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page 359

Ventilation. Cargo

damage due to climatic conditions includes such effects as mould formation,

germination of grain, corrosion and rust on metals, and wetting of sensitive materials such as leather. The general cause of such damage is condensation from various sources.

Ventilation of cargo spaces cools the cargo (or warms it if necessary) so that temperature differences between the cargo and the atmosphere are kept to a minimum. Ventilation also prevents the accumulation of moisture in the cargo space, whether this be a cargo hold or a container, thus reducing condensation within the space. The purposes of ventilation also includes dissipation of gases which can be flammable and/or noxious, removal of heat, and removal of taint which can damage odour-sensitive cargo. Considerable harm can be done to some cargoes by ventilating too much and to others by not ventilating at all. Some cargoes, which contain moisture, may give off this moisture on the sea passage. These are called “hygroscopic” cargoes. Moreover, if cargoes are loaded in a-cool climate and then the vessel travels to a warmer climate any incoming air may condense on the cargo. Cargo may then give off moisture. This is known as “cargo sweat”. If the ship loads in a warmer climate -and proceeds to a cooler climate, the cold sea temperature will cause the air in the hold to condense on to the ship’s structure and can also damage cargo. This is known as “hold sweat” or “ship’s sweat”.

For example, if canned goods are loaded in New York in winter for transit through the Panama Canal, the cans will not be much warmer on approaching the Canal than when they were loaded. However, the outside temperature will have risen, as will the “dew point”. (The dew point of the air is the temperature of a glass or metal object just cold enough to cause dew to appear on it when exposed to that air.) Ventilation will cause the outside air to enter the cargo space and deposit moisture on to the colder cans. This would be cargo sweat.

On the other hand, if bags of rice are loaded in Burma in December for discharge in Japan, as the vessel proceeds to the destination the vessel’s steelwork becomes cooler but the cargo retains much of its high temperature in the cargo spaces. Rice is a hygroscopic cargo. The warmth inside the mass of rice will cause an upward current of air from the cargo to condense underneath the cold decks or container tops and this moisture can be deposited on the cargo.

Washplate. In order to minimise the movement of fuel oil or water in partially filled tanks during heavy weather, thereby exposing the tanks to heavy strain, longitudinal washplates are fitted, thus reducing the free surface.

(See also Free surface effect.)

Watch system. At sea the day of 24 hours is divided into duty periods or watches with traditional names:

Afternoon watch

Noon—4 pm.

First dog watch

4 pm—6 pm

Last or second dog watch

6 pm—8 pm

(The two dog-watches are combined into the “evening watch”)

First watch

8 pm—midnight

Middle watch

Midnight—4 am

Morning watch

4 am—8 am

Forenoon watch

8 am—noon

WORLDSCALE. On 1 January 1989, a “New tanker nominal freight scale” took the place of the old system of freight scales for tankers called simply “Worldscale”. The new system, with a new basis of calculation of the freight rates, was called “New Worldscale”. However, by 1 January 1990, this had become so accepted in the tanker markets that the word “new” was dropped.

The Worldscale system generally governs tanker fixtures and freight rates and the system is an index

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

360

based on the cost of operating a standard tanker on the route chosen for the fixture. The index is changed every six months by the Worldscale Association with offices in New York and London and published in books which are distributed to subscribers to the service. The changes reflect the actual changes in the costs for the standard vessel.

Basis of calculation: All rate calculations, which are made in U.S. dollars, are per tonne for a full cargo for the standard vessel based upon a round voyage from loading port or ports to discharging port or ports and return to first loading port using the under-mentioned factors.

All of the factors shown are purely nominal and for rate calculation purposes only. In particular, the fixed hire element of US$12,000 per day is not intended to represent an actual level of operating costs, nor to produce rates providing a certain level of income or margin of profit, either for the standard vessel or for any other vessel under any flag.

(a)Standard Vessel

Total Capacity 75,000 tonnes

(i.e., the vessel’s capacity for cargo, plus stores, water, and bunkers, both voyage and reserve).

Average service speed

14.5 knots

Bunker consumption steaming

55 tonnes per day

Purposes other than steaming

100 tonnes per round voyage

In port

five tonnes for each port involved in the

Grade of fuel oil 380 centistokes

voyage

(b)Port Time

Four days for a voyage from one loading port to one discharging port; an additional 12 hours being allowed for each extra port involved on a voyage.

(c)Fixed Hire Element

US$12,000 per day

(d)Bunker Price

US$74.50 per tonne

This price represents the average worldwide bunker price for fuel oil (380 cst) during September 1988 as assessed by Cockett Marine Oil Limited (of London).

(e)Port Costs

Port costs used are those assessed by the Worldseale Associations in the light of information available to them up to the end of September 1988, the rate of exchange used for converting costs in a local currency to U.S. dollars being the average applicable during September 1988.

(f)Canal Transit Time

24 hours is allowed for each transit of the Panama Canal 30 hours is allowed for each transit of the Suez Canal. Mileage is not taken into account in either case.

(g) Laytime

The fine allowed for loading and discharging shall be 72 hours and shall be subject to whatever qualifications, if any, in the charterparty.

Contents

Index

Ship, Shipping Operations and Shipping Terms

Page

361

(h)Route Policy/Distances

The following route indicators are used in the Schedule and when quoting rates:

C which means via Cape of Good Hope, laden and in ballast.

CS

which means via Cape of Good Hope, laden, Suez Canal in ballast.

S which means via Suez Canal, laden and in ballast.

P which means via Panama Canal, laden and in ballast.

CP

which means via Cape of Good Hope, laden, Panama Canal in ballast.

H which means via Cape Horn, laden and in ballast.

CH

which means via Cape of Good Hope, laden and in ballast, and Cape Horn,

laden and in ballast.

Судно
не приспособлено для лоцманского трапа.

1.       Permission
to take pilot, at… UTC , have , in position… you. —

INFORMATION. —

2.       embark,
at…hours local time , will, pilot —

3. vessel, your,
pilot boat, approaching , is —

. pilot, on , port
side , keep boat —

. pilot transfer,
change to , for, VHF channel —

. wait for, in,
pilot, in present, stop , position and —

. pilot transfer,
for, VHF channel, change to —

. completed , stand
by , until, pilot transfer , on VHF channel —

. suspended ,
pilotage at, (name) Pilot Station ,until… (date and local time) —

. due to , Pilot
Station , cannot, pilot, embark at —

(Abridged from the
IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases) Exercise 14. Standard Marine
Communication Phrasesthe word order in the following sentences right or wrong?
Correct the sentences thai are wrong. Follow the examples given in the first
and the second sentences Examples:

1…… INFORMATION.
Pilot ladder has broken steps.
          Right

2.       INFORMATION.
You may navigate by yourself (or wait for pile
at… station),

… Wrong
INFORMATION. You may navigate by yourself (or wait for pile at… buoy).

3.       INFORMATION.
Pilotage at (name) Pilot Station resumed.

4. INFORMATION.
Pilot boat approaching.

. INFORMATION.
Pilot will embark at…hours local time.

. INFORMATION. You
are exempted from pilotage.

. INFORMATION.
Pilotage at (name) Pilot Station suspended until…(date and time).

. INFORMATION.
Pilot cannot embark at (name) Pilot Station because…

. INFORMATION.
Pilot ladder unsafe.

. INFORMATION.
Embarkation possible.

11.INFORMATION.
Vessel suited for pilot ladder.

12.INFORMATION.
My ETA at… (name) Pilot Station… hours local time.

13. INFORMATION.
Boarding arrangements do not comply with SOLAS -Regulations.

(Abridgedfrom the
IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases).15. Re-order the following groups of
words to make questions.the example given in the first sentence:

1.pilot,
take , I, must     Must I take pilot?

2.require,
you , do , pilot

3. at…, (name)
Pilot Station ,you, do ,pilot, require

. is ,ETA, at…
(name)Pilot Station ,what ,your, in , local time

. local, is , time,
what

. Present, what,
your position

. distance , (name)
Pilot Station , what, your, is from

. station, pilot
boat, on , is

. position , I,
Pilot, can, what, take, in

. will, embark ,
pilot ,when

. freeboard, is,
your, what

. accept, shore
based navigational, do, assistance , you, from, pilot

. wrong , what,
with , is , pilot ladder16. Make the following sentences into questions
acceptable in standard communications (IMO SMCP). Follow the example given in
the first sentence Example:

1.
Do you know when the pilot will
embark? …QUESTION. When will pilot embark?…

2.
Could you please tell us if you
require pilot?

3. Could you tell
me your ETA at… (name) Pilot Station?

. Would it be
possible for you to inform us whether you can proceed without pilot?

. Could you tell me
what your freeboard is?

. Do you know if a
pilot boat is on the station?

. Could you tell us
what your present position is?

. Do you know the
local time?17. Fill in the missing words in the text belowfrom the following
list using appropriate form of the verb

must manoeuvre call
for          may       hoist mean             require

come           embark              meet                show
to

In some ports,
ships. take pilots. They…… take pilots…… the ship

into or out of the
harbour. Ships may……………………………. a pilot by radio or by
hoisting the signal. They……………….. also call for a pilot by
radiotelephone. Ships usually the International Code Flag «G». This
flag «I require a pilot». Soon the pilot boat

alongside the ship
and the pilot her. The watch officer…. the pilot at

the ladder. Then he……… him  the
bridge.

. Match the
opposites

1. to arrive

a) to disembark

2. to berth

b) to complete

3. to proceed

c) to depart

4. to start

d) to unberth

5. to embark

e) to stay

6. to resume

f) to break

7. to repair

g) to suspend

8. to keep

h) to hoist

9. to low

i) to increase

10. to decrease

j) to move

. Choose the right
answer

1.       Where may
pilots be obtained?

a) 
from the office of the Harbour
Master

b)
from the port pilot station

c) 
in the offing

2.       What flag
should a vessel display when she requires pilot in daylight?

a)
the flag «H»

b)
the flag «G»

c) 
the flag «K»

3.       What does
the flag «G» mean?

a) 
I have a pilot aboard

b)
I require a pilot

c) 
I want to communicate with you

4.       What is
the signal for a pilot at night?

a)
the flag «G»

b)
blasts on the ship’s siren

c) 
blasts on the ship’s whistle

5.       What must
captains indicate when requesting pilots by?

a)
the ETA of the ship

b)
the name of the ship

c) 
the draught of the ship

Exercise 20. Match
the synonymes

1.
to inform       a) to understand

2.
to depart       b) to unload

3.
to arrive        c) to contact

4.
to acknowledge d) to berth

5.
to comprehend  e) to leave

6.
to communicate f) to come

7.
to moor         g) to confirm

8.
to discharge   h) to advise

9.
to carry out   i) to get

10.                    to
receive        j) to fulfill

Exercise 21. Which
letter flags deal with the topic «PILOTAGE AND PILOTS»? Name
them5activitywatching the video programme «Bridge Routines » study
the dialogue and be ready to watch the film:ship is at sea, running up to the
Pilot Station. The entire action, with the exception of the Third Officer’s reply,
takes place inside the wheelhouse.are the Master, the watchkeeping Officer
(2/0), a helmsman and the Pilot.

Pilot (to 2/0):

Half ahead.

2/0 (Rings Telegraph):

Half ahead, Pilot.

Pilot:

Starboard Ten.

Helmsman:

Starboard Ten, Sir.

Pilot:

Midships.

Helmsman:

Midships, Pilot.

Pilot:

Steer zero zero three.

Helmsman:

Midships. Steady on zero zero
three, Pilot.

Pilot:

Dead slow ahead.

2/0 (Rings Telegraph):

Dead slow ahead, Pilot.

Pilot (to helmsman):

What is your course?

Helmsman:

My course is zero zero three, Sir.

Pilot (to Master):

Captain, we are coming up to the
pilot station. Please rig pilot ladder on starboard side, one metre above the

water.

Master (to Pilot):

Yes, Pilot.

Master (on radio):

«Arabiyah» Captain to
Third Mate. Rig the pilot ladder on starboard side, one metre above the
water. Have a lifebuoy and heaving line ready, then report to the bridge.

3/0 (on deck, on radio):

«Arabiyah» Third Mate to
Captain. Rig pilot ladder on starboard side one metre above the water. Have a
lifebuoy and heaving line ready. Г1 come up
to the bridge when all is ready, Sir.

Pilot (to Master):

Captain, when I’ve left, keep
steering zero zero three. This will take you to the fairway buoy. Pass the
buoy, then you can set course to the east.

Master (to Pilot):

Alter course at the fairway buoy.
Thank you, Pilot.

3/0 (to Pilot):

The Pilot boat is approaching,
Sir.

Pilot:

Please, sign my papers, Captain.

Master:

Certainly, Pilot.

Pilot:

Thank you. Good-bye, Captain.

Master:

Thank you, Pilot. Third Mate,
please take the Pilot down.

3/0:

Yes, Sir.

Master (to 2/0):

Stop Engines.

2/0 (to Master):

Engines stopped, Sir.

Master (to helmsman):

Steady. Let me know when she does
not answer the wheel.

Helmsman (to Master):

Steady on zero zero three, Sir.

UNIT 5. LIGHTS

PART
I. Vocabulary and reading

these words orally
and learn them by heart

 Light — огонь
fa Alternating I. — переменный
огонь
fa Anchor I. ~ якорный
огонь
fa Fixed I — постоянный огонь
fa Flashing I — проблесковый
огонь
fa Front I. — передний огонь
fa Group-flashing I. — группо-проблесковый
огонь
fa Group-occulting I — группо-затмевающийся
огонь
fa Leading I. — створный
огонь
fa Masthead I. — топовый
огонь
fa Navigation I. — ходовой
огонь
fa Occulting I. — затмевающийся
огонь
fa Rear I. — задний огонь
fa Revolving I — вращающийся
огонь
fa Riding I. — штаговый
огонь
fa Stern I — гакабортный огонь
fa Unwatched I. — необслуживаемый
огонь
fa Isophase light I. — изофазный
огонь
fa Eclipse — затмение
fa Elevation — высота
(над
уровнем
моря)
fa Exhibit показывать,
выставлять,
зажигать
(огонь)
fa Flash — вспышка, проблеск;
подавать
световой
сигнал
fa Height — высота (объекта)
fa Lantern — фонарь fa To
obscure — затемнять
fa Show — показывать,
выставлять
(огонь)
fa Visibility — видимость
fa Visible ~ видимый fa
Structure — постройка,
сооружение
fa Pile — столб, свая
fa Pillar- стойка, столб
fa Pole ~ столб, шест
fa Post — столб, веха
fa Staff- шест, шток
fa Tower ~ башня fa Mast- мачта1.
Scan the text and complete the chartare used to ensure safe navigation. There
are several types of lights. The main of them are the following:Fixed light is
a light that shines continuously. Its abbreviation is F. All lights are
indicated by abbreviations on nautical charts.Flashing light is a light with a
short light interval anda long dark interval. Its abbreviations is FI, but in
nautical charts the abbreviations of the corresponding rhythms

 Q
(quick — 50-80 flashes per minute) or VQ (very quick — 80-160 flashes per
minute) are used.characteristic of the Occulting light is contrary to that of
the flashing light: the occulting light has a long light interval and a short
dark interval. In other words: it

 

an interrupted
light.abbreviation is Oc/Occ.lights are flashing or occulting lights in which
the light-intervals are exhibited in groups that are repeated at regular
intervals, for example F (3) or Oc (2).Isophase light has a light interval and
a dark interval of equal durations. Its abbreviation is ISO.lights are mostly
of white (W), red (R), blue

 

(BVBu) and green
(Gt) colour. In case a light changes its colour it is called
alternating.Alternating light (Al) is a light that shows different colours
alternately, for example ALWGR (Alternating light White/ Green/ Red).Morse Code
light is a light in which appearances of light of two clearly different
durations are grouped to represent a character or characters in the Morse
Code.applications of the types of light are determined by the fact whether a
light is conspicuous or not.most conspicuous light by far is the Flashing
light. Therefore it is always used to indicate danger.least conspicuous light
is the Fixed light Therefore it should merely be used to illuminate an object
or an area.are exhibited from different conspicuous structures, such as towers,
poles, posts, buoys, beacons, staffs, masts and lighthouses.2. Before
completing the table watch the CD-ROM pro-gram «International Maritime
English Programme » (Lights)

Types of lights

Characteristics

Exercise 3. Answer
the questions

1.
What types of lights are mentioned
in the text?

2.
What light shines continuously?

3.
What is the characteristic of Fl?

4.
What do abbreviations Q and VQ mean?

5.
What is the difference between Fl
and Oc?

6.
Which light has light intervals
equal to dark intervals?

7.
What is Al?

8.
What are group lights?

9.
What light is the most conspicuous?

10.     What is a
fixed light used for?

Exercise 4. Find in
the text above the English equivalents for the following words and expressions

1.
Изофазный
огонь

2.
хорошо
видимый (приметный)

3.
шест,
шток

4.
столб,
шест

5.
постоянный
огонь

6.
башня

7.
затмевающий
огонь

8.
столб,
стойка

9.
переменный
огонь

10. 
морская
карта

11. 
показывать
(выставлять) огонь

12. 
проблесковый
огонь

13. 
огонь
Морзе

14. 
группо-затмевающийся
огонь

15. 
очень
быстрый проблесковый огонь

Exercise 5. Choose
the correct answer

1.       A light
which is constantly visible.

a)
a flashing light

b)
a fixed light

c)  
an occulting light

d)
an isophase light

2.       A light
which changes its colour is …

a)
flashing

b)
green

c)  
red

d)
alternating

3.       A light
which has a light and a dark interval of equal durations is …

a)  
constantly invisible

b)
isophase

c)  
occulting

d)
leading

4.       A light
which has a longer light interval and a shorter dark one.

a)  
an occulting light

b)
an isophase light

c)  
a fixed light

d)
a flashing light

5.       The
duration of eclipse is longer than that of light.

a)  
a flashing light

b)
a fixed light

c)  
an occulting light

d)
an isophase light

6.       The most
conspicuous light by far is …

a)  
a fixed light

b)
a flashing light

c)  
an isophase light

d)
an occulting light

Exercise 6. Read
andtranslate passages from Pilot Books. Check yourself by finding the
corresponding Russian translation

1. K. light is exhibited, at an
elevation of 28 feet (8m5), from a black metal structure with a red lantern,
24 feet (7m3) in height, situated on the west ern side of the entrance to the
harbour (Lat.51o26’N,Long.4o00’E) 2. A white group-flashing light showing two
flashes every ten seconds is shown westward from L. point. • 3. A light is
exhibited on each side of the entrance to D.

a)
Два огня, расположенные по вер тикали на высоте 20 и 26 футов (6,1 и 7,9м),
установлены на белой бетонной мачте с черными поло сами 16 футов (4,9 м)
высотой, расположенной на оконечности мола Б. b) Огонь К. установлен на
высоте 28 футов (8,5 м) на чёрной металли ческой конструкции с красным
фонарём высотой 4 фута (7,3 м), расположенной на западной сто роне входа в
гавань (51°26’N. 4°00’Е). c) Белый
группопроблесковый огонь, показывающий два проблеска ка ждые десять секунд,
зажигается западнее мыса Л.

4.
В.
and N. lights in line, bearing 149°, 1 lead to the harbour. 5. Two lights,
disposed vertically at ele vations of 20 and 26 feet (6ml and 7m9), are
exhibited from a white con crete mast with black bands, 16 feet (4m9) in
height, situated on the head ofthemole.fi <#»528383.files/image037.gif»> Light structure — маячная
постройка
Р^
Truncated structure — пирамидальная
постройка
Р*
Brick — кирпич;
кирпичный
Р»
Concrete — бетон; бетонный
Р^
Iron — железо;
железный
^ Steel — сталь; стальной
Р5″
Stone — камень;
каменный
Р^
Wood-дерево
Р5′
Wooden деревянный
Р»
Angle — угол
Р^
Circular — круглый Р»
Hexagonal — шестиугольный Р5″
Octagonal — восьмиугольный Р»
Pyramidal пирамидальный Р^
Quadrangular — четырёхугольный
^Rectangular прямоугольный Р=»
Square квадратный
Р^
Triangular — треугольный18.
Read the text and answer the questionslighthouse is a structure exhibiting a
light. This light serves as an aid to navigation. Lighthouses are always
conspicuous.are built on land and at sea. In most cases lighthouses are erected
on solid foundations.vary in shape. They can be circular, pyramidal,
quadrangular, square, cylindrical triangular, rectangular, hexagonal and
octagonal. They are built of stone, brick, concrete, iron, steel, wood, etc.are
painted white, yellow, red, etc. Sometimes they are painted in horizontal and
vertical stripes of different colours. (A band is a horizontal line, a stripe
is a vertical line). The lights may be fixed, flashing, occulting, alternating,
group-flashing.leading lights are exhibited, the front light is always lower
than the rear light.may be connected to the telephone system for life-saving
purposes.

1.
What purpose does a lighthouse
serve?

2.
Where are lighthouses built?

3.
What shape can lighthouses be?

4.
What material are lighthouses built
of?

5.
What types of lights may be
exhibited from lighthouses?

6.
What does the Odessa lighthouse look
like?

7.
Which light is exhibited higher, the
front or the rear one?

Exercise 19.
Translate from Russian into English

1.  
Маяк
— постройка, на которой выставлен огонь.

2.  
Маяки
устанавливаются на берегу и в море.

3.  
Маяки
могут иметь ажурное основание.

4.  
Имеются
различные формы маячных построек.

5.  
Для
постройки маяков используются различные материалы: камень, фпич, железо, сталь.

6.  
Огни
бывают разного цвета: зелёные, белые, красные, жёлтые.

7.  
На
маяках выставляются постоянные, переменные, проблесковые, задевающиеся и другие
огни.

8.  
На
плавучий маяк нельзя полагаться.

9.  
Находится
ли маяк на своём штатном месте?

10.
На
каком расстоянии от порта находится этот маяк?

11.
Плавучий
маяк окрашен в красный цвет со словом «Санкт-1етербург» на его бортах.

12.
Какой
пеленг этого маяка? — Пеленг этого маяка 85°.

Exercise 20. Ask
questions using the model1: This light is exhibited at an elevation of 10 feet.
What elevation is this light exhibited at?

1.  
A red light is exhibited at an
elevation of 9 feet.

2.  
An alternating light is shown at an
elevation of 141 feet.

3.  
A fixed light is placed at an
elevation of 50 feet.

4.  
A group flashing light is exhibited
at an elevation of 37 feet.

Model II: Castle
harbour is situated on the eastern coast. Where is Castle harbour situated?

1.  
This lighthouse is built on land.

2.  
A metal tower is situated westward
of Drum point.

3.  
A flashing green light is exhibited
at the head of a breakwater.

Exercise 21. Fill
in the gaps with appropriate prepositions

1._________________ A
light is exhibited_____ an iron column, 7 feet    height, situated            the

head of the jetty.

2.  
The lighthouse is connected_ the
telephone system__ life-saving purposes.

3.  
A fixed light is exhibited_ an
elevation___ 10 feet,___ black and white

wooden post,
situated______________ the outer extremity_______ the mole   the entrance____________ A.

harbour.

4.  
Lighthouses are located land or __ sea.

5.  
A lightboat, painted red is moored__ the
edge___ the shoal.

6.  
Lighthouses vary_ appearance. They
are built___ steel, stone, wood,

7.
What is the height      the tower?

8.
What are the leading lights
exhibited      ?

Exercise 22.
Translate from English into Russian

1.
Shambles lighthouse, painted red,
with the name «Shambles» in white on the sides, is moored nearly half
a mile eastward of the 10 fathoms edge of the bank. The vessel has a tower
amidships from which a revolving light is exhibited at an elevation of 40 feet.
A fog signal is sounded from the light-vessel.

2.
A Kghtboat painted red and from
which a red flashing light every four seconds is exhibited is moored near the
edge of the shoal that extends off Khersonese point, about one quarter of a
mile south-westward of the point.

3.
The old lighthouse, a framework
tower, is situated close southeastward of the new one, and in 1929 was still
conspicuous.

4.
The light-vessel is off the station.

5.
«Stripes» is the term used
to indicate markings which are vertical, unless stated to be diagonal.

6.
«Bands» is the term used
to indicate horizontal marking.

Exercise 23. Which
word is the odd one out? Why? Check the meaning of new words in your dictionary

1. square

circular

concrete

pyramidal

2. pillar

base

pole

post

3. cable

fathom

mile

mast

4. hut

dwelling

foot

house

5. green

front

white

red

6. brick

stone

wood

granite

7. flash

tower

sparkle

eclipse

8. hexagonal

octagonal

visible

rectangular

9. exhibited

shown

disposed

erected

10.cape

point

mole

bay

24. Use your
dictionary and match the oppositesblack short horizontal westward band eastward

dark    land
southern fixed                  white rear               eclipse

sea front    flash        alternating
light vertically stripe long

Exercise 25.
Translate the text from Russian into English

Воронцовский маяк

Маяк основан в 1845 году. Он
установлен на оконечности карантинного мола Одесского порта по инициативе
известного русского флотоводца, первооткрывателя Антарктиды адмирала Михаила Петровича
Лазарева.

Первая башня была деревянной. В
1863 году сооружается стальная баш-w,
которая была взорвана в 1941 году во время героической обороны Одессы. Также
был сильно повреждён мол.

В 1954 году после
восстановления мола, получившего название Рейдо-зый, установлена новая
цилиндрическая башня маяка высотой 26 метров. Башня белого цвета, фонарное
сооружение красного. Дальность действия огня красного цвета достигает 15 миль.

Воронцовский маяк является
передним маяком створа, ведущего в акваторию порта с моря. Задним маяком этого
створа служит задний одесский створный маяк, береговая четырёхгранная башенка
которого установлена на крыше белого многоэтажного здания на высоте 20 метров
на расстоянии 1,2 мили от Воронцовского переднего маяка. Дальность действия
огня заднего маяка, также красного цвета, составляет 18 миль.

В настоящее время Воронцовский
маяк с соседними Ильичевским и Григорьевским маяками обеспечивает безопасное
плавание в сложном и с интенсивным судоходством районе, обеспечивает подход к
трём крупнейшим Черноморским портам — Одессе, Ильичёвску и Южному.

UNIT 6. BUOYS AND
BEACONS

PART
I. Vocabulary and reading

these words and
expressions orally and learn them by heart

 Beacon — знак
на
берегу
или
на
воде
r^ Conical b. — конический
знак
Ф*
Floating b. — плавучий знак
^ Leading b. — створный
знак
^ Light b. — светящийся знак
^ pile b. — знак на
сваях
Ф*
Buoy — буй;
(гл.
ограждать
буями)
^ Buoyage system — система
ограждения
^ Barrel b. — бочкообразный буй
fc* Bell and whistle b. — буй
с
колоколом
и
свистком
Р*
Сап
Ь.
— цилиндрический
буй,
тупоконечный
Ь*
Cask b. — бочкообразный буй

^ Chequered b. — буй,
раскрашенный
в
шахматном
порядке
9s- Conical b. конический
буй
fa» Fairway b. — буй,
ограждающий
фарватер
$> Horizontally striped b. — буй
с
горизонтальными
полосами
Р*
Light b. — светящийся буй
^ Mooring b. — швартовная
бочка

Ъ* Nun
b. — буй в виде
усеченного конуса; двойной буй (с конусами с обеих сторон)

Р» Pillar
b. — столбовидный
буй

$*■ Spar
b. — веха

$* Spherical
b. — сферический буй

^ Spindle
b. —
веретенообразный буй

fa»
Unlit b.
— несветящийся буй

Р* Vertically
striped b
— буй с вертикальными полосами

$* Wreck
b. — буй,
ограждающий затонувшее судно

fc»
To indicate
— указывать

^ 7b employ — применятьconcerning
buoys and beacons

$* Ball -шар*
Band- полоса*
Broom голик,
метла*
Downturnedb. — голик раструбом
вниз>-
Upturned b. — голик раструбом
вверх

Р=» Buoyage
— ограждение
фарватера

· Cage
— клетка на знаках ограждения » Cone
— конус

· Inverted
с. — конус, повёрнутый вершиной вниз

· Cross
— крест

· Cylinder
— цилиндр

· Disk
— диск

· То
erect — устанавливать (буй)

· То
establish — устанавливать (буй)

· Mark
— знак, отметка; (гл. отмечать, ограждать) =* Тор т. — топовая фигура

*■ То moor
— устанавливать (буй) =* Painted
— окрашенный *■ Point
— вершина

·
p. downwards — вершиной
вниз

·
p. upwards — вершиной
вверх

·
points apart — вершинами
врозь

·
points together — вершинами
вместе ^ Shape — фигура

** Diamond s. — ромбовидная
фигура

^ Stripe
полоса

^ То surmount
увенчивать, помещать над чем-либо

^* Steep to — приглубый,
отрывистый*
a shoal awash — омываемая
мель»
J 8 feet
patch — 18-футовая
отличительная глубина

ft*
20 feet least
water — минимальная
глубина 20 футов

ft*
two brooms
bases apart
— два голика раструбами врозь

ft*
two brooms
bases together
— два голика раструбами вместе

ft» a black
and white spar buoy — чёрно-белая
веха*
a bank with 4 to 5 fathoms over it — банка
с
глубиной
от
4 до
5 саженей*
offshore — на некотором
расстоянии от берега.

Memorize the
translation of the following sentences* The fairway is buoyed. — Фарватер
обставлен
(ограждён).*
The fairway is unbuoyed. — Фарватер
не
обставлен
(не
огражден).*
Leave this buoy to starboard (to port). — Оставьте
этот
буй
справа
ва).’
This buoy marks the inner part ofT. shoal. Этот буй отмечает
внутрен э часть мели Т.

ft— A spar buoy in
5 fathoms marks the western side. ~ Веха над
5-саженной Зиной ограждает западную сторону.

Ф*
You can pass that buoy on either side. — Можно
пройти
этот
буй
с
любой
стороны.*
These buoys cannot be relied upon. — На
эти
буи
нельзя
полагаться.*
Uncharted
reef rock/
shoal reported
in position
— не нанесённый на карту риф/ скала/ отмель находится, по донесению, в точке

9* Dangerous
wreck/’ obstruction located in position is marked by — опасное
затонувшее
судно
в
точке,
ограждено
буем1.
Read the text and try to retell itand Beaconsand beacons are used for marking
dangers at sea, for marking approaches to entrances, for defining channels,
fairways and their positions etc.and beacons may be of various shapes and
colours. The shape is more important than colour, as certain shapes are used
for particular purposes. Buoys may be lit and they may have topmarks.are pillar
shaped buoys, can buoys, spar buoys, spindle buoys, nun buoys, spherical buoys
etc.colour may be green, red, black, yeDow etc.night many buoys exhibit lights:
green, red, white, yellow etc.may be checkered or painted in horizontal bands
or vertical stripes.may be surmounted by top marks, such as a can, a cone, a
sphere, cones points upward, cones points downward, cones base to base, cones
point to point, a ball, a staff, a cross, downturned brooms, upturned brooms
etc. Topmarks may be painted in green, red, black and other colours.2. Answer
the questions

1.  
What are buoys and beacons used for?

2.  
What do they mark?

3.  
What do you know about the shapes
and colours of buoys and beacons?

4.  
How are buoys and beacons painted?

5.  
What topmarks do you know?

6.  
What may buoys be surmounted by?

К

Exercise 3. Retell
the text, using the expressions listed below
a) The text is headlined

b)  
The text deals with

c)
The aim of the text is to provide
some information on

d)  
The text describes. Further it is
said that… In conclusion

РАНТ
2

4. Scan the
textsystems and types of buoysmain buoyage systems that are employed world-wide
are the Lateral buoyage system and the Cardinal buoyage system. Buoys in the
Lateral system are used to indicate the port and starboard sides of the
fairways.Lateral system is subdivided into two separate systems: the IALA-A
system and IALA-B system (IALA stands for International Association of Aids to
Lighthouse Authorities).countries in the world employ the A-system; the
starboard side of the fairway is indicated by the green-coloured conical shape,
and the port side is indicated by the red-coloured can-shape.and some oriental
countries employ the B-system: starboard is indicated by a red-coloured cone,
and the port is indicated by a green-coloured can.in the Cardinal system are
used to indicate how to pass a danger (e.g. a wreck) in a certain quadrant or
area.position of the danger is indicated by North-, South-, East-, and
West-Cardinal buoys. They will give the navigator information regarding the
vessel’s position in reference to the position of the danger. Cardinal buoys
are pillar- or spar-shaped.buoys indicate special features in the fairway that
can be looked up in the Pilot book. They may have any shape and are fitted with
a yellow lightmarks mark safe water of sufficient depth and indicate that one approaches
the coast. They are pillar-, spar-, or spherical-shaped and are fitted with a
white light.danger marks are pillar- or spar- shaped and are fitted with a
white light.of buoys

buoy conical buoy
pillar buoy spar buoy spherical buoy (cone) (sphere)

Exercise 5. Answer
the questions

1.
What buoyage systems are employed
worldwide?

2.
What are buoys in the Lateral system
used to indicate?

3.
What subsystems is the Lateral
system subdivided into?

4.
How is the starboard side of the
fairway indicated in the A-system?

5.
How is the port side of the fairway
indicated in the A-system?

6.
What subsystem is employed in
America and some oriental countries?

7.
What are buoys in the Cardinal
system used to indicate?

8.
How is the position of the danger
indicated?

9.
What will give the navigator
information regarding the vessel’s position in reference to the position of the
danger?

10. 
What colour light are special buoys
fitted with?

11. 
What do landfall marks mark?

12. 
What colour light are isolated
danger marks fitted with?

13. 
Where can you read about buoys and
beacons?

Exercise 6. Find in
the text the English equivalents for the following words and expressions

1.
основные
системы ограждения буями

2.
латеральная
система ограждений

3.
кардинальная
система ограждений

4.
конус
красного цвета

5.
цилиндр
зелёного цвета

6.
лоция

7.
достаточная
глубина

8.
подходы
к побережью

9.
правая
сторона фарватера

10. 
информация
относительно местоположения судна

11. 
местонахождение
опасности

12. 
восточные
страны

13. 
указывать

Exercise 7. Watch
the International Maritime English Programme (Lectures. Buoyage) and get
acquainted with the Lateral and Cardinal Buoyage System) Listen, take notes,
and draw in colour Cardinal Buoys and Cardinal Buoyage around a wreck8. Outline
their main characteristics

PART3

9. Scan the
text(Daymarks)are not only distinguished by their shapes and colours, but also
by their topmarks (daymarks). The shapes of these topmarks may be a can, a
cone, a sphere or a cross.pillar- or spar- buoys are fitted with red or green
can-shaped or conical topmarks. When the buoys are can- or conical-shaped
themselves they are not fitted with any topmarks.buoys are fitted with two
black cones.is indicated by two cones points up;is indicated by two cones
points down;is indicated by two cones point to point;is indicated by two cones
base to base.special buoy, whose meaning is indicated in the pilot book,
carries a yellow cross.safe water buoy (landfall buoy) is fitted with a single
red sphere.isolated danger buoy carries two black spheres.10. Watch the
International Maritime English Programme ((Lectures. Topmarks) and get
acquainted with the Lateral and Cardinal Buoyage System) Listen, write down,
draw in colour and outline the main characteristics

a)
of the Lateral buoys;

b)
of the Cardinal buoys;

Be ready to
describe orally any of them and answer the following questions11. Complete the
chart

CARDINAL SYSTEM

IALA-A SYSTEM

IALA-B SYSTEM

Picture

Features

Picture

Features

Picture

Features

Shape:

Shape:

Shape:

Colour:

Colour:

Colour:

I

Topmarks:

Topmarks:

Topmarks:

NORTH BU

Light:

Light

Light:

W

Number:

Number-

Shape:

Shape •

Ч

Colour:

Colour:

(SB)STARBa

Topmarks: Light:

Topmarks: Light:

Shape:

H BUOYS

Colour: Topmarks:
Light:

Number:

Number:

Shape: Colour:

Shape: Colour:

8

• !

• Topmarks: Light: Number:

Topmarks: Light
Number

WEST BUOYS !

Shape Colour: Topmarks: Light.

PORT SIDE |

Shape: Colour: Topmarks. Light:
Number:

Shape: Colour: Topmarks. Light:
Number:

Shape. Colour: Topmarks: Light:
Number

Shape. Colour Topmarks: Light.
Number:

EAST BUOYS

Shape: Colour: Topmarks. Light:

Shape: Colour: Topmarks. Light.
Number

Shape: Colour. Topmarks Light:
Number:

Exercise 12. Answer
the following questions

1.
What systems is the buoyage system
divided into?

2.
What is the lateral system used for?

3.
What is the Cardinal system used
for?

4.
How are the North Cardinal buoys
indicated?

5.
How are the South Cardinal buoys
indicated?

6.
How are the West Cardinal buoys
indicated?

7.
How are the East Cardinal Buoys
indicated?

8.
What information does a pillar buoy
provide itself?

9.
What are the Yellow Spherical buoys
used for?

10. 
What are the spherical buoys painted
in vertical stripes used for?

11. 
How is direction of the ship marked
in a I ALA -A system?

12. 
What are the odd numbers used for in
a Lateral System?

13. 
What are the even numbers used for
in a Lateral System?

14. 
What lights may be exhibited from
Lateral buoys?

15. 
What are the cardinal colours? What
do they mean? Draw the picture.

16. 
What lights are used on Safe water
buoys?

РАНТ
413. Read the paragraphs from Pilot — book and translate them into lussian

1.
There are three buoys in the harbour
marking the channel.

2.
A red bell buoy with a staff is
moored close off the north-eastern extremity )fDoboy.

3.
A black nun buoy is placed at the
western end of the channel in a depth of 15 feet. Vessels must pass northward
of it

4.
A black spar buoy, with conical
topmark, is moored in a depth of 10 feet, on he shoal extending off the western
entrance point of the bay.

5.
A green wreck buoy lies close
eastward of the black beacon buoy and on he south side of a sunken wreck, on
which there is a least depth of 26 feet.

6.
A red spar buoy, surmounted by a
ball, is moored in a depth of 5 V2 feth-Dms, at 6 cables eastward from the old
lighthouse, to mark the extremity of the -ocky ledge extending in that
direction.

7.
A can buoy and red spar buoy lie on
the south-eastern side of the shoals on he northern side of the approach, at a
distance of 16 miles, 82° true, from Zumber Lighthouse.

8.
A spherical buoy painted in black
and white horizontal stripes, surmounted by an iron staff and cross, lies close
south-eastward of Cabretta.

9.
A black spindle buoy with cylindrical
topmark is moored off the extreme of the shallow ree£ extending about 1
/3 cables southward from rocky ledges, one of which
dries 9 feet.

10.
A pillar shaped whistle buoy,
painted in black and white horizontal bands, marked «L. P.»,
surmounted by a staff, and exhibiting a white occulting light is placed in 12 fathoms
about 1V4 miles north-eastward of the northern extremity of Tybee Bank.

11.
A black and red vertically striped
conical buoy marked «S. M.», with a topmark consisting of a cone
point down surmounted by a cross, is established off the entrance to Stingray,
and about l3/4 miles eastward of Saldera light-and-whistle buoy.

12.
The fairway buoy, situated about 4
miles north-westward of Cora Lighthouse, is a red and black chequered conical
buoy with a topmark consisting of a double cross over a cone point down. No. 1
red and No. 2 black, situated about 8 cables southeastward of the fairway buoy
have a cage and a truncated cone topmark respectively.

13.
A light-buoy, exhibiting a fixed red
light, established southward of Auts Bank in a position about 13/4 miles
east-north-eastward of Colpoys Point. A light-buoy exhibiting a fixed green
light is established near the anchorage in a position about 5 cables
north-north-eastward of Range Point. The position of the light buoys are not to
be depended upon.

14.
In difficult parts of the river the
channel is marked by red conical and black can buoys; during winter they are
replaced by spar buoys. Red buoys indicate that the channel lies between them
and the right bank and they must therefore be left on the starboard hand by
vessels proceeding up-river.

15.
A light-and-bell-buoy, with red and black
horizontal bands, and showing a short white flash every two seconds, is moored
on the north-eastern side of Potter Rock.

16.
California Rock, small in extent,
with a depth of 9 feet over it, lies nearly in mid-channel in the passage
north-eastward of Pennock Island, about half a mile northward of the
south-eastern extremity of the island. It is marked on its northeastern side by
a black barrel shaped buoy with a topmark consisting of a cone point down.

17.     A
light-and-whistle-buoy, painted red, marked No. 2, exhibiting a white flashing
light of one second’s duration every ten seconds, is moored about 3 cables
south-south-westward of Harwell Island.

I. A red beacon
stands on the northern side of the shoal. 2. A red conical beacon stands on the
edge of the reef extending about half a mile south-westward of Felice. 3. A
beacon marks the edge of the reef extending northward from the southern
entrance point of the bay. 4. A beacon, the position of which is approximate,
stands near the northern end of the reef on the western side of the entrance.

5.
A red beacon, surmounted by a cone,
marks the outer end of a reef which extends about 4V2 cables west-south-westward
from Clover, the eastern entrance point.

6.
Too much reliance should not be
placed on the existence of beacons in the vicinity.

7.
The southern patch has a least depth
of 3 fathoms and is marked on its north-western side by a black conical buoy,
surmounted by a cylinder.

8.
A white triangular beacon stands on
the eastern shore of Higgins Channel 2 V4 miles north-eastward of Betton Point.

9.
A beacon surmounted by a white disc,
stands on the southern shore, which, in line with a rock, painted white, bearing
172°, leads to the anchorage.

10. 
A red beacon is situated on the
southern side of the fairway, three-quarters of a mile eastward of the
north-western extremity of the reef on the southern side of the entrance.

11. 
Two white, square leading beacons,
the front one of which is a stone tower, standing at elevations of 164 and 184
feet, respectively, are situated on the northern side of the port.

12. 
On the northern extremity of the
north-western islet is a white pyramidal beacon 13 feet high, surmounted by a
cross, and on the south-eastern islet is a similar beacon surmounted by an
inverted cone and a cross. These beacons in line bearing 105°, lead through the
channel southward of Larzatita Island, situated about a mile west-north-westward.

13. 
A white square framework beacon, 29
feet high, stands on the southwestern side of the bay, about a quarter of a
mile westward of the light structure. A white framework beacon surmounted by a
cylinder, 31 feet high, stands on the same side, 4 V2 cables north-westward of
the first beacon.

Exercise 14.
Translate the following sentences into Russian

(A.) 1. A pillar
shaped whistle buoy.

2.
A black barrel shaped buoy.

3.
A ball topmark.

4.
A diamond shaped topmark.

5.
An entrance point.

6.
A fairway buoy.

(B.) 1. The
position of the light-buoy is not to be depended on (upon). 2. Too much
reliance should not be placed …15. Form verbs from the following nouns and
translate both the nouns and the verbs, bearing, breaker, leader, situation,
cross, mark, anchorage.16. Give synonyms to, shoal, starboard, ledge, to
proceed, left.17. Give antonyms to, outer, far, here, less, difficult, always,
much, horizontal, foul ground, shallow water.18. Translate the following
sentences into English

1.
Этот
буй окрашен в красный цвет.

2.
Должны
мы оставить этот буй с правого или левого борта?

3.
На
освещаемый береговой знак нельзя по лататься.

4.
Белый
конический буй, увенчанный шаром, установлен на глубине 10 футов.

5.
Чёрный
тупоконечный буй, расположенный около 4 миль к северо-западу от маяка К.,
отмечает северную сторону мели.

6.
С
какой стороны следует пройти этот буй?

7.
Вы
можете пройти этот буй с любой стороны (с левой, с правой стороны).

8.
Восточная
сторона фарватера ограждена красным береговым знаком.

9.
Белый
треугольный береговой знак стоит на северной стороне мели.

10. 
Этот
береговой знак, увенчанный конусом, расположен в 3 /г милях от берега.

11. 
Скала
глубиной менее двух футов отмечена белым береговым знаком.

12. 
Что
ограждают эти буи? Эти буи ограждают мель.

13. 
Как
ограждена мель? Мель ограждена вехами.

14. 
Имеются
ли там швартовные бочки?

15. 
Нет,
там нет швартовных бочек.

Exercise 19. Read
the following fractions in English

20. Read and
translate. Check your translations by finding the corresponding point in
Russian

1. A spherical buoy, painted in
white and green horizontal bands and surmounted by a staff, is moored about
2lU cables south ward of the eastern extremity of the Nome. 2. A can buoy,
painted in red and white che quers, marks the extremity of Peveril ledge.

a)
Светящийся буй (конический зелёный проблесковый огонь с периодом проблеска 5
секунд) ограждает восточную сторону мели с наименьшей глубиной 3,0 м (10
футов), на западной стороне которой на ходится затонувшее судно с четырьмя
мачтами, высотой 12 м. b) Бочкообразный буй, раскрашенный в красную и белую
клетку с топовой фигу рой, установлен в полумиле на северо- восток от
светящейся башни, во время се веро-западного муссона он устанавлива ется как
раз на банке, а во время юго-

3. Three small red barrel buoys,
used when launching and mooring the lifeboat, lie northward of the lifeboat
slipway about lV2 cables eastward of the pier. 4. Two black spherical mooring
buoys for the use of the lighthouse tender are moored at distance of one and
2lh cables, respect tively, from Wolf Rock. 5. A pillar light
whistle-and-bell buoy, painted red and exhibiting a white group flashing
Light showing two flashes every ten seconds is moored about 21/* cables
southward of Runnel Stone; the bell is ac tuated by wave motion. The buoy is
liable to drift or break away, so no reliance can be placed on its being in
position. 6. A conical light-buoy, No 2D, painted yel low with red vertical
stripes, and exhibiting a red flashing light every ten seconds, is moored
about 2V2 miles eastward of Nare point. 7. A red and white chequered can
buoy, with a cylindrical topmark marks the southern side of a shoal situated
about 11 cables westward of the summit of St. Anne island. 8. A red and white
chequered barrel buoy with a topmark is moored about half a mile
north-eastward of the light tower; during the north-west monsoon it is moored
just on the bank, and during the south-east monsoon just off the southern
side of the bank. 9. A light-buoy (conical green; light-flashing green every
five seconds) marks the E side of a shoal with a least depth of 3,0 m (10
feet), on the W side of which there is a wreck with four masts, 12 m high.

восточного
— мористее южной стороны банки. c) Цилиндрический буй, окрашенный в красную и
белую клетку с цилиндрической топовой фигурой, ограждает южную сторону
отмели, расположенную около 11 кабельтовых западнее острова Святой Анны. d)
Конический светящийся буй, номер 2Д, окрашенный в жёлтый цвет красными
вертикальными полосами, показывающий красный ггооблесковый огонь каждые 10
секунд, установлен около 2,5 миль восточнее мыса Наре. e) Столбообразный
светящийся со свистком и колоколом буй, окрашенный в красный цвет и
показывающий группо-проблесковый огонь с двумя проблесками каждые 10 секунд,
установлен около двух с четвертью кабельтовых к югу от Рунел Стоун; колокол
звенит от движения воды. Буй подвержен дрейфу или смещению, поэтому нельзя
полагаться на его поло жение. f) Два чёрных сферических
швартовых буя для использования маячного тендера (по сыльного судна)
установлены на расстоя нии одного и двух с половиной кабельто вых
соответственно от скалы Вульф. g) Три маленьких красных
бочкообразных буя, используемых для спуска на воду и швартовки спасательной
шлюпки, нахо дятся севернее от судоподъёмного эллин га около 1,5 кабельтовых
к востоку от пирса. h) Цщиндрический буй,
окрашенный в красную и белую клетку, ограждает восточную оконечность рифа
(гряды камней) П. i) Сферический буй, окрашенный в
белые и зелёные горизонтальные полосы, и увенчанный вехой, установлен в 2,25
кабельтовых к югу от восточной оконечности Нове.

Buoys and beacons

В.,
Blk.

Black

Чёрный

Cheq.

Chequered

Шахматной
окраски

G.

Green

Зелёный

Gy.

Grey

Серый

H. S.

Horizontal stripes

Горизонтальные
полосы

R.

Red

Красный

v,s.

Vertical stripes

Вертикальные
полосы

Y.

Yellow

Жёлтый

W.

White

Белый

Abbreviations

Bottom

b.

Blue

Синий

Ms.

Mussels

Ракушки,

ы.

Black

Чёрный

моллюски

bk.

Broken

Битый

Оу.

Oysters

Устрицы

br.

Brown

Коричневый

Oz.

Ooze

Жидкий
ил,

с.

Coarse

Крупный

тина

ca.

Calcareous

Известковый

Р.

Pebbles

Крупная
галька

Ck.

Chalk

Мел

Рш.

Pumice

Пемза

ch.

Chocolate

Шоколадный

Qz.

Quartz

Кварц

цвет

R.

Rock

Скала

Cn.

Cinders

Зола

Rd.

Radiolarian

Радиолярий

Cy.

Clay

Глина

rd.

Red

Красный

Co.

Coral

Коралл

S.

Sand

Песок

d.

Dark

Тёмный

А

Sc.

Scoria

Шлак

f.

Fine

Мелкий

|}

so.

Soft

Мягкий

G.

Gravel

Гравий

у

Sh.

Shells

Ракушки

Gd.

Грунт

Sn.

Shingle

Галька

Gl.

Globigerina

Глобигерина

sm.

Small

Маленький

ga-

Glacial

Ледниковый

Sp.

Sponge

Губка

ga-

Green

Зелёный

sk.

Specks, speckled

Пятнистый

gy-

Gray

Серый

St.

Stones

Камни

h.

Hard

Твёрдый

sf.

Stiff

Жёсткий

It.

Light

Светлый

sy.

Sticky

Вязкий

Lv.

Lava

Лава

T.

Tufa

Туф

M.

Mud

Ил

V.

Volcanic

Вулканический

Mn.

Manganese

Марганец

w.

White

Белый

Ml. i

Marl

Мергель

Wd. У-

Weed Yellow

Водоросли
Жёлтый

UNIT 7. DANGERS

PART
I. Vocabulary and reading

these words and
expressions orally and learn them by heart

 Bank — отмель,
банка
P* Drying b. — осушная
банка
P^ Bar — бар, отмель
P** Cliff- утёс> Cluster
of rocks — группа скал
P* Flat — отмель P5″
Ledge — гряда
рифов»-
Patch — группа банок,
группа камней; отличительная глубина; участок Р* Reef
— риф

ЧЬ* Ridge
— подводная гряда, гребень Р* i?ocA:
— скала

Р» Above
water r.
— надводная скала Р^ Below
water r.
— подводная скала Р^ Drying
г. — осыхающая скала Р** ///#/* uw/er
г. — надводная скала Р* Low
wafer r.
— подводная скала Р^ Pinnacle
r. — остроконечная
скала ^ Submerged
г. — подводная скала Р>- Sunken
г. — подводная скала Р» Under
water r.
— подводная скала Р=» Shallow
— мель; мелкий, мелководный 9* s.
water — мелководье 9* shoal
— мель; отмель; мелеть; мелкий

·  
attached s. — примыкающая
мель

·  
detached s. — отдельно
лежащая мель

·  
8. head- коса,
риф

·  
s. water — мелководье
Р*
Spit — коса

Р=» Wreck
— затонувшее судно

Р* Го encounter-
встречаться с чем-либо

Р=* Го threaten
— угрожать

Р» Safety
— безопасность

Р*- Fas*
ice — сплошной твёрдый
лёд

Words and word
combinations concerning buoys and beacons* Awash
— омываемый водой

£*- To
break — ломать,
разрушать, образовывать буруны

Breakwater
— бурун, прибой ^ Clear
— ясный, чистый; пройти не задев ft*
Danger опасность ft»
Dangerous — опасный ft»
Learf *%?//? —
наименьшая глубина ft5*
Prudent — осторожный, зд.
на большом расстоянии ft*
one fathom
patch — односаженная
отличительная глубина ft*
5-fathom line
— 5-саженная линия (равных глубин) — изобата ft*
clearing
marks — створные знаки,
ограждающие опасности ft*
off- shore
dangers — отдалённые от
берега (мористые) опасности ft»
off the
coast ofX.
— мористее побережья X.
ft* to
be in
danger — быть
(находиться) в опасности ft*
to be
out of
danger — быть вне
опасности ft» to
be clear
of danger
быть свободным от опасности ft5″
to pass
clear of-
пройти в стороне от ft*
to keep
clear of-
держаться в стороне от ft»
to close
the land
приближаться к берегу

ft»
to give
a wide
berth — пройти в
достаточном (безопасном) расстоянии ft8″
as much
as … 2 miles
— на расстоянии 2 миль ft*
in line
with T.
bearing 41° — в створе с
Т. по пеленгу 41° ft*
under 11 fathoms
— менее 11 морских саженей ft*
well off..
the pier
— на значительном расстоянии от пирса ft*
vessels drawing
20 feet of
water — суда с осадкой
20 футов

Memorize the
translation of the following sentences» There is a danger due to mines
there. — Там имеется
опасность
от
мин.»
This rock must be given a wide berth. — Эту
скалу
надо
обойти
на
большом
расстоянии.*
These rocks must be given a berth of 2 cables. — Эти
скалы
надо
обойти
на
расстоянии
2 кабельтовых.*
Т.
danger with 4 feet (water over it) lies about 3 miles south-eastward ofM. — Опасность
Т.на
глубине
4 фута
находится
около
3 миль
к
юго-востоку
от
М.»
T in a depth of 5 fathoms lies about 51miles westward ofN. Island.
— Т. на глубине 5 саженей лежит около 51 мили к западу от острова Н.

ft* This coast must
be approached with great caution. — К
этому
берегу
надо
подходить
с
большой
осторожностью.I.
Read the text and answer the following questionsare many dangers which the
navigator may encounter. Banks, patches, underwater rocks, shallow waters may
threaten the ship’s safety. When navigating in dangerous areas the navigator
should avoid all these dangers.a rule, all the dangers are shown on the charts.
They are also described in pilot-books. That’s why pilot-books and charts
should always be carefully consulted.in the Northern seas is especially
dangerous, because of ice. In the open sea ships can meet floating ice
formations. Fast ice is often found over shoals. Icebergs broken away from the
parent formation may float in the open sea. Ice formations may prevent the
ship’s movement. They make the navigator sometimes change course and speed.
When sailing in dangerous areas a sharp look-out should be always kept.

1.
What dangers may threaten the ship’s
safety?

2.
What book should a navigator consult
to avoid dangers?

3.
Why is navigation especially
dangerous in the North?

4.
Why is the ice in bays more
dangerous than in the open sea?

5.
What do we call ice formations
attached to the shore?

6.
Where is fost ice found?

7.
What makes sometimes the navigator
change the ship’s course in the Northern seas?

8.
When is it especially recommended to
keep a sharp look out?

Exercise 2.Find the
corresponding English equivalents in the text

1. 
могут
столкнуться

2. 
угрожать
безопасности судна

3. 
следует
избегать

4. 
как
правило

5. 
описываются
в лоциях

6. 
следует
тщательно консультироваться

7. 
из-за
льда

8. 
сплошной
лёд

9. 
менять
курс и скорость

2

3. Listen to SMCP
on navigational warnings and repeat them. Learn them by heart. Record your own
voice. Replay the original and your own version

There is a dangerous wreck in
position … (marked by … showing …)

Опасное
затонувшее судно в точке … (ограждено … показывающим)

There is a dangerous rock in
position (marked by … showing …)

Опасная
скала в точке … (ограждено … показывающим)

There is a dangerous shoal in
position (marked by … showing…)

Опасная
мель в точке … (ограждено ,.. показывающим)

There is a drifting mine reported
in position

По
сообщению, дрейфующая мина в точке…

There is a gas leakage (from
fractured pipeline) in position

Наблюдается
утечка газа (из трубопровода) в точке …

There is a slick of oil in
position (extending)

Нефтяное
пятно в точке .. (простирается)

There are pipelaying operations in
position

Проводятся
работы по прокладке трубопровода в …

There are cablelaying operations
in position

Проводятся
работы по прокладке кабеля в …

There are salvage operations in
position

Проводятся
спасательные работы в …

There are oil clearance operations
in position

Проводятся
операции по очистке нефти в …

There are tankers transferring…
in position

Танкеры,
передающие… находятся в точке…

There are current metres moored in
position

Измерители
скорости течения установлены на якорь в точке …

There are oceanographic
instruments moored in position …

Океанографические
приборы установлены на якорь в точке …

There is a derelict adrift in
position … (at … hours)

Покинутое
судно дрейфует в точке … (в … часов)

There is a vessel with a difficult
tow on passage from .. to …

Судно,
занятое сложной буксировкой, находится на переходе из … в …

There is a drilling rig … (name)
established in position …

Буровая
платформа установлена в точке

There is an off-shore
installation… (name) established in position

Морское
сооружение… установлено в точке…

There is a … buoy in position
… unlit

В
точке … находится несветящийся буй

There is another mark in position
… unlit

В
точке … находится другой несветящийся знак …

There is a … buoy in position
… off station

В
точке … находится смещенный со своего штатного места буй

There is another mark in position
… off station

В
точке … находится смещенный со своего штатного места другой знак

There is a … buoy (showing …)
established in position …

Буй
(показывающий) установлен на штатном месте в точке …

«here is another mark
(showing …) estab-shed in position …

Другой
знак (показывающий …) установлен на штатном месте в точке …

‘here is a … light in position
… now howing

Огонь
… в точке … сейчас показывает

‘here is a … buoy in position
… now howing

Буй
… в точке … сейчас показывает

«here is another mark in
position … now howing

Другой
знак … в точке … сейчас показывает

There is a vessel carrying out
hydrographic ;urvey in position

Судно
производит гидрографические исследования в точке …

There is a vessel carrying out
seismic survey in area

Судно
производит сейсмические исследования в районе …

Abnormally low tides expected in
… at… lours

Необычно
низкие отливы ожидаются в … в … часов

Abnormally low tides expected in
… around… hours

Необычно
низкие отливы ожидаются в … около … часов

Vessels must keep clear of area
indicated

Суда
должны проходить в стороне от указанного района

Vessels are advised to keep clear
of this area

Судам
рекомендуется проходить в стороне от этого района

Vessels must navigate with caution

Суда
должны идти с осторожностью

There is a vessel not under
command in position

В
районе находится судно, лишенное возможности управляться

There is hampered vessel in
position

В
точке … находится судно, ограниченное в возможности маневрировать

Radio beacon service … has been
discontinued

Радиомаяк

прекратил
работу

Advise you keep clear of sea
area… search and rescue in operation

Советую
Вам держаться в стороне от морского района …, где проводится операция по
поиску и спасению

Route … has been suspended

Путь

временно
закрыт

Traffic lane … has been
suspended

Полоса
движения …
временно
закрыта

Route … has been discontinued

Путь

отменен

Traffic lane … has been
discontinued

Полоса
движения …
отменена

Route has been diverted

Путь

изменен

Traffic lane … has been diverted

Полоса
движения …
изменена

4. Match the words
from the left column with the words from the right column

1. range scale 2. to suspend 3.
identification 4. a slick of oil 5. pipelaying operations 6. off station 7.
oil clearance operations 8. gas leakage 9. hampered vessel lO.hydrographic
surveys 11 .current metres 12.seismic surveys 13.abnormally low tides 14.on
passage from… to… 15oceanographic instrument 16.traffic lane 17 to
discontinue 18. radar contact 19. salvage operations 20. cablelaying
operations

a.
гидрографические исследования b. операции по очистке нефти
c. работы по прокладке трубопровода d. спасательные
операции e. шкала дистанций f. измерители скорости
течения g.
сейсмические исследования п. необычно низкие отливы i. на
переходе от… до… j. радиолокационный контакт
к. океанографические приборы 1. опознавание т. отменить п. операции по укладке
кабеля о. нефтяное пятно р. смещенный со штатного места q. временно
закрыть г. утечка газа s. судно, ограниченное в
возможносп маневрировать t. полоса движения

J. Listen to the
SMCP again and fill in the gaps using appropriate terms

There is a

dangerous

…. in position… (marked by…
showing…)

There is a

dangerous rock….

(markedby… showing…)

There is ..

…. in position (marked by…
showing…)

…. reported in position…

There is ,

…. (from fractured pipeline) in
position

There is a

in position(extending)

There are

operations in position

There are

operations in position

There are salvage

. operations in position

.. moored in position

There are oceanographic

moored in position…

There is a

adrift in position… (at…
hours)

There is a vessel with a

on passage from… to…

There isa

(name) established in position…

There is an off-shore

(name) established in position

There is a… buoy in position…

There is another

in position…unlit

There is a… buoy in position…

There is mark in position… off
station

There is a… buoy (showing…) .

in position…

There is another mark (

) established in position…

There isa

in position… now showing

There is

in position… now showing

There is a vessel carrying out .

in position

There is a vessel carrying out..

Abnormally low tides

in… at… hours

Abnormally low tides expected

in hours

area indicated

Vessels

Vessels must navigate

There is a vessel

in position

There is

vessel in position

Radio beacon service

discontinued

Advise you keep clear of sea area
in operation

Route… has been

Traffic has been suspended

has been discontinued

Route diverted

Traffic lane… has been

6. Listen to SMCP
on dangers to navigation, warnings and assistance and learn them by heart.
Record your own voice. Replay the original and your own version

You are running into danger

Вы
идёте к опасности

Shallow water ahead of you.

Впереди
Вас мель.

Submerged wreck ahead of you.

Впереди
Вас скрытое под водой затонувшее судно.

Risk of collision imminent.

Имеется
риск столкновения.

Fog bank ahead of you.

Впереди
полоса тумана.

Bridge will not open.

Мост
не будет открыт.

Dangerous obstruction reported
at…

Сообщается
об опасном препятствии в

Unknown objects) in position …

Неопознанный
объект (объекты) находится (находятся) в точке …

Floating ice in position…

Дрейфующий
лёд находится в районе

(considered hazardous to
navigation).

(представляющий
опасность для навигации).

Mine(s) reported in position…

По
сообщению, в точке … замечена мина (мины).

Navigation is closed (prohibited)
in area…

Судоходство
закрыто/запрещено в районе …

There has been a collision in
position…

В
точке …
произошло
столкновение …

Stand by to give assistance.

Будьте
готовы оказать помощь.

It is dangerous to …

Опасно…

Stop

Останавливаться

Remain in present position

Оставаться
на прежнем месте

Alter course to starboard

Изменять
курс вправо

Alter course to port

Изменять
курс влево

Approach close to my vessel

Приближаться
вплотную к моему судну

Vessel… is aground… in
position…

Судно
… на мели в точке …

Vessel… is on fire in position…

Пожар
на судне … в точке…

Large vessel leaving.

Отходит
большое судно.

Keep clear of approach channel.

Держитесь
в стороне от подходного канала.

Go to Emergency anchorage.

Следуйте
на аварийную/запасную якорную стоянку.

Your navigation lights are not
visible.

Ваши
ходовые огни не видны.

You are running aground.

Вы
идёте на мель.

Keep clear. I am jettisoning
dangerous cargo.

Держитесь
в стороне. Я сбрасываю опасный груз.

Vessel is leaking inflammable
cargo in position…

Судно
в точке … имеет утечку воспламеняющегося груза.

Vessel is leaking noxious cargo in
position…

Судно
в точке… имеет утечку вредного груза.

Vessel is leaking poisonous cargo
in position…

Судно
в точке,.. имеет утечку ядовитого груза.

I have a long tow.

У
меня длинный буксир.

You are crossing my nets.

Вы
идёте на мои сети.

You are heading towards my tow/a
towing line.

Вы
идёте прямо на буксируемый объект/буксирный трос.

You are heading towards towing
line.

Вы
идёте прямо на буксирный трос.

I need help…

Я
нуждаюсь в помощи…

I am sinking.

Я
тону.

I will make a lee for… your
vessel the boat the raft

Я
прикрою от ветра… Ваше судно шлюпку плот

I cannot send a boat.

Я
не могу выслать шлюпку.

I cannot send a raft.

Я
не могу выслать плот.

I will attempt rescue by Breeches
buoy.

Я
попытаюсь использовать спасательную беседку.

Is it safe to fire a rocket? It is
safe to fire a rocket. It is not safe to fire a rocket.

Безопасно
ли будет выстрелить ракету? Выстрелить ракету неопасно. Выстрелить ракету
небезопасно.

Take command on search and rescue.

Примите
командирование поиском и спасением.

Судно
… руководит поиском и спасением.

I am in command of search and
rescue.

Я
руковожу поиском и спасением.

Assistance is no longer required.

Помощь
больше не нужна.

You may proceed.

Вы
можете следовать дальше.

You must keep radio silence in
this area unless you have messages about the casualty.

Вы
должны соблюдать радиомолчание в этом районе, если только у Вас нет сообщения
о несчастном случае.

7. Match the words
from the left column with the words from the right column

1. ahead of you

а.
подходной канал

2. reported

b. вредный груз

3. hazardous to navigation

с.
аварийная якорная стоянка

4. remain

d. держаться в стороне от…

5. approach channel

е.
идти прямо на…

6. keep clear

f. дрейфующий лед

7. noxious cargo

g. Я руковожу поиском и

спасением

8. make a lee

h. препятствие

9. to head towards

i. сообщается

10. in the living spaces

j. воспламеняющийся груз

11.1 am in command of searh and
rescue

к.
прикрыть от ветра

12. to keep radio silence

1. видимые огни

13.1 am sending you a boat

т.
в жилых помещениях

14. large vessel leaving

п.
оставайтесь

15.1 am aground 16. Emergency
Anchorage 17. floating ice 18. obstruction 19. inflammable cargo 20. visible
lights

о.
опасно для навигации p. Я высылаю Вам шлюпку q. Я на
мели, г. соблюдать радиосвязь s. отходит большое судно t впереди

8. Listen to the
SMCP again and fill in the gaps using appropriate terms

You are running into danger

ahead of you.

ahead of you.

Risk of collision

ahead of you.

Bridge will not open.

renorted at…

Unknown objects) in position …

in position…

(considered

to navigation).

Mine(s) reported in position…

Navigation is closed (

)inarea…

There has been a

in position…

It is dangerous to …

Remain in present position

Alter course to

Approach

to my vessel

Vessel… is

in position…

Large vessel leaving.

Your navigation lights are not

You are running aground.

Keep clear. I am jettisoning
dangerous cargo.

Vessel is leaking noxious cargo in
position…

I have a long tow.

You are heading towards towing
line.

I need help…

1 am sinking.

I am on fire.

I in collision.

I am aground.

I am on fire… in the engine-room
in the hold in the cargo tanks in the accommodation in the living spaces

I have lost a man (at…).

Help with

What is your position?

What assistance is required?

I require … a lifeboat a
helicopter medical assistance fire-fighting assistance atug tugs

I am coming to your

I expect to you at… hours.

Please, send a boat.

Please, send a

lam sending a to you.

Make a lee for my vessel.

Make a lee for the boat.

Make a lee for the raft.

your vessel the boat the raft

I cannot send a boat.

I cannot send a raft.

1 will attempt rescue by Breeches
buoy.

Is it safe a rocket? It is safe to
fire a rocket. It is not safe to fire a rocket.

Take command on search and rescue.

Vessel… is in command of search
and rescue.

I am in command of search and
rescue.

You must keep radio silence in
this area unless you have messages

9. Read and
translate the following extracts from the English Pilot-Books.your translation
by finding the corresponding points in Russian. Mind terms in italics

1. Off-lying dangers. — An
approach

а)
Песок Р. на юго-западной стороне

to S. isles from south-westward or

канала
простирается на полторы

westward requires caution in hazy

мили
юго-восточнее песков В., и

or thick weather on account of the

большая
часть осыхает, от 2-х до 4-

rocky ledges extending in those
di-

х
футов (0,6м до 1,2м). Группа пло-

rections, the principle of these
are

ских
скал С, которые ссыхают на 2

Nan-deeps, about 2 miles west-

фута
(0,6м), лежит на северной

north-westward of A., C. rocks, B.

кромке
песка Р., которая подверже-

rock and C.B. ridge, and the vari-

на
перемещению и изменению фор-

ous ledges extending north-

мы
во время плохой погоды.

westward from P. head at the

south-western extremity of the is-

lands. P. bank, with a least depth
of

13 fathoms (23m8) over it, lies

nearly 3 miles southward of B.

rock; the overfalls make it
danger-

ous to open boats in rough
weather.

(hazy — туманный; ledge
-риф,

гряда
камней; ridge
гребень,

подводная
гряда; overfall
— бы-

стрина)

2. Hats, a group of rocky shoals

Ь)
Побережье между М. и мысом В.

north-eastward of I. islet, cover
a

окаймлено
надводными и подвод-

large area, with depths of less
than

ными
скалами на расстоянии полу-

3 fathoms (5m5) over it, with sev-

мили
от берега. Эти скалы приглу-

eral heads having depths of from 3

бые.

to 6 feet (0m9 to lm8) over them;
a

boiler, which dries 2 feet (0m6)
lies

close within the south-eastern
cor-

ner of these shoals; the approach
to

С
bar lies between the south-

western end of these shoals and
the

foul ground extending from I.

(boiler — котел;
to dry ~ ссыхать)

3. Off-lying banks. — Cape C.
Bank, about 6 /2 miles north-westward of

с)
Отмель с глубиной 17 футов (5м2)

лежит
около 1,25 кабельтова к вос-

Cape C, is a rocky ridge with a

току
от мыса С. Между мысом С. и

least known depth of 12 fathoms

мысом
В., около 2-х миль на северо-

(2 lm9) over it near its southern
extremity. As the sea breaks heavily in bad weather on Cape C. bank and B.
shoal, particularly during north-westerly gales their locality should be
avoided at such times, especially by small and heavily laden vessels, (to
break heavily -образовывать буруны)
4. Between В.
Т.
and В.
Head, 33/4 miles south-eastward, is a succession of dark, rugged cliffs
rising abruptly to an elevation of 400 feet (121m9); thence the coast trends
about one mile northward to the entrance to S harbour; it maintains the same
elevation, with but few trees and is intersected by deep ravines, but it
rises less abruptly than westward of the head. (succession — последовательность;
rugged неровный;
to intersect — пересекать;
ravine -ущелье,
овраг)
5. Submarine cables. — Submarine cables cross the harbour from a position
close to S. situated 3V4 cables north-eastward of A. point. Vessels should
not anchor in the vicinity of these cables, the positions of which are
indicated by wavy lines on the chart. (In
the
vicinity
of-
поблизости, в районе (чего-либо) L

восток
имеются несколько отдельно лежащих участков земли с глубинами от 7 до 18
футов (от 2,1м до 5,5м), лежащих в пределах одного кабельтова к берегу. d) Банка С,
отмель из мелких ракушек и гравия, простирается на 3,5 мили на северо-восток
от положения око ло 6 кабельтовых северо-восточнее маяка СР., вплотную к её
южному концу имеются глубины от 7 и 11 футов (2,1м и 3,4м), а в других час
тях имеются глубины от 11 до 30 футов (3,4м до 9,1м), а иногда и глубже.
Банка заканчивается у севе ро-восточного конца в песчаной от мели почти в
полумилю длиной, с наименьшей глубиной 15 футов (4,6м). В штормовую погоду
море образует буруны на всех участках банки С, особенно на юго-западном
конце, при сильных восточных вет рах нет укрытия между отмелью и берегом,
т.к. неспокойное море про стирается к берегу. e) Удалённые от берега
опасности. — Подход к островкам С. с юго-запада и запада требует осторожности
в туманную погоду из-за скалистой гряды камней, простирающихся в тех
направлениях, основными из них являются: Напдипс, около 2-х милей на запад —
северо-запад от А., С, скала В., и подводная гряда С, В и различные рифы,
простирающие ся на северо-запад от мыса Р. у юго- западной оконечности
островов. Банка Р. с наименьшей глубиной 13 саженей (23,8м) находится почти в

6. S. bank, a shoal of pulverized
shell and fine gravel, extends for about 3V2 miles north-eastward from a
position about 6 cables northeastward of S.P. lighthouse; close to its
southern end there are depths of 7 and 11 feet (2ml and 3m4), and on other
parts there are 11 to 30 feet (3m4 to 9ml), with occasionally greater depths.
The bank terminates at the northeastern end in a sandy shoal nearly one mile
in length, with a least depth of 15 feet (4m6). In boisterous weather the sea
breaks heavily on all parts ofS. bank, especially on the south-western end;
with strong easterly winds there is no shelter between the shoal and the
land, the broken water extending to the coast. (broken water — неспокойное море,
close to — близко,
вплотную к,
to terminate ~ кончать
(ся),
boisterous — бурный,
неистовый)
7. A shoal, with a depth of 17 feet (5m2) over it, lies about 1V4 cables
eastward of S head. Between S. Head and W. Point about 2 miles north-eastward
there are several de tached patches, with depths of from 7 to 18 feet (2ml to
5m5) over them lying within one cable to the coast, (detached — отдельно лежащая мель)
8. The coast between M. and B. head

3-х
милях к югу от скалы В., быстрины создают опасность для судов в штормовую
погоду. f) Хэтс,
группа скалистых отмелей северо-восточнее островка И., за нимает большую
площадь с глуби нами меньше, чем 3 сажени (5,5м) с несколькими мысами, на
глубинах от 3 до 6 футов (0,9м до 1,8м); ко тел, который осыхает на 2 фута
(0,6м) находится рядом, в юго- восточном углу этих отмелей. Под ход к бару С.
находится между юго- западным концом этих отмелей и плохо держащим грунтом,
прости рающимся от И. g) Удаленные от берега
банки. — Банка С. около 6,5 миль к северо-западу от мыса С. — это скалистая
подводная гряда с наименьшей известной глу биной 12 саженей (21,9м) возле её
южной оконечности. Т.к. море об разует буруны в плохую погоду на мысе банки
С. и отмели В., особен но во время северо-западных вет ров, эту местность в
такое время следует обходить, особенно малень ким и тяжело груженым судам. h) Между
В.Г. и мысом В. 3,75 мили

is fringed by above-water and
sunken rocks for as much as half a mile offshore. These rocks are steep-to.
(steep-to — приглубый;
to fringe — окаймлять)
9. P. sand, on the south-western side of the channel, extends lV2 miles
south-eastward from W. sand, and the greater part dries from 2 to 4 feet (0m6
to lm2). C. ledge, a group of flat rocks which dry 2 feet (0m6), lies on the
northern edge of P. sand, about half a mile eastward of the northern
extremity of The Warren. There is small bank off the south-eastern end of P.
sand which is liable to shift its position and change its shape during bad
weather.

на
юго-восток имеется ряд темных, неровных утёсов, поднимающихся резко на высоту
400 футов (121,9м), откуда берег направляется на расстоянии 1 мили на север к
входу в гавань С, он сохраняет ту же высоту с небольшим количеством деревьев
и пересекается глубокими оврагами, но поднимается не так резко, чем к западу
от мыса. i)
Подводные кабели. — Подводные кабели пересекают гавань от места рядом с С,
расположенного в 3,75 кабельтовых на северо-восток от мыса А. Судам не
следует становиться на якорь в районе этих кабелей, местонахождение которых
обозначено волнистыми линиями на карте.

10. Read the text
and say what useful information you have got

a)  
Dangers. — Spur reef extends nearly
a mile south-south-westward of Middle island. The western side, on which the
sea always breaks, dries 3 feet (0m9); the eastern side was, in 1891, marked by
a wreck. Foul ground extends one mile southward and 172 miles south-eastward
from the reef.

b)
There are numerous shoal patches
scattered about the northern end of the lagoon, within 2 miles of East island,
with depths of from lV2 to 372 fathoms (2m7 to 6m4) over them. The position of
which can best be seen on the chart. (To scatter — разбрасывать)

c)  
Parry patch, with depths of 2l/4
fathoms (4ml) over it, at the entrance to Rambler bay, lies nearly 2V2 miles
north-north-eastward of Marianne point. Elder rock, with a depth of 5 feet
(lm5) over it, lies about 2 miles east-northeastward of Marianne point. A
3-fathom (5m5) coral patch lies 7 cables south-westward of Elder rock. About 13
cables north-eastward of Marianne point is a patch with depths of 4 fathoms
(7m3) over it. About 4 cables west-north-westward of this patch is another with
depths of 3 fathom (18m3) line, in the open part of the lagoon northward of
those just mentioned, but ail have a greater depth than 5 fathoms (9ml) over
them.

d)  
Minni-Minni patch, with a depth of
17 feet (5m2) over it, lies 872 cables north-westward of the mined settlement
at Minni-Minni. The lagoon southward of Minm-Mmm patch is studded with dangers;
but vessels can proceed to within 3 miles of its southern end by keeping a
careful look-out from aloft, and of buoying the intricate parts. (To stud — усеивать,
усыпать;
intricate сложный, запутанный;
aloft- наверху,нареях)

e)
Dangers. ~ Bank du Vaudreuil lies
maidway between the north-eastern side of Nosi Ovi and the northern shore of Rafaralahi
bay between Sangajira point and Anorontsangana. This bank is broken in the
centre by a passage with depths of from 5 to 8 fathoms (9ml to 14m6); there are
some rocks awash on the southern part of the bank, and depths of less than 3
feet (0m9) over the northern part.

f)  
A detached, 2l/2 — fathom (4m6),
coral patch lies 23/4 miles north-westward; a rock with a depth of less than 6
feet (lm8) over it, lies about a mile northward; and some drying patches of
reef lie about 2 miles north-north-eastward of Lavalohalika point. A 4-fathom
(7m3) bank lies in the middle of the entrance to the bay, about 21/2 miles
south-south-westward of the Custom house (Lat 13°55’S, Long. 47°56’E).

g)  
Coast. — Outlying shoals. —
Dangers.- From abreast Maromoni point the outer reef which is of the nature of
a submerged barrier reef, and is a continuation of that which begins near Nosi
Kivinji off the north-western side of the Am-bavatobi peninsula, continued
south-westward, from 10 to 15 miles offshore as far as Bali bay, a distance of
156 miles, or, including the portion northward of Maromoni point (Lat. 14°40’S,
Long. 47°28’E), about 230 miles. (Peninsula — полуостров)

h) As soundings on
this outer reef have been chiefly taken not with the object of finding the
shallowest spots on it, but to discover the best passages through, it is not
improbable that depths shallower than any charted may be found in many places;
consequently, whatever a vessel’s draught, it is always best to cross the outer
reef by one of the passages indicated, as they have been examined with some
exactness. (Spot — место;
improbable ~ невероятный,
неправдоподобный;
consequently ~ поэтому,
в
результате))
From Mahajamba bay westward, the principal known shoals on the outer reef, as
well as the passes, are all named. The least known depth is 2 fathoms (3m7) but
there are very numerous patches with depths of from 3 to 41/2 fathoms (5m5 to
8m2) over them. On Thetis bank, off Cape Tanjjona the coral appears to be still
living, and the bottom very irregular; elsewhere the bottom is regular, the
coral being dead and almost always covered with sand of seaweed. (Seaweed — морская
водоросль))
Dangers. — A 43/4 — fathom (8m7) bank lies about 11 miles north-north-westward
and another similar patch about 9 miles north-westward of Maro-moni point.
These banks are of coral and lie near the western edge of the outer reef.)
Diamond bank lies about 7 miles westward of Maromoni point (Lat. 14°40’S, Long.
47°28’E), and 4 miles offshore. There are many heads on this shoal, the least
depth being 15 feet (4m6). All these dangers lie on the outer reef.

) Westward of
Diamond bank there are several 4V4 — fathom (7m8) patches on the outer reef. A
bank, with depths of 374 and 4V4 fathoms (5m9 and 8m2) over it, lies about 8
miles south-westward of Maromoni point and three-quarters of a mile offshore,
and a 4V2 — fathom (8m2) patch lies about 5l/2 miles north-north-eastward of
Marolahi point and l3/4 miles offshore. A reef extends at about 7 cables
westward of Marolahi point with depth of 4 fathoms (7m3) over the extremity.) A
reef, with depths of 2 fathoms (3m7) or less over it, extends 2 cables
northward from Mys Fel’kerzama, the northern extremity of the peninsula; it
merges into a sand rocky ledge, from 2 to 3 cables wide, with depths of from 3
to 4V4 fathoms (5m5 to 7m8) over it, extending west-north-westward to the
western shore of the bay. A black spar buoy, surmounted by a black broom, point
up, is moored about 3 cables west-north-westward of the extremity of Mys
Fel’kerzama. (To merge — сливаться))
Between Mys Mydela and Mys Filisova, a promontory 237 feet (72m2) high, about
11/2 miles north-eastward, the coast is generally high and indented by several
bights, with low shores, which are frequently marshy. There is a fishing
station about half a mile south-westward of Mys Filisova. (Promontory мыс;
to indent — зазубривать;
bight бухта;
frequently часто; marshy -болотистый)

UNIT 8. ANCHORAGES

and readingthese
words orally and learn them by heart

 Anchorage
— якорное
место, якорная стоянка

·
Temporary anchorage — временная
якорная стоянка

·
Permanent anchorage — постоянная
якорная стоянка

·
Emergency anchorage — запасная
якорная стоянка

·
Safe anchorage — безопасная
якорная стоянка

·
Fair anchorage — хорошая
якорная стоянка

·
Excellent anchorage — отличная
якорная стоянка

·
Exposed anchorage — открытая
якорная стоянка

·
Sheltered anchorage — защищенная
якорная стоянка

·
Special
anchorage — якорная стоянка
специального назначения

·
Man-of-war
anchorage — якорная стоянка
для военных кораблей

·
Quarantine anchorage — карантинная
якорная стоянка

·
Prohibited anchorage — запрещённая
якорная
стоянка
Р*»
Sufficient — достаточный

Р»- То afford
— предоставить

^ То obtain
— получить

w
Deep draught
— большая осадка

Р* Shelter
— укрытие, убежище

fr Protection — защита

Р8″
Heavy weather — штормовая
погода

Р* Local
knowledge — знание местных
условий плавания

W
Cable area
— растой прокладки кабеля

Р» Prevailing
— преобладающий

Р*- Landmark
~ береговой ориентир

Р»- Bottom
— грунт

Р5* Fine
sand- мелкий песок

F» Coarse
sand- крупный
песок

Р5-
Shingle — галька

Р^ Pebbles
— крупная галька

Р* Mud
— ил

Р^ 0oz£

жидкий ил

Р5′ Clay
глина

Р^ Shells
— ракушки

Р=» Stone
— камень

Р*» Gravel
— гравий

Р» Foul
ground — плоходержащий
грунт

W Good holding
ground- хорошо
держащий
грунт

Р»

avoid — избегать1.
Scan the text and decide whether the statements below are true (+) or false
(-).may have to anchor at sea when necessary. They may anchor at places where
the depths are sufficient.in depths of from 2 m may be afforded by small
crafts. Anchorages in depths of not less than 7,5 m can be obtained by vessels
of deep draught.may be of different kinds. There are temporary, permanent,
emergency anchorages; they may be safe, excellent, fair, sheltered or exposed
to winds.are usual or special-purpose anchorages such as: the man-of-war or
quarantine anchorages.anchorages are taken by the ships when they need some
shelter or protection to avoid heavy weather for a short time.anchorages are
usually outside or inside the port, when the ships have to wait for a vacant
berth, or a pilot, or a tug.cable areas anchorage is prohibited and ships
should not anchor there.anchorages can be found only by vessels with local
knowledge.anchoring the captain of a ship must have full information as to the
depths, character of bottom, prevailing winds. He must also know bearings from
anchorage to some landmarks. All this information is given in a Pilot book.at
anchorages may be: fine or coarse sand, mud, clay shells, stone, coral, etc.
Foul ground should be avoided.these statements true (+) or false (-)?

1.
Anchorages in depths of from 3 m may
be afforded by vessels of deep draught. ( )

2.
Ships may anchor near some port
waiting for a pilot or a tug. ( )

3.
Ships should not anchor where the
depths are sufficient. ()

4.
Permanent anchorages are sometimes
outside the ports when the ships have to wait for a vacant berth. ()

5.
All anchorages can be found only by
vessels with local knowledge. ()

6.
Ships may anchor at places where the
cable runs. ()

7.
After anchoring the Master of a ship
must have full information concerning depths, character of bottom, prevailing
winds. ( )

8.
Foul ground should be avoided by
vessels. ()

Exercise 2. Read
and translate extracts from the English Pilot books. Check your translation by
finding the corresponding Russian translation

1. Anchorages. The best sheltered
anchorage for small vessels, during the Bora season, is either in K. or in В.;
in southerly winds, they can moor in D., but the best berth is in M, where
are bollards on both sides, and a quay.

1.
Якорная стоянка. — Хорошая якорная стоянка может быть получена судами со
знанием местных условий на глубинах от 2 % до 7 саженей 9от 5 м до 12,8м)
приблизительно от 3,5 до 5 кабельтовых к югу от

2. Prohibited Anchorage. Anchorage
is prohibited in the vicinity of the submarine cables southward of the
Railway wharf. Anchorage can be obtained off the city of A. Port authorities
will indicate where to anchor. 3. Anchorage. — Fair anchorage may be obtained
by vessels with local knowledge, in depths of from 2 3A to 7 fathoms (5m0 to
12m8), from about 3 lA to 5 cables southward of Q. hill but with easterly or
southerly winds a heavy swell may be experienced. 4. Large vessels can anchor
in depths of from 5 V2 to 19 fathoms (10ml to 34m7), mud or sand, good
holding ground off the north-eastern side of С harbour;
south westerly winds, however, cause a heavy sea. There are no dangers beyond
the distance of one cable offshore. 5. The inner anchorage lies within the en
trance. A vessel of deep draught should anchor northward of the Q. mark on
Fort W., and secure her stern to a buoy. This anchorage is sheltered from
northerly winds. This anchorage is dangerous with northerly winds. 6.
Anchorage. Temporary anchorage can be obtained south-westward of M., in a
depth of 20ml, sand and good holding ground.

холма
Q., но при
восточных или южных ветрах может быть сильное волнение. 2. Якорное место. В
К., в южной части острова, есть хорошее якорное место для малых судов при
знании местных условий плавания и с осадкой до 12 футов (3,7м). Надводная
скала высотой 3 фута (0.9м) распо ложена на О. почти в полумиле к NE и А. и
около 1 кб от берега. Эта якорная стоянка предоставляет хо рошее укрытие. 3.
Поблизости скалы высотой 2 фу та (0,6м) около 13А кабельтовых на юг от маяка
на мысе У. есть укрытие, где можно осуществить высадку на берег. Якорная
стоянка имеет много места для маневрирования (разворачивания). 4. Район,
запрещённый для якорной стоянки. Якорная стоянка запреще на в районе
пролегания подводных кабелей южнее железнодорожного пирса. Можно стать на
якорь мори стее города А. Портовая админист рация укажет место стоянки. 5.
Якорные места. Наиболее за щищенное якорное место для малых судов в сезон
боры — либо в К., либо в Б.; при южных ветрах суда могут швартоваться в Д.,
но самое лучшее причальное место в М., где по обе стороны имеются швартовные
тум бы, а также причал. 6. Внутренняя якорная стоянка на ходится в пределах
входа. Судно с большой осадкой должно становить ся на якорь севернее знака Q. на

7. Outer anchorage. Vessels may
find anchorage, in depths of from 7m3 to 18m3, mud, westward of the head of
the westward breakwater (Lat. 11°07’N., Long. 74°51’W.), but the holding
ground is not very good. 8. In the vicinity of a rock 2 feet (0m6) high about
1 % cables southward of the light-tower on Y. cape, there is a certain amount
of shelter where landing can be effected. There is much room to swing at the
anchorage. 9. Anchorage. There is good anchorage for small vessels with local
knowledge, drawing up to 12 feet (3m7), in. K., in the southern side of the
island. An above- water rock, 3 feet (0m9) high, is situated in 0. nearly
half a mile north-eastward of A. and about one cable offshore. This an
chorage affords a good shelter.

форте
В. и крепиться кормой к бую. Эта якорная стоянка защищена от северных ветров.
Эта якорная стоянка опасна при северных ветрах. 7. Большие суда могут стать
на якорь на глубинах от 5,5 до 19 саже ней (от 10м до 34,7м). Грунт, ил или
песок, хорошо держащий, мористее северо-восточной стороны гавани С,
юго-западные ветры, однако, вызы вают шторм на море. На расстоянии одного
кабельтова от берега опасно стей нет. 8. Якорное место. Можно времен но стать
на якорь к S
W от М. на
глубине 20,1 м в 3 кб от берега. Грунт — песок, якоря держит хо рошо. 9.
Внешнее якорное место. Суда могут стать на якорь западнее оконечности
западного волнолома (11°07^., 74°5Г W). Глубины
7,3
— 18,3 м,
грунт —
ил,
якоря держит не очень хорошо.

3. Work in pairs.
Ask and answer the questions

1. 
Where is anchorage prohibited? Where
may vessels obtain anchorages? (2)

2. 
What is the best anchorage for small
vessels during the Bora season? Is this anchorage sheltered or not? (1)

3. 
For what vessels is this anchorage?
Is the anchorage in the north-western or southern side of the island? Are there
any dangers in the vicinity of the anchorage?

4. 
Where should vessels of deep draught
anchor? When is this anchorage dangerous? (5)

5. 
What is there in the vicinity of a
rock? Where can landing be effected? (8)

6. 
Where can large vessels anchor? What
are the depths at the anchorage? Are there any dangers at that anchorage? (4)

7. 
Is the holding ground good or bad at
the anchorage? What is the depth there? (6)

8.
What is the character of bottom at
the anchorage? What are the depths westward of the head of the western
breakwater? (7)

9.
What vessels should anchor northward
of the Q.? Is this anchorage sheltered from winds? (5)

Exercise 4. Find in
the text the English equivalents for the following words and expressions

1.
становиться
на якорь

2.
получить
якорную стоянку

3.
суда
с большой осадкой

4.
со
знанием местных условий плавания

5.
штормовая
погода

6.
район
прокладки кабеля

7.
предоставить

8.
убежище,
укрытие

9.
постоянная
якорная стоянка

10.
временная
якорная стоянка

11.
аварийная
якорная стоянка

12.
открытая
якорная стоянка

13.
безопасная
якорная стоянка

14.
относительно
характера грунта

15.
преобладающие
ветры

16.
береговой
ориентир

17.
пеленг

18.
достаточные
глубины

19.
плохо
держащий грунт

20.
избегать,
обходить

21.
запрещать

Exercise 5. Read
and translate extracts from Pilot Books into your native language

1.  
Large vessels anchor in 7 to 10
fathoms, sand, and mud, with le Pouleins light in line with Garean Tower and
Pointe de Tailleger, 290°, and le Gres Rocher, 175°. Small vessels anchor close
in. This position is well sheltered from South and SW winds but with strong
north-westerly or south-easterly winds there is a very heavy sea.

2.  
The bay affords excellent shelter
from north-westerly winds, which prevail in summer, but it is insecure in
winter, when winds from opposite directions prevail. A good anchorage is in 6
fathoms, mud, between the villages of Es-carabote and Exteiro.

3.  
Vessels are recommended to anchor
about a mile from the north shore of the bay, in depths of from 6 to 12
fathoms, the bottom being generally mud, mixed with sand near the shore, and a
good berth is about half a mile southeastward of Ouaiha Hana; in 4 to 5
fathoms.

4.
Because of the foul ground in Alum
Bay, only yachts and small vessels anchor there. The best position is about 400
yards westward of the ruins of a pier, which extend from the eastern shore,
with the junction of the white and coloured cliffs bearing about 120° and
Albert Fort in range with Hatherwood Point, bearing 39°. A depth of 18 do 21
feet (5.5 to 6.4) will be found in this position.

5.
When merchant vessels are directed
to anchor in Strokes Bay they shall anchor to westward of the beacons showing
the western end of the measured distance, and as close to the shore as their
draft will safely permit.

6.
Anchorage may be obtained during
easterly winds off Klauf, in a depth of 14 fathoms, rock, sand, and stones,
with the summit of Daldjall in line with the western extremity of the coast
southward of it, bearing about 355е,
and the eastern extremity of Hellisey in line with the west side of Sudwey,
bearing about 207°.

7.
Anchorage may be obtained, by
vessels with local knowledge westward of Arnesseyjar, with the northern
extremity of that islet bearing about 85°, and Armes Church, in the
southwestern corner of the bay, bearing about 202 °.

8.
Vessels can moor in certain assigned
positions outside the breakwaters. These anchorage berths are shown on the
charts by capital letter followed by a numeral the largest vessels may anchor
within the breakwaters, sheltered from all winds. Vessels may ride safely to a
single anchor with a good scope of cable out.

9.
Anchorage may be obtained in depth
of from 7 to 10 fathoms (12m8 to 18m3) between Port Louis citadel and St.
Michel island, but care must be taken to keep clear of the channel. Large
vessels secure to No. 1 mooring buoy northward of the citadel, which is moored
in a depth of 31 feet (9m4).

10.  
The quarantine anchorage is in
depths of 12 fathoms (21m9) coarse sand and coral, southward of a line joining
P. mountain and Fort W., with light-buoy bearing about 075″, distant 6
cables; two small black buoys for the use of the quarantine guard boat are moored
between the anchorage and B. point the north-western extremity of B. island.
Vessels in quarantine are, however, allowed to enter the harbour in order to
coal in smooth water.

11.  
In general, the holding ground in
Exmouth gulf is good, the fine brown sand having almost the consistency of mud.

Anchorage becomes
considerably less exposed towards the southern part, and little or no swell is
experienced south of Learmonth, about 8 miles north north-north-westward of
Point Lefroy. For shallow draught vessels, good anchorage may be had northward
of Point Leffroy, which also provides the best landing, but it is about 9 miles
by road from the nearest habitation.

12.     During the
north-eastern monsoon there is anchorage eastward of the sand
ridge which extends southward from Tanjong Doengoe, in depth of from 6 to
8 fathoms (1 lm0 to 14m6) about 2 miles off-shore. In the south-east monsoon
there is good anchorage westward of Tanjong Senna, in depth of from 11 to

14 fathoms (20ml to
25m6), mud; the bay on the western side of this point is foul, and must not be
entered farther than the alignment of the southern extremity of Boean with
Tanjong Senna bearing about 079°.

13.  
Vettekulla, about V/i miles
west-north-westward of ortholmen light-structure affords anchorage to small
vessels with local knowledge, in a depth of 10 feet (3m0), sand. There is a
small pier, with a depth of VA feet (3m5) alongside. The anchorage is
approached from the inshore channel leading from Karl-shamn to Metvik.

14.  
Prohibited anchorage. Submarine
cables cross the river near the Resident house and are marked by two pairs of
leading beacons. Anchorage is prohibited in the vicinity of these cables.

15.  
There is a convenient anchorage for
vessels with local knowledge in a depth of 8 fathoms (14m6), hard sand, with
Hoog Island bearing 215° distant about one mile; also about half a mile
eastward of this islet in a depth of about 11 fathoms (20ml). Care must be
taken, however to avoid the reefs in this locality.

16.  
The anchorage space, in from 7 to 9
fathoms (12.8 to 16.5m) is about 800 yards in extent; the bottom is of sand,
and the holding ground is good, but better near St. Mary’s Island than to the
eastward. Vessels should not anchor on the Ridge situated 1000 yards eastward
of Tolls Island, nor on the ground immediately to the southward of it, as the
bottom is rocky and uneven.

Exercise 6.
Decipher the following abbreviations from English Sea Charts Quality of bottom:

1.
G.Co.Oz.

2.
S.Cy.M.

3.
StP.G.

4.
bk.St.Sh.Sn.

5.
S.fSh.

Exercise 7.
Translate from Russian into English

1.
Эта
якорная стоянка защищена от северных ветров.

2.
Лучшее
якорное место в заливе находится на рейде к югу от порта.

3.
Большие
суда могут стать на якорь мористее города В., на глубинах 35.1.-42.5м.

4.
Эта
якорная стоянка опасна при северных ветрах.

5.
Наиболее
защищенное якорное место для малых судов — в С.

6.
При
знании местных условий плавания суда могут стать на якорь у входа в гавань.

7.
Грунт
на якорном месте — песок с ракушкой.

8.
Якорная
стоянка запрещена в районе прокладки подводных кабелей.

9.
Суда
могут стать на якорь западней южной оконечности острова Z.

10.     Внутри гавани имеется
якорное место, глубина которого 13м, грунт — песок.

UNIT
9. ANCHORING

I.
Vocabulary and reading

these words and
word combinations orally. Learn them by heart

 To
secure — крепитьTo slacken
(to reduce) speed- убавить
(замедлить)
скоростьTo
grease — смазывать

^ To remove — удалять,
снимать
To drag
тянуть, тащить, волочить

fa
To allocate
назначить, определить

fa
Embankment — набережная

fa
7b te/
go — отдать (якорь,
конец)

fa
To provide
обеспечить

fa
Provided- (зд.) при условии

fa
Current — постоянное
течение

fa
Gale — шторм, штормовой
ветер

fa
To sheer
— отклоняться

^ Sufficient
— достаточный

fa
Scope of
chain — длина
вытравленной якорной цепи

fa
To obstruct
— мешать, находиться на пути

fa
Unobstructed-
беспрепятственный, свободный

fa
Good-holding
ground — хорошо держащий
грунт

fa
Hawse pipe
— клюз, якорная труба

fa
To afford-
(зд.) давать, предоставлять

fa
To house
— помещать, размещать

fa
To sound-
замерять глубины

fa Soundings — замеры
глубинBearing
пеленгTo
take a bearing on — брать пеленг
на
что-либоRestricted
waters — стеснённые водыTo
determine — определятьTo
pay out (away) — травить,
вытравливатьTo
post — выставлятьTo
post a lookout — выставить
вперёдсмотрящегоIn
dependence (of) — в зависимости
отShackles
— смычки
(якорь-цепи)Adverse
weather — неблагоприятная погодаLow
tensile — слаборастяжимыйHinging
parts — соединительные
частиBandbrake
— ленточный
тормозHawse
ргре-closing
plates- крышка
якорной
трубыWindlass
— брашпиль1.
Scan the text and focus on the equipment used for anchoring and its main
Junction. Enumerate them:may anchor inside or outside the harbour. Before
anchoring it is necessary to slacken speed.the vessel is approaching the
anchorage or her designated berth, the anchor has been thoroughly checked and
prepared: windlass and hinging parts have been greased, bandbrakes tested,
hawse pipe-closing plates removed, etc.order to avoid any unexpected
situations, it is customary to prepare both starboard and port anchors for
letting go.holding ground, such as sand and shells, will cause the anchor to
drag.information about holding ground must be looked up in the pilot book or
chart prior to letting go anchors.a river berth has been allocated by the VTS
Station or port authority, it will sometimes be necessary to «dredge
anchor» in order to make a sharp turn towards the embankmentgo a single
anchor is the simplest method of securing a ship to the bottom. If the holding
ground is good she should rise easily in bad weather provided sufficient scope
of chain is used.in a strong current or in a gale a vessel may sheer
considerably. Therefore it is necessary to have an unobstructed area equal to a
circle whose radius is the length of the ship plus the scope of chain used. If
for some reason, the anchorage doesn’t afford such an area, the ship must be
moored.modern ships the anchors are housed in the Hawse pipe and secured by chain
stoppers. The anchors may be required unexpectedly when on soundings, in narrow
channels in restricted waters or working around docks, etc. The Master or the
Watch Officer must determine how much of chain is to be paid out in each
case.length of chain that is put out is indicated by the number of shackles (1
shackle equals 15 fathoms). Safe anchoring implies that a length of chain equal
to the depth of water plus two shackles must be used.shackles must be put in
the water:

·when the water is
very deep (more than 25 fathoms)

·in adverse weather

·when barges are
passing close to the vessel

·when the anchor
chain has a low tensile strength

·when the anchor
chain is leading ahead

When the anchor is
holding, the anchor lights must be switched on and the anchor ball is
hoisted.vessel in dependence of her length shall carry one or two white lights
visible all round the horizon, one at the foremast stay and the other at the
stern.anchor position must be checked by bearings at regular intervals. When
the vessel is at anchor at night one or more men should be posted on anchor
watch.2. Describe the main steps of anchoring in brief using the following
expressions

1.
inside or outside the harbour

2.
to slacken (to reduce) speed

3.
to approach

4.
to check and prepare

5.
both starboard and port anchors

6.
to let go

7.
to provide

8.
sufficient scope of chain

9.
to sheer considerably

10.unobstructed
area

11.to
require unexpectedly

12.to
determine

13.to
pay out

14.length
of chain

15.number
of shackles

16.anchor
lights

17.to
take bearings

Exercise 3

Study the text
«Anchoring» and then indicate whether the following examples of
«good seamanship » are appropriate (appr.) or not appropriate (not
appr.) for the situation.

Fill in: ApprJ Notcqypr.

1. Look up holding-ground
information when the vessel is underway to her anchorage or designated berth.

2. Check windlass because vessel
is in ballasted condition.

3. Put more lengths of chain in
the water because tide is rising.

4. Check windlass when the vessel
is underway to her anchorage or designated berth.

5. Put more lengths of chain in
the water when chain is leading ahead.

6. Test handbrake because chain is
leading ahead.

8 Remove hawse-pipe closing plate
when the vessel is underway to ber anchorage or designated berth.

9. Put more lengths of chain in
the water because weather conditions are deteriorating.

10. Look up holding-ground
information when strength of chain is not according to recommendations.

11. Look up holding-ground
information because traffic is very busy.

12. Grease anchor-gear hinging
parts because chain is leading ahead.

13, Put more lengths of chain in
the water because traffic is very busy.

14. Prepare both anchors when the
vessel is in ballasted condition.

4. Find out what
the following words mean as they appear in the text •nd learn them by heart

Adverse weather

Allocate

Anchor gear

Anchorage

Approach

Avoid

Berth

Bower anchor

Cast off

Current

Designated berth

Dragging

Dredging anchor

Embankment

Engineroom orders

Equal

Equipped with

Grease

Hawse pipe

Hawser

Holding ground

Indicate

Prepare

5. Answer the
questions and work in pairs

1.
Where may ships anchor?

2.
Should a vessel reduce her speed
when anchoring?

3.
May the ships ride to one anchor
only?

4.
What is the simplest method of
securing a ship to the bottom? What should be provided in this case?

5.
Why is it necessary to have
unobstructed area of the anchorage?

6.
Where are anchors housed in modem
ships?

7.
When may anchors be required?

8.
Who is to determine how much of
chain should be paid out?

9.
What length of chain is usually
sufficient?

10.     What
information should be entered into the Log Book? By whom?

11.     What lights
shall a vessel carry when at anchor?

Exercise 6. Fill in
the gaps with suitable words or word combinations:
1. Ships may anchor inside or___ the harbour.

2.
To bring the ship to anchor, it is
necessary

3.
Ships may ride to one or to anchors.

4.
It is necessary to have area at the
anchorage.

5.
The anchors may be required_____________ ,
in

6.__ must determine
how much of chain is to be paid out.

7.
A length of chain equal to the depth
of water plus    is sufficient.

8.
Bad holding ground such as____ will
cause the anchor to drag.

9.
Information concerning holding
ground is given in    .

10. 
If the anchorage can’t afford an
unobstructed area the ship must be    .

11. 
A vessel at anchor shall carry or
two____ lights visible all round

the horizon.

12. __ must be
checked by bearings at regular intervals.

PART 27. Read the
commands after the speaker. Learn them by heart. Record your own voice. Replay
the original and your own version

Anchoring

Операции
с якорем

Going to anchor

Подход
к якорной стоянке (постановка на якорь)

Stand by port/starboard/both
anchors) for let go.

Приготовить
левый/ правый/ оба якоря к отдаче

Port/starboard/both anchors)
standing by for let go.

Левый/правый/оба
якоря гото вы к отдаче

Walk out anchors)

Припустить
якорь(-я)!

Anchors) walked out.

Якорь(-я)
приспущен(-ы).

We are going to an anchorage.

Мы
следуем на якорное место.

We will let go port/starboard/both
anchors)

Мы
будем отдавать левый/ правый/ оба якоря.

Put,.. shackles in water.

Вытравить

смычок
в воду!

Put,.. shackles in pipe

Вытравить

смычек
в клюз!

Put… shackles on deck

Вытравить

смычек
на палубу

Walk back port/starboard/both
anchors) one/one and a half shackle(s)

Подобрать
левый/правый/оба яко-ря на одну/полторы смычку (-и)!

We will let go port/starboard/both
anchors) … shackle(s) and dredge it/them

Мы
отдадим левьва/правый/оба якоря на … смычку(-и) и протащим его (их) по
грунту.

Let go port/starboard/both
anchor(s)

Отдать
левый/правый/оба якоря!

Port/starboard/both anchor(s)
is/are let

Левый/правый/оба
якоря отданы.

Pay out cable(s)

Травить
якорную цепь(-и)!

Check the cable(s)

Задержать
цепь(-и) (канат(-ы))!

Hold on port/starboard/both
cable(s)

Задержать
левыйУггоавый/оба канат(-а)!

How is cable leading?

Куда
смотрит якорная цепь?

Cable(s) leading ahead/astern/to
port/to starboard/round the bow up and down

Якорная
цепь(-и) смотрит(-ят) по носу / по корме / влево / вправо / вокруг носа /
вертикально.

Is/are anchor(s) holding?

Держит
ли якорь(-я)?

Yes, anchors) holding.

Да,
якорь(-я) держит(-ат).

No, anchor(s) not holding.

Нет,
якорь(-я) не держит(-ат).

Are you brought up?

Вышли
на якорь?

Yes, brought up in position …

Да,
мы вышли на якорь в точке

No, not brought up (yet).

Нет,
мы не вышли на якорь.

Switch on anchor light(s).

Включить
якорные огни!

Anchor light(s) switched on.

Якорный
огонь(-и) включен(-ы).

Hoist anchor ball

Поднять
якорный шар!

Anchor ball hoisted

Якорный
шар поднят.

Check anchor position by bearings

Проверьте
положение судна по пеленгам.

Check anchor position by …

Проверьте
положение судна по …

Anchor position bearing …
degrees, distance … kilometres/nautical miles

Положение
судна … градусов, расстояние … километров/морских миль.

Check anchor position every …
minutes

Проверяйте
положение судна каждые … минут.

Leaving the anchorage

Снятие
с якоря

How much cable is out?

Сколько
вытравлено якорной цепи?

… shackles out

Смьгчка(-ек)
вытравлена(-ы)

Stand by for heaving up

Приготовиться
к подъёму якоря!

Standing by for heaving up

Готовы
к подъёму якоря

Put windlass in gear

Сообщить
брашпиль!

Windlass put in gear

Брашпиль
сообщён

How is cable leading?

Куда
смотрит якорная цепь?

Cable(s) leading ahead / astern /
to port / to star board / round the bow / up and down

Якорная
цепь(-и) смотрит(-ят) по носу/по корме/влево/вправо/ вокруг
штевня/вертикально.

Heave up port/starboard/both
cable(s)

Выбирать
якорную цепь левую/правую/обе !

Heaving up port/starboard/both
cablets)

Выбираем
якорную цепь(-и) левую/правую/обе

How much weight is on cable?

Какова
нагрузка на якорную цепь?

Much weight on cable

Нагрузка
на якорную цепь большая.

Too much weight on cable

Нагрузка
на якорную цепь сильно большая.

No weight on cable

Якорная
цепь —
без
нагрузки

Stop heaving

Стоп
выбирать якорь-цепь!

How many shackles are left (to
come in)?

Сколько
смычек осталось (выбрать)?

..shackles left (to come in)

… смычек осталось (выбрать)

Attention! Turn in cable(s)

Внимание!
Якорная цепь(-и) пере-кручена(-ы)

Anchor(s) aweigh/clear off Bottom

Якорь(-я)
подорван/оторван от грунта

Cable(s) clear

Якорная
цепь свободна

Anchor(s) clear of water

Якорь(-я)
вышел из воды

Anchor(s) home

Якорь(-я)
на месте

Anchor(s) foul

Якорь(-я)
нечистые

Anchors) secured

Якорь(-я)
закреплен(-ы)

and reading.
Practise these words and word combinations orally and learn them by heart>-
Appropriate — соответствующий
f*’ To permit — позволять
fc» To remain — оставаться
fa» Readily identifiable — легко
опознаваемые
$* To ensure — обеспечить
$* To observe ~ наблюдать,
следить
за
чем-либо
£*• То notify — уведомлять
Ф*
То
undertake — предпринимать,
брать
на
себя
^ Necessary measures — необходимые
меры

Р*- То drag
anchor — тащить, тянуть
якорь (якорь потерял сцепление с грунтом)

&*• Readiness
— готовность

£*- То
deteriorate — ухудшать (ся),
портить (ся)

Ф* Applicable
regulations — применимые
правила

Я* То protect
— защитить

^ Environment
окружающая среда

fa
Pollution — загрязнение

^ То comply
— подчиняться8. Read the check list B-8 from
«Bridge Procedure Guide»; memorize and try to retell it. Work in
pairs:at anchor, Officer of the watch should:and plot the ship’s position on
the appropriate chart as soon as practicablecircumstances permit, check at
sufficiently frequent intervals whether the ship is remaining securely at
anchor by taking bearings of fixed navigation marks or readily identifiable
shore objects.that proper look-out is maintainedthat inspection rounds of the ship
are made periodically.meteorological and tidal conditions and the state of the
sea.the master and undertake all necessary measures if the ship dregs
anchor.that the state of readiness of the main engines and other machinery is
in accordance with the master’s instructions.visibility deteriorates, notify
the masterthat the ship exhibits the appropriate lights and shapes and that
appropriate sound signals are made in accordance with all applicable
regulations.measures to protect the environment from pollution by the ship and
comply with applicable pollution regulation.

9. Listening
comprehensionto the following 1MO Standard Marine Communication phrases and
learn them by heart. Record your own voice. Replay the original and your own
version

(The following phrases should
normally be preceded by Message Markers «INSTRUCTION**,
«ADVICE», «INFORMATION», «QUESTION»,
«ANSWER»)

(Перед
данными фразами обычно следует ставить слова-указатели ИНСТРУКЦИЯ, СОВЕТ,
ИНФОРМАЦИЯ, ВОПРОС, ОТВЕТ)

You must anchor at… UTC.

Вы
должны стать на якорь в … итс.

You must anchor until pilot
arrives.

Вы
должны стать на якорь до прихода лоцмана.

Do not anchor in position…

He становитесь на якорь в
точке …

Anchoring prohibited.

Якорная
стоянка запрещена.

Do not dredge anchor.

Не
протаскивайте якорь по грунту.

You must heave up anchor.

Вы
должны выбрать якорь.

You must anchor in a different
position.

Вы
должны стать на якорь в другом месте.

You must anchor clear of fairway.

Вы
должны стать на якорь в стороне от фарватера.

Advise you have your crew on stand
by for weighing anchor when pilot embarks.

Советую
Вам держать команду наготове, чтобы сняться с якоря, как только лоцман
поднимется на борт.

You have permission to anchor
at… TJTC.

Вам
разрешено стать на якорь в … UTC.

You have permission to anchor in
position …

Вам
разрешено стать на якорь в точке …

You have permission to anchor
until pilot arrives.

Вам
разрешено стоять на якоре до прихода лоцмана.

You have permission to anchor
until tugs arrive.

Вам
разрешено стоять на якоре до прихода буксиров.

You have permission to anchor
until sufficient water.

Вам
разрешено стоять на якоре в ожидании достаточного уровня воды.

MV … at anchor in position …

Теплоход
… стоит на якоре в точке

You are obstructing fairway.

Вы
загромождаете фарватер.

You are obstructing over traffic.

Вы
затрудняете движение судов.

You are at anchor in wrong
position.

Вы
стоите на якоре не на том месте.

Are you dragging anchor?

Ползёт
ли Ваш якорь?

Yes, I am dragging anchor.

Да,
мой якорь ползёт.

No, I’m not dragging anchor.

Нет,
мой якорь не ползёт.

Are you dredging anchor?

Протаскиваете
ли Вы Ваш якорь?

Yes, I’m dredging anchor.

Да,
я протаскиваю якорь.

No, I’m not dredging anchor.

Нет,
я не протаскиваю якорь.

and listeningthese
words orally and learn them by heart. Listen to the dialogues

** Outer roadstead-
внешний
рейд

$* Sufficient
— достаточный

r^
To allocate
назначать, распределять

гЬ» Fathom
— морская сажень (1, 82 м)

$* Patches
of sand-
небольшие участки песка

fc»
To weigh
anchor — сниматься с
якоря, поднимать якорь

r^
To swing
at anchor
— разворачиваться на якоре

r^
To steer
— держать курс на

Р» Landmark
— береговой ориентир

Ъ* То approach
— приближаться

Ф* Shackles
— смычки (якорной цепи)

£» То
allot — предназначать

*R=»
To bear
— править (по курсу), держать курс

$* Ebb ~ отлив,
отливное
течениеpractice
Dialogues

1

Captain

How do you do, sir?

Pilot

How do you do. Pleased to meet
you, sir. In an how we’ll be nearing the port we are bound for.

Captain

Shall we anchor at the outer
roadstead?

PQot

Yes, we’ll have to wait for the
tide, as it is ebb time now. The depths in the entrance to the port are not
sufficient for the ship’s draught.

Captain

All right, we’ll do that/ What is
the anchor position for me?

Pilot

Anchor position 178° half a mile
off-shore is allocated to you.

Captain

What are the depths at the
anchorage?

Pilot

The depths are about 19 fathoms;
the anchorage is well sheltered from winds.

Captain

What is the nature of the bottom
there?

Pilot

There is good holding ground: soft
mud and patches of sand.

Captain

That’s good. Is there enough room
at the anchorage for swinging?

Pilot

Yes, there’s plenty.

Captain

All right Shall we keep the
present course?

Pilot

I advise you to alter course to 65
° when abeam with No. 16 buoy; there is a shoal just ahead of you. So be
careful while approaching the position allocated to you.

Captain

Thank you. I’ll see to that.

2

Pilot

We are proceeding to the anchorage
allocated to us. In half an hour weTl be there. It’s time to notify the
engine room and to get the anchors ready.

Captain

All right. Which anchor shall we
drop?

Pilot

We’ll use the starboard anchor.

Captain

How much of chain shall we need?

Pilot

I think four shackles will do.

Captain

What landmarks shall we have there
for the anchorage?

Pilot

There is a conspicuous black tower
on the coast, which should be kept on bearing 75 ° and the lighthouse at the
port entrance which should bear 95°. You must steer for that tower till the
port lighthouse opens to southward.

Captain

Well, but how shall we proceed
then?

Pilot

Then we shall alter the course 45
°to starboard and steer to lighthouse till we are half a mile off-shore. That
is our anchorage.

Captain

All right, that’s clear. We are
proceeding into the port. I have already given orders to stand by to weigh
anchor.

10. Video activitywatching
the video programme «Anchoring» study the dialogue and be ready to
watch the film:Master and the Chief Officer (C/O) are in the wheelhouse. Ibis
ship is proceeding (at slow ahead) towards the anchorage. The forecastle party
consists of the Chief Officer (C/O) and the Bosun.

Master

Mate, we are approaching the
anchorage. Go forward with the bo’sun and prepare the port anchor for letting
go. We will use five shackles in the water.

C/O

Yes, Captain. Go forward and
prepare the port anchor to let go. We will use five shackles in the water.

Master

Yes. Walk the anchor back to just
above the water and hold it on the brake.

C/O

Walk the anchor back to just above
the water and hold it on the brake. Yes, Sir.

Master

Dead Slow ahead.

2/0 (to Master)

Dead slow ahead, Sir.

Master (to 2/0)

Stop engine.

2/0

Stop engine. Engine stopped, Sir.

Master (to 2/0)

Half astern.

2/0 (to Master)

Half astern.

Master (on radio)

«Arabiyah», Captain to
Mate. Is the anchor ready for letting go?

C/O (on radio)

«Arabiyah», Mate to
Captain. Port anchor ready for letting go. The anchor is just above the
water.

Master

Second Mate, what is the sounding?

2/0

Sounding forty metres, Sir.

Master (on radio)

«Arabiyah», Captain to
Mate. Let go port anchor.

UNIT 10. WEATHER

I

and readingthese
words orally, and then read the text

^ Humidity — влажность,
сырость

Ф*
Precipitation — (зд.
метеор.)
осадки

Ф*
Pressure — давление

^ Scale — зд.
шкала

^ Obsolete — устаревший*
Vapour ~ пар (ы),
туман*
Moisture — влага, влажность*
Saturation — насыщенность
(влажность воздуха)

^ Imminent
— надвигающийся, близкий

(*» Drizzle
— изморозь, мелкий дождь

^ #<елУ — град

^ S/eef
— дождь со снегом, слякоть

te9″
Merely — только, просто

^ Rotation
— вращение

^ Hemisphere
— полушарие

fa-
Clockwise — по часовой
стрелке

£» Forecast
— прогноз
погодыL
Read the text and learn the definitions for the meteorological elements
mentioned:elementsconditions have a great influence on the safety during a
voyage and should always be taken into consideration in voyage-planning and
when underway.state of the atmosphere is determined by various meteorological
elements, such as temperature, humidity; cloudiness and fog, forms of
precipitation, barometric pressure, and speed and direction of wind. All these
elements may be referred to as «the weather».change in temperature is
significant in weather-forecasting.measuring temperatures three different
scales can be used:

·the commonly used
Celsius-scale, which measures a temperature in centigrades; »- the obsolete
Fahrenheit-scale.

Humidityrefers to
the amount of water vapour in the air. Warm air is capable to contain a higher
grade of moisture, or humidity, than cold air. The maximum amount of moisture
that air can hold at a specific temperature is known as
«saturation».clouds are the result of a rising mass of cool air. When
the temperature of air falls, water vapour in the air will condense into
droplets or ice crystals, thus forming clouds or fog.very often indicate an
imminent change of weather. Rising clouds is an indication that the weather is
about to clear; lowering or thickening clouds will indicate precipitation.is a
cloud that touches the ground. Dense fog will reduce visibility considerably
and is referred to as «thick weather».is formed when the droplets or
ice crystals in clouds have become sufficiently large to fall to the ground.
Precipitation may take a variety of forms, for example rain, snow, drizzle,
hail or sleet.is the most important factor that determines the condition of the
weather. Wind is merely an amount of air that moves in a horizontal motion over
the earth from an area of high barometric pressure towards an area of low
barometric pressure.barometric pressure generally indicates that a gale or
storm is approaching; rising pressure indicates the approach or continuation of
fair weather.area of low pressure is called a cyclone. A high-pressure area is
an anticyclone.of the rotation of the earth, the circulations of winds in the
northern hemisphere tend to be clockwise around areas of high pressure, and
anti-clockwise around low-pressure areas.the southern hemisphere the directions
of circulation are the opposite.is always named after the direction it is
coming from, not blowing in.force is indicated by the Beaufort-scale numbers.
These numbers, ranging from zero to force 12, refer to the wind-speed measured
in nautical miles per hour.the navigator the wind direction and force are the
most important aspects of meteorological conditions that are forecast in
weather reports by weather stations.must always include an increase or decrease
in force and any change in wind-direction. A change of direction is usually
indicated by the terms «veering» and «backing».veering wind
changes in a clockwise direction. A backing wind changes in anti-clockwise
direction.2. Answer the questions:

1.
Why is the weather so important for
mariners?

2.
How can you measure the temperature?
Do you know the difference between the scales mentioned above?

3.
How does humidity depend on the
temperature of the air?

4.
How can you predict weather judging
on the clouds?

5.
What is the name for a cloud that
touches the ground?

6.
What kinds of precipitation do you
know? What is the difference between them?

7.
What is the influence of barometric
pressure upon the weather-conditions?

8.
Why is it so important to consider
the place you are in while predicting the wind’s movement?

9.
How are the winds named?

10.     How is the
force of the wind measured?

. Exercise 3. Fill
in the necessary word:

1. A change of_____ in
a clockwise direction is indicated by the word

«veering».

2._____ is
announced by a lowering or thickening cloudiness.

3.
A change in____ is the most
significant aspect in weather forecasting.

4.
Saturation refers to the maximum
amount of_ in air at a specific

temperature.

5._______________ Circulation
of is anti-clockwise around low pressure areas in the

Northern
Hemisphere.

6.
An irnminent change of weather is
often indicated by         .

7.
The amount of air that moves from
one area to the other is referred to as

8._____ can be
measured in three different scales.

9._____ is a result
of a rising mass of cool air.

10. A decrease of_____ of
air will result in the forming of clouds or

11._____ speed is
measured in nautical miles per hour.

12.The
amount of water vapour that is in the air is referred to as    .

13.When
a cloud touches the ground we speak of .

14. ____ is formed
when droplets have become large enough to fall to the ground.

Exercise 4.
Complete the chart:

Abbreviation

Direction

Movement

Adjective

Adjective (for winds)

S

Southward of

NE

Northeast

N

Northerly

W

Western

sw

Southwestward of

SE

Southeast

NW

Northwesterly

E

Eastern

Exercise 5. Listen
to the recording

a)       You are
going to hear a conversation on the bridge of the MVElga during bad weather.
What are the -weather conditions like? Choose from the list below:

gale tidal stream
tropical storm                       snow

torrential rain
floating ice                          high wind

poor visibility
dust storm fog bank

b)      Answer the
questions (you may listen to the text again if necessary):

1.
Why has the tanker issued a securite
call?

2.
How long would it take the MV Elga
to reach the tanker’s position in good weather conditions? What about the given
situation?

3.
Why do the Officers try to contact
the Coastguard? What is wrong?

4.
What is the problem with the MV
Elga?

5.
Can the MV Elga assist the tanker?

Exercise 6. Fill in
the schemes

7. Write a short
report describing the weather conditions today. Try to mention all the
meteorological elements you know. Are the conditions favourable for a sea
voyage? Why?

РАНТ 2

Survey
— обозрение, осмотр

tfc»
Vicinity — окрестности,
район

ffc»
Broadcast — передавать по
радио, вещать

^ Trough
— ложбина низкого давления

te»
Ridge — гребень
повышенного атмосферного давления

$* Occlude
— окклюдировать; преграждать

fa*
Overcast сплошная
облачность, пасмурно

рт*
Thunderstorm — гроза»
Thunder — гром

^ Lightning
— молния

fa*
Gtf/e
— шторм, ветер от 7 до 10 баллов

fc-
Squall — шквал

^ (dust)
Haze — дымка,лёгкий
туман

тЬ»Moderate
— умеренный, средний

Exercise
8. Scan the textForecastweather forecast for
seafarers offers a survey of weather conditions that may be expected in certain
places, sea areas and in vicinities of coastal stations within the next 24
hours. A weather forecast is broadcast in radio bulletins and should be
monitored by the navigator and transferred to the Weather Forecast Information
Sheet.Weather Forecast Information Sheet must be made available to all
bridge-personnel and studied regularly and closely in order to determine
short-range weather conditions and visibility.sheet consists of three parts:

· in
the «General Synopsis» information is given about barometric
pressure, position and movement of a depression or anti-cyclone;

· in
me «Forecast for Sea Areas» information is given about wind, weather
conditions and visibility. The presence of a gale is indicated by a
«tick» in the column «gales»;

· in
«Reports from Coastal Stations1′ information is given about wind, weather
conditions, visibility and atmospheric pressure.

Exercise 9. Learn
the abbreviations used in Weather Forecasting by heart:abbreviations used in
the General Synopsis are:= depression (low pressure area, also referred to as
«cyclonic»)= high pressure area (anti-cyclone)= trough of low
pressure~ ridge of high pressure- warm front

С
= cold front

О
= occluded frontabbreviations used in the Forecast for Sea Areas and Reports
from Coastal Stations are:

b — blue sky

m/f — mist followed by fog

с

cloudy

d-drizzle

pc — partly cloudy sky

tlr — thunderstorm (thunder,

lightning and rain)

о

overcast sky

h-hail

r-rain

В-gale

R — heavy rain

G — heavy gale

s — snow

q — squalls

r/s — rain followed by snow

Q — heavy squalls

rs — sleet

z — dust haze

m — mist

var. — winds variable

f-fog

CALM — wind force zero

F — heavy fog

gale is indicated
by a tick (V) in the column «gales». A slash (/) indicates a change.
The use of a capital letter, for example F, or R — will indicate and
intensification of that specific weather condition.may be indicated bypoor-
moderate= good- very goodBarometric Pressure is indicated by

= steady

/ = rising or
rising rapidly

= falling or
falling rapidly10. Watch CD-ROM program «International Maritime English
Programme’* (Weather). Pay particular attention to the way the weather forecast
tables are completed11. Fill in the weather forecast tables: Forecast for Sea
Areas

. Thames: wind
variable, becoming easterly, force three, partly cloudy sky, good visibility.

Sea area

Gales

Wind: Now/Later

Weather

Visibility

2. Biscay: wind
westerly force six, increasing force eight to nine, heavy quails, moderate
visibility.

Sea area

Gales

Wind: Now/Later

Weather

Visibility

. Irish Sea: calm,
wind increasing northwesterly force five, backing south-vesterly force three to
four, rain followed by snow, poor visibility.

Sea area

Gales

Wind: Now/Later

Weather

Visibility

from Coastal
Stations:

1. St. Abb’s Head:
wind west force five, blue sky, three miles, nine hundred linety-two millibars,
falling.

Coastal Station

Wind direction

Wind force

Weather

Visibility

Barometer

Tendency

. Dowsing: calm,
partly cloudy sky, twelve miles, a thousand and twenty two millibars, steady.

Coastal Station

Wind direction

Wind force

Weather

Visibility

Barometer

Tendency

. Bristol: Wind
south west force six, rain followed by thunderstorm, seven miles, nine hundred
seventy-nine millibars, falling rapidly.

Coastal Station

Wind direction

Wind force

Weather

Visibility

Barometer

Tendency

Exercise 12. Listen
to the recording* It is a sea area forecast for 17th April Complete the chart
-with the information for each area.

Sea area

Gales

Wind: Now/Later

Weather

Visibility

Castle Rock

V

NW6/8

r

m

Newington

Viewforth

Abercorn

Ferrol

Minnow

Turtle Cove

IS. Read and learn
the following Standard Marine. Communication Phrases (SMCP). Record your own
voice. Replay the original and your own version

Meteorological Information (the
following phrases should normally be preceded by Message Marker
«INFORMATION», «WARNING»

Метеорологическая
информация (перед следующими фразами обычно следует ставить слова-указатели
ИНФОРМАЦИЯ, ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ)

Position of tropical storm …
(name) ,.., path… (compasspoints), speed of advance… knots

Местоположение
тропического шторма … (название), направление движения … (компасные
румбы), скорость продвижения ветра … узлов.

Wind .direction …
(compasspoints), force Beaufort… in position…

Ветер
направлением … (компасные румбы), и силой … баллов по шкале Бофорта в
районе….

Wind backing and
increasing/decreasing .

Ветер
меняет направление против часовой стрелки и усиливается / ослабевает.

Wind veering and increasing /
decreasing

Ветер
меняет направление по часовой стрелке и усиливается / ослабевает.

Wind expected to increase in
position …to force Beaufort..; within next hours

Ожидается
усиление ветра в районе … до … баллов по шкале Бофорта в течение
ближайших часов.

Wind expected to decrease in
position … to force Beaufort… within-next hours

Ожидается
ослабление ветра в … до … баллов по шкале Бофорта в течение ближайших
часов.

Visibility in position …
metres/nautical miles

Видимость
в точке … составляет … метров / морских миль.

Visibility reduced by
mist/fog/snow/dust/rain/…

Видимость
понижается из-за мороси / тумана / снега / пыли / дождя ….

Visibility expected to increase,
to … metres/nautical miles in position … within next hours

Ожидается
улучшение видимости до … километров / морских миль в … (точка, район) в
течение ближайших … часов.

Visibility expected to decrease to
… metres/nautical iftiles in position… within … next hours

Ожидается
ухудшение видимости до … километров / морских миль в … (точка, район) в
течение ближайших … часов.

Sea/swell in position,;.. metres
from … (compasspoints)

Высота
волны / зыби в … (точка, район) составляет … метров от … (компасные
румбы).

Sea/swell expected to increase
within next… hours

Ожидается
увеличение волнения / зыби в течение следующих … часов.

Sea/swell expected to decrease
within next.., hours

Ожидается
уменьшение волнения / зыби в течение следующих … часов.

Icing expected/not expected to
form in area around…

Обледенение
ожидается / не ожидается в районе ….

Meteorological Questions and
Answers

Вопросы
и ответы по метеорологии

(The following phrases should
normally be preceded by Message Markers «QUESTION» «ANSWER»)

(Перед
данными фразами обычно следует ставить слова-указатели ВОПРОС, ОТВЕТ)

What is wind direction and force
in your position/in position…

Каковы
направление и сила ветра в Вашем месте / в районе … ?

Wind direction… (compasspoints),
force Beaufort… in my position/in position…

Направление
ветра … (компасные румбы), сила ветра … баллов по шкале Бофорта в моём
месте / в районе ….

Is wind backing/veering?

Меняет
ли ветер направление против часовой стрелки / по часовой стрелке?

Wind backing/veering

Да,
ветер меняет направление против часовой стрелки / по часовой стрелке.

What wind direction and force is
expected in my position/in position ..,?

Какого
направления и силы ожидается ветер в моём месте / в месте …?

Wind in your position/in position
… expected from … direction(s), force Beaufort…

В
вашем месте / в районе … ожидается ветер от … (направление) силой…
баллов по шкале Бофорта.

Wind in your position/in position
… expected variable.

Ветер
в Вашем месте / в районе … будет переменным.

Is wind expected to
increase/decrease?

Ожидается
ли усиление / ослабление ветра?

Wind expected to increase/decrease

Да,
ожидается усиление / ослабление ветра.

What is your latest gale warning?

Какое
Ваше последнее штормовое предупреждение?

My latest gale warning is as
follows: Gale warning. Winds at …UTC in area… (met.area) from
direction… (compass points) and force Beaufort … backing/veering to …
(compass points)

Моё
последнее штормовое предупреждение: Штормовое преду1гоеждение. В … UTC в районе
… (указать район) ожидается ветер от… (компасные румбы) и силой …
баллов по шкале Бофорта, изменение направления ветра против часовой стрелки /
по часовой стрелке … (по компасным румбам)

What is your latest tropical storm
warning?

Какое
Вы имеете последнее предупреждение о тропическом шторме?

My latest tropical storm warning
is as follows: (Standard tropical storm warning)

Моё
последнее предупреждение о тропическом шторме: (стандартное предупреждение о
тропическом шторме).

Tropical storm warning at …UTC.
Hurricane… (name)/tropical cy-clone/torna-do/willy- willy/typhoon… (name)
with central pressure of… millibars located in position…. Present
movement… (compasspoints) at …knots.Winds of… knots within radius of…
kilometres/nautical miles of centre. Seas over… metres. Further information
on VHP channel… / frequency …

Предупреждение
о тропическом шторме на … UTC. Ураган … (название) /
тропический циклон / торнадо / вили-вилли / тайфун … (название) с давлением
в центре … миллибар находится в точке …. В данный момент продвигается …
(компасные румбы) со скоростью … узлов. Ветер со скоростью … узлов
наблюдается в радиусе … километров/ морских миль от центра. Волнение более
… метров. Дальнейшую информацию можно получить на канале … УКВ / частоте
….

What is atmospheric pressure in
your position/in position …?

Каково
атмосферное давление в Вашем месте / в месте …?

Atmospheric pressure …millibars

Атмосферное
давление …
миллибар.

What is barometric change in your
position/in position…?

Какова
барометрическая тенденция в Вашем месте / в месте …?

Barometric change … millibars
per hour

Барометрическая
тенденция составляет … миллибар в час.

Barometric change is… millibars
within last… hours

Барометрическая
тенденция … миллибар в течение последних … часов.

Barometer steady

Барометр
без изменений.

Barometer dropping (rapidly)

Барометр
падает (быстро).

Barometer rising (rapidly)

Барометр
растет (быстро).

What maximum winds are expected in
storm area?

Какой
максимальной силы ветер ожидается в районе шторма?

Maximum winds of… knots expected
in storm area

В
районе шторма ожидается ветер с максимальной скоростью … узлов.

Maximum winds of… knots expected
within radius of… kilometres/nautical miles of centre

В
радиусе … километров / морских миль от центра ожидается ветер с
максимальной скоростью.

Maximum winds of.., knots expected
in safe/dangerous semicircle

Ветер
с максимальной скоростью … узлов ожидается в безопасном / опасном
полукруге….

What is sea state in your
position/ in position…?

Каково
состояние моря в Вашем месте / в месте … ?

Height of sea/swell in my
position/in position … metres from… (compass points)

Высота
волны / зыби в моем месте / в месте … метров от… (компасные румбы).

Is sea state expected to change
(within next hours)?

Ожидается
ли изменение состояния моря (в течение ближайших часов)?

No, sea state not expected to
change (within next hours)

Нет,
не ожидается изменения состояния моря (в течение ближайших часов).

Yes.sea/sweli of… metres from
… (compass points) expected (within next hours)

Да,
(в течение ближайших часов) ожидается волнение / зыбь … метров от…
(компасные румбы).

Tsunami/abnormal wave expected by
.UTC

Цунами
/ необычно сильное волнение ожидается к… UTC.

What is visibility in position…?

Какова
видимость в месте … ?

Visibility in position   kilo
metres/nautical miles

Видимость
в месте километров / морских миль.

words that we use
talking about the state of the sea* wave
— волна

^ calm
(glassy) —
зеркально-гладкая поверхность

fa
calm (rippled)
— слабое волнение, рябь, 1 балл

^ smooth
(waveless) — умеренное
волнение, 2 балла, 0,2-0,3 м

$*■ slight
— значительное волнение, 3 балла, 0,5-1,25 м

> moderate
-значительное волненение, 4 балла, 1,25-2,5 м

$*■ rough
~ сильное волнение 5 баллов, 2,5-4,0 м

(Ь» very
rough — сильное волнение
6 баллов, 4-6 м

Р*’ high
— очень сильное волнение, 7 баллов, 6-9 м

$* very
high — очень сильное
волнение, 8 баллов, 9-12 м

$*■ phenomenal
— исключительное волнение, 9 баллов, более 12 м

$* Sea
less than
5fts — волнение менее 5
футов

fa*
Heavy sea
— сильное волнение

fa*
Surge — крутое волнение

fa»
Wavelent — небольшая волна

ft*
Hollow sea
высокие крутые волны

fa» Surging
sea (angry) — бурное море

^ Ground sea -прибой

UNIT 11. TIDES AND
TIDAL STREAMS

I

and readingthese
words and learn them by heart

$* Tide — морской
прилив
и
отлив
ру
Gravitational — гравитационный
fcr Centrifugal центробежный
fa» Springs — сизигия
$* Cancel out — гасить,
сводить
на
нет
Р=»
Neap — квадратура
$* Chart datum — ноль глубин
Р*»
Average — среднийHighest high
tide — самый
высокий
полный
прилив
$* Lowest low tide — самый низкий
малый
прилив
Ф*
Slack tide — стоячий прилив
(отлив)
$* Low Slack- малая стоячая
вода
^ High Slack — полная стоячая
вода
ft* Semi-diurnal tide (SO) — полусуточный
тфилив
(отлив)
ft* Mixed, mainly semi-diurnal tide (MSD) — смешанный
полусуточный
прилив
(отлив)*
Mixed diurnal
tide (MD)
— смешанный суточный прилив (отлив)

ft*
Diurnal tide
(D) суточный прилив
(отлив)

ft*
Oscillation — колебание

ft*
Declination — склонение
светила

Exercise 1. Read
the text quickly and grasp the main gist of each (a, b, c, d) passages.

a)       Tides are
mainly created by the gravitational effect of the moon and the Sun on the
earth.

The effect of the
Sun’s gravity on the tides is approximately half of that of the moon.is because
the sun is at a far greater distance from the earth.centrifugal forces caused
by the rotation of the earth influence tides too.

b)
Every other week, at new and full
moon, when the sun and the moon are bom in line with the earth the two
gravitational forces produce exceptionally strong tides which are called
Spring-tides.

c)  
When the sun and the moon are at 90
degrees to each other at the first and third quarters of the moon, the pull of
the sun will cancel out half of the moon’s gravitational effect.

As a result of it,
weak tides, called Neap tides are produced.

d)      The tide
has a rise and fall, i.e. a vertical motion.

Tides are measured
from chart datum, and levels are always given at average heights.high tides and
lowest low tides are called Spring tides.low tides and lowest high tides are
called Neap tides.

e)       When tide
is turning we speak of Slack tide., at Low Slack the tide is about to rise.

High Slack tide is
especially important to the mariner, since it is the best tide to leave and
proceed to open sea.

f)       By
«Range»is meant the average difference between 2 waterlevels. Range
can be of 3 types: a) neap range; b) mean range; c) spring range.

Types of Tides

1. 
Diurnal tide (D) — One complete
tidal oscillation daily.

2. 
Mixed, diurnal tide (MD) — Usually,
and certainly when the moon has low declination, there are two complete tidal
oscillations daily.

3. 
Semi-diurnal tide (SD) — Two
complete tidal oscillations daily, both high waters having similar heights as
well as both low waters.

4. 
Mixed, semi-diurnal (MSD) — Two
complete tidal oscillations daily with inequalities both in height and time
reaching the greatest values when the declination of the moon has passed its
maximum.

Fill in: a)

b)———————— _

c)

d)

e)

f>___________________________ )

Exercise 2. Read
the text «Tides» attentively to answer the following questions:

1.
What effect are tides mainly created
by?

2.
What are centrifugal forces caused
by?

3.
What forces produce exceptionally
strong tides?

4.
What are these tides called?

5.
As a result of what are neap tides
produced?

6.
When do we speak of slack tides?

7.
Why is high slack tide especially
important to me mariner?

Exercise 3. Pick
out false sentences out of those below and correct them.

1.
The moon is at a nearer distance from
the earth than the sun.

2.
The sun is at a far greater distance
from the moon than the earth.

3.
The earth is at a far greater
distance from the moon than the sun.

4.
The effect of the moon’s gravity on
the tides is much weaker of that of the sun.

5.
Spring tides occur when the sim and
the moon are at 90 degrees to each other.

6.
Neap tides are called weak tides.

7.
The sun, the moon and the earth are
in line every week.

8.
Spring tides are produced at new and
full moon.

9.
At Low Slack the tide is about to
fall.

10. 
At High Slack the tide is about to
turn.

11. 
When the tide is turning we speak of
Low Slack.

12. 
High Slack is the best tide to leave
and proceed to open sea.

tk

~~4    Exercise 4.
Watch the CD-ROM program»International Marir» time English Programme»
(Tides. Lectures) and do the test

Exercise 5. Choose
the correct variant of a, b, c, dare created by the …

a)
rotation of the earth;

c) 
effect of the sun’s gravity;

d)
gravitational effect of the moon and
the sun on the earth.

Spring tides are
produced by the …

a)  
gravitational effect of the moon;

b)
effect of the sun’s gravity;

c)  
centrifugal forces;

d)
two gravitational forces when the
sun and the moon are both in line with the earth.

Neap tides are
produced by the …

a)
gravitational effect of the moon;

b)
pull of the sun;

c)  
gravitational effect of the sun and
the moon at 90 degrees to each other;

d)
centrifugal forces caused by the
rotation of the earth.

Slack tides will
occur…

a)  
every other week;

b)
when the sun and the moon are at 90
degrees to each other;

c)  
when the sun and the moon are both
in line with the earth;

d)
when the tide is turning.

At Low Slack water
the tide is about…

a)  
to turn;

b)
to rise;

c)  
to fall;

d) to be cancelled
outHigh Slack water the tide is about…

a)
to turn;

b)
to rise;

c)  
to fall;

d)
to be cancelled out.

By range is
understood …

a)
two complete tidal oscillations;

b)
inequalities both in height and
time;

c)  
one complete tidal osdllation;

d)
differences between high and low
tides.

РАНТ
2Streams and Currentsand readingthese words and learn them by heart*
Standard
port — основной порт (в
предвычислении приливов)

fa*
To predict
~ пред вычислять

fa»
Tidal stream
— приливо-отливное течение

fa» Rising
tide — прилив»
Falling tide — отлив* Rate
(velocity) — скорость

fa*
Set — сущ.
направление, (гл. устанавливаться)

fa»
Tide rip
— рябь, толчея, сулой

fa» Ebb stream
— отлив»
Flood stream — прилив»
High water — полная вода»
Low water — малая вода»
Eddy ~ водоворот»
Tide-guage — мореограф,
приливомер»
Spring rate
— скорость в сизигию

fa»
Neap rate
— скорость в квадратуру

fa-*
Ripple — рябь, толчея,
зыбь

fa»
Race — быстрина, сулой

fa»
Swirl — водоворот

fa»
Surge — зыбь, накат
волны

fa»
Storm surge
— штормовой нагон воды, штормовой ветер

fa»
Under-keel-clearance — глубина
под
килем»
To affect — воздействовать,
влиять»
Rectilinear — прямолинейный»
Gyre — вихрь,
завихрение6.
Read the text «Tidal streams and currents» quicldy and grasp the main
gist of each (a, b, c, d) passagesStreams and Currents

a)
Tidal Streams are horizontal
movements of the water caused by the tides. They can be predicted for any
period in the future.

b)
The tidal streams in European waters
are of the same type as the tides, i.e. they are semi-diurnal in character.
They can be predicted by reference to a suitable Standard port by tables
printed on the published charts.

In some other parts
of the world daily predictions are necessary. These predictions will be found
in Volumes 2 and 3 of Admiralty Tide Tables.

c)       The
duration and the rate of tidal streams depend on the depth of water, the con-

tour of the land,
prevailing winds, tides and currents. A distinction is drawn between tidal
streams and currents.

d)  
Tidal Streams are astronomical in
origin. Currents are mainly of meteorological origin. Conditions that affect
currents are the following: persistent strong winds, barometric pressure,
positive and negative surges, storm surges. Strong winds may approach and even
exceed the rate of the tidal streams. Strong currents during or after positive
or negative surges may greatly increase tidal streams or cancel them out.

e)
Negative surges are important to the
Mariner as they result in reduced under-keel-clearance.

Tidal streams may
affect currents and produce ripples, eddies, races, swirls,, etc.practice the
navigator experiences a combination of tidal stream and current.

Fill in a)

b)

c)

d)

e)

Exercise 7. Read
the text carefully to answer the following questions:

1.
What causes tidal streams?

2.
What type are the tidal streams in
European waters?

3.
What is meant by semi-diurnal?

4.
What factors influence the duration
and the rate of tidal streams?

5.
What conditions affect currents?

6.
How do strong currents affect tidal
streams?

7.
Why are negative surges important to
the Mariner?

8.
What period in the future can tidal
streams be predicted for?

Exercise 8. Pick
out false sentences out of those below and explain your decision

1.
Tidal streams are caused by strong
winds.

2.
Tidal streams and currents are
similar in origin.

3.
The tidal streams in European waters
are of the same type as the tides.

4.
The rate of tidal streams does not
depend on the contour of the land.

5.
Strong wind may not exceed the rate
of the tidal streams.

6.
Ripples are produced by currents.

7.
Positive surges result in reduced
under-keel-clearance.

Exercise 9.
Memorize the following abbreviations concerning tides and currents used on
Metric Charts

HW

High Water

Полная
вода

LW

Low Water

Малая
вода

MTL

Mean Tide Level

Средний
уровень прилива

MSL

Mean Sea Level

Средний
уровень моря

Sp

Spring Tides

Сизигийньш
прилив

Np

Neap Tides

Квадратурный
прилив

MHWS

Mean High Water Springs

Средний
уровень полных сизигийных вод

MHWN

Mean High Water Neaps

Средний
уровень квадратурных вод

MHHW

Mean Higher High Water

Средний
уровень высокой полной воды

MLHW

Mean Lower High Water

Средний
уровень низкой полной воды

MLWS

Mean Low Water Springs

Средний
уровень малых сизигийных вод

MLWN

Mean Low Water Neaps

Средний
уровень малых квадратурных вод

MLLW

Mean Lower Low Water

Средний
уровень низкой малой воды

MHLW

Mean Higher Low Water

Средний
уровень высокой малой воды

HAT

Higher Astronomical Tide

Высокий
астрономический прилив

LAT

Lower Astronomical Tide

Низкий
астрономический прилив

Vel

Velocity

Скорость

kn

Knots

Узлы

Dir

Direction

Направление

Fathom Charts

H.W.F.& С

High Water Full and Change

Прикладной
час порта для расчёта полной воды

L.W.F. & C.

Low Water Full and Change

Прикладной
час порта для расчёта малой воды

10. Match a word
(1-7) with a word (a-g)

1.

dry

a) tide

2.

mean

b) season

3.

spring

c) direction

4.

high

d) rate

5.

tide

e) water

6.

rising

f) stream

7.

tidal

g) Ф

11. Fill in the
gaps with a suitable word Choose from these words: rate tide range current
slack low sets water

1.
There is only one high daily in S.

2.
In the bay the flow is weak and is
governed by_ rather than tidal

stream.

3.__________________________ The
flow sets SSW on the falling        attaining a   of 1 knot 3 hours

after local high
water with a    of tide of 1-2 m; it then turns anti-clockwise

without becoming_____ and_______________ ESE
at Va knot near       water.

Exercise 12. Circle
the odd-abbreviation-out (if any):

1.
LAT, Q, MLLW, Sp, Vel

2.
MHLW, B, LW Dir, MHWS

3.
HW, MLHW, Kn, HAT, Np

4.
MSL, MLWS, H.W.F. &C, MHWS, Lat

5.
MHHW, Mid, LW, MWL, LLW

6.
MTL, HWOS, LWOS, 1SLW, H.1

Exercise 13.
Passage (a) describes «Tides and Tidal Streams» inLachDay and Song
Ca. Read the passage and decide which of those opinions matches tides (T) and
tidal streams (TS)

1.
The rate of flow is often 2 or 3
knots.             [ ]

2.
From December to May, Song Ca is at
its lowest.     [ ]

3.
The melting snow causes the river to
rise rapidly.     [ ]

4.
The annual rise at Hanoi is from 4-9
to 6-lm.. [ ]

(a) Tides and tidal
streams in Lach Day and Song Ca. The rate of flow in the lower reaches of the
river system is often 2 or 3 knots, and the influence of the tidal stream on
the flow is apparent up river almost as far as a Hanoi during the low-river
season, and from the sea to about halfway to Hanoi during the hight high-river
season.December to May, Song Ca is at its lowest, about May, the melting snow
in Upper Tonkin and Yunnan causes the river to rise rapidly, frequently washing
away the banks. The annual rise at Hanoi (21°02’N, 105°E) is from 4-9 to
6-lm.14. Answer those questions:

1.
In what places of the river is the
rate of flow often 3 or 2 knots?

2.
What is the influence of the tidal
stream on the flow?

3.
When does the snow melt in Upper
Tonkin and Yunnan?

4.
What is frequently washed away?

5.
What is the annual rise of tide at
Hanoi?

Exercise 15.
Passage (b) describes tidal streams at East Goodwin light-vessel Read the
passage and decide which of those opinions matches the south-going stream. Tick
(v) them.

1.
It sometimes sets north-westward.

2.
It is strong near high water.

3.
It begins + 0530 Dover.

4.
It has a spring rate of 3.2 knots.

5.
Its mean direction is 016°.

6.
It has a neap rate 1.8 knots.

7.
It sets south-westward into the Gut.

Note: references
preceded by a minus (-) sign are intervals before high water, those preceded by
a plus (+) sign are intervals after high water.

(b) Tidal streams.
— At east Goodwin light-vessel, the stream is nearly rectilinear; the
north-going stream, spring rate 3-1 knots, neap rate 1-7 knots, mean direction
016° , begins — 0100 Dover; the south-going stream, spring rate 3-2 knots, neap
rate 1-8 knots, mean direction 193°, begins + 0530 Dover.is said, though with
doubtful authority, that, eastward of the sands, the north-going stream
sometimes sets north-westward with considerable velocity. Observations of the
stream obtained in recent years do not confirm the existence of this set; if,
however, it occurs, it is strong near high water, when the sands are covered,
and dangerous. Near the eastern side of the northern part of the sands the
north-going stream probably sets north-eastward out of Kellett Gut, and the
south-going stream sets south-westward into the Gut.16. Answer these questions:

1.
Where is the stream nearly
rectilinear?

2.
Where does the north-going stream
set north-westward?

3.
With what velocity does it set?

4.
Do observations confirm the
existence of this set?

5.
In what direction does the
north-going stream set near the eastern side of the northern part of the sands?

6.
What spring rate does the
south-going stream have?

7.
What mean direction does it have?

Exercise 17.
Passage (c) describes currents of the South China Sea.the passage and decide
which of those opinions match the main current.

1.
It is much more variable.

2.
It is influenced mainly by the
monsoon winds.

3.
It flows on the W side of the
region.

4.
It is controlled largely by the
positions of gyres.

5.
It sets NE on the SW monsoon.

6.
It has a high constancy.

7.
It sets SW during the NE monsoon.

Currents of the
South China Seasurface currents of the South China Sea are influenced mainly by
the monsoon winds which control the flow of water into or from the Sum Sea,
Java Sea and through Tai-wan Strait.main current flows on the W side of the
region and sets SW during the NE monsoon (October to March) and NE on the SW
monsoon (May to August), During the regime of either monsoon the appropriate
current has a high constancy but some variations, and occasionally even
reversals may occur with irregularities in the monsoon.the E part of the area
currents are much more variable being controlled largely by the positions of
gyres which are common in the central part of the South China Sea in all
seasons.18. Answer these questions:

1.
What winds influence the surface
currents of the South China Sea?

2.
What do the monsoon winds control?

3.
How long does the main current flow
on the W side of the region?

4.
In what direction does it set?

5.
When may variations or reverals
occur?

6.
In what direction does the main
current set from May to August?

7.
What are currents over the E part of
the area controlled by?

Exercise 19. Role
Plays: VTS-station to all vessels in the vicinity of К
City.information Role A: P. Radio Role B: MV «Texas-QBFI».. Radio
informs MV Texas-QBFI about the tides in the vicinity of H. City. MV
«Texas-QBFI» answers that she has received this information.

I.       A: MV
«Texas-QBFI». This is P. Radio Inform: Tide setting in direction 020
degrees. Over.

B: (answer for the
ship).

II.      Make up
your own dialogues between O. Radio and MV Peters using the following
information.

1.
Tide rising. It is 4 hours after
high water.

2.
Tide falling. It is 2 hours after
high water.

3.
Tide slack.

4.
Current 3 knots in position H.

5.
Charted depth decreased by 2 metres
due to sea state.

6.
Abnormally low tides expected in
position H. at about 0945 UTC.

7.
No sufficient depth of water in
position H.

UNIT 12. DIRECTIONS

I

and readingthese
words and try to memorize them

&> Direction
указание, наставление, направление

l^-
To approach
подходить, приближаться

fc»
To guide
руководствоваться

ffc*
Heading — заголовок,
название

P>- To avoid- избегать,
обходитьTo
choose (chose, chosen) — выбирать To
proceed- следовать, идти

fa
Conspicuous — приметный,
хорошо видимый

fa
Landmark — береговой
ориентир

«R^
Summit — вершина

^ 5p/>e
— шпиль

^ Chimney
— труба

£*• Fro/и
seaward — со стороны моря

IV
Го £/7/?g
/л /ше — привести в створ

^ Clear
of dangers
— на достаточном расстоянии от опасностей

fa
Leading line
— створная линия

fa
Feasible — вероятный,
возможный, осуществимый

Directionsapproaching
some port, anchorage, entering or passing through narrow channels or canals the
navigator should be guided by special instructions. These instructions are
given in the form of recommendations. As a rule several courses are recommended
for ships proceeding from different directions. They will help the ship to
avoid dangers and choose the correct course.conspicuous landmarks are used to
show the direction of approach to some place. These may be lighthouses, water
towers, summits of mountains, lights on some constructions, spires of churches,
chimneys and other conspicuous objects seen from seaward.conspicuous objects
brought in line from seaward may lead the ship clear of dangers into the port,
roadstead, bay, anchorage, etc. This line is called a leading line.recommendations
are often given in directions. They may refer to the effect of wind, tidal
streams, currents, character of bottom, etc.. Answer the following questions
about the text

1.
What is meant by directions?

2.
In what form are they given?

3.
Why are several courses recommended
for ships?

4.
What landmarks are used to show the
direction of approach?

5.
What line may lead the ship clear of
dangers?

6.
What is understood by a leading
line?

7.
What useful information may be found
in Pilot Books under the heading ‘Directions’?

Exercise 2. Explain
what is understood by

1.a
vessel from eastward; Fill in

2.a
vessel bound for S.; Fill in

3.a
vessel with local knowledge; Fill in

4.a
vessel from westward; Fill in

5.an
object seen from seaward; Fill in

6.a
vessel without local knowledge; Fill in

7.a
vessel from northward. Fill in

Exercise 3. Fill in
the missing words in the sentences below. Choose them from the following list

clear of                 leads             pass              attempt            if

bound                           be
rounded                      with local knowledge     be attempted

1.__________________ C.
is let bearing 023°   from seaward, between the dangers on either side.

2.________________________________________________ Owing
to the strength of the tidal streams navigation should only_______________________ at

or near the time of
slack water.

3.
If___ for C. passage, S. islets
should__ at not less than 2 cables.

4.
Vessels with__ can enter between the
islets.

5.
No vessel should__ to enter without
local knowledge.

6.
Course may be altered to the NE the
banks.

7.
A vessel should not_ between Seven
Stones and the light-vessel.

Exercise 4.
Complete the following sentences with suitable information from the text
‘Directions’. Mind modal verbs ‘should’, ‘may1, ‘must’where necessary

1.
Two conspicuous objects brought in
line from seaward      __.

2.
A ship passing through narrow
channels         by special instructions.

3.______________________________ A
vessel approaching some port          two conspicuous objects in line

from seaward.

4.  
For ships proceeding from different
directions several courses_ .

5.  
Conspicuous landmarks are used to
show__ .

Exercise 5. Read
the extracts from the Pilot Books

. Passage (a)
describes the route which was used by HMS Warrior in September 1954.the passage
and decide whether the following recommendations correspond to the Directions
given in the passage. Correct the false recommendations

1.  
From a position 5 miles S. of Madge
Bank steer to a position 19 miles N of Mui Ba Kiem.

2.  
From a position 19 miles S. of
M.B.K. steer 080° between Banc Rivier and Torcy Bank.

3.  
From a position 5 miles N. of M.B.
steer 080 «between B.R. and T.B,

4.  
Steer 080 ° until about the meridian
of 108 ° 50′.

5.  
From a position about the meridian
of 108 ° 50* steer to the NE.

6.  
This course will lead clear of the
banks and dangerous wrecks.

7.  
The banks and wrecks extend SSW from
Pointe Lagan.

(a) Directions.ТЫ
following route, coastwise from Sai Gon NE was used by HMS Warrior in September
1954 on several occasions.a position 19 miles S of Mui Ba Kiem (6.10), steer
055 ° to a position 5 miles N of Madge Bank, thence steer 080 ° between Banc
Rivier and Torcy Bank until about the meridian of 108 ° 50′ E, when course may
be altered to the NE clear of the banks and dangerous wrecks extending SSE from
Pointe Lagan.6, Answer these questions

1.
From what position should a vessel
steer 080 °?

2.
How long should a vessel steer 055
°?

3.
When may course be altered to the
NE?

4.
In what direction do the banks and
dangerous wrecks extend from Points Lagan?

5.
By what ship was this route used in
September 1954?

6.
What country did the ship belong to?

Exercise 7. Passage
(b) describes recommendations how to enter Kyuquot channel. (K. ch.) Read the
passage and answer these questions

. May vessels enter
K. channel without local knowledge in clear weather?

2.  
At what distance from Barrier
islands should vessels proceed when approaching from south-eastward?

3.  
At what distance should the dangers
be avoided when approaching from westward?

4.  
What recommendations are given to a
vessel entering the channel?

(b)     Directions.
No vessel should attempt to enter Kyuquot channel, without local knowledge,
except in clear weather.

In approaching from
south-eastward, Barrier islands should be given a berth of at least 1 lA miles,
and in approaching from westward, the dangers southward of Thornton islands
should be given a berth of at least one mile.vessel entering the channel should
bring the summit of Whiteley island to bear 040° , midway between Rugged and
Chatchannel points, to pass midway between the dangers on either side of the
approach and about 4 cables north-westward of the light-and-whistle buoy. When
nearing Chatchannel point, course should be altered, eastward, to pass about
half a mile eastward of the point (Lot 50°00’N., Long. 121° WW.).8. Decide
whether these statements are true or false or the passage doesn V say. Correct
the false ones

1.  
A vessel may enter K. channel
without local knowledge in any weather.

2.  
B. islands should be given a berth
of at least one mile when approaching from south-eastward.

3.  
A vessel should pass midway between
R. and Ch. Points when nearing Ch. point.

4.  
The dangers are on either side of
the approach.

5.  
A vessel should pass midway between
the dangers.

6.  
Vessels may enter K. channel without
local knowledge in clear weather.

7.  
A vessel entering the channel should
pass about 4 cables south-eastward of the light-and-whistle buoy.

8.  
The light-and-whistle buoy marks the
dangers on the port side of the approach.

Exercise 9. Passage
(c) describes recommendations how to approach The Quay. Read the passage and
copy out all the recommendations how to approach The Quay

(c)      Directions.
Wells Fairway Light-buoy (safe water) (53° 00’N, 0°5ГЕ)
isnoored 7 cables NNE of the entrance to the approach channel called The Run.
Ities between Bob Hall’s Sand to the E and West Sands to the W. The outer part
of he channel is marked by buoys, some lighted, which are moved as necessary
and ihould not be relied upon. The inner part of the channel lies between the
sands off -ligh Cape and those off The Bink, 1 V% miles E. High Cape and The
Bink are sandidges. The channel is marked by beacons, some lighted, with
diamond topmarks on the W side and square topmarks on the E side. The lifeboat
house stands on the coast at the N end of a straight embankment constructed for
the reclamation of Holkham Marshes, and which runs S from the sandhills to the
town. At the S end of the embankment the channel turns E for The Quay.

Exercise 10.
Passage (d) describes recommendations how to minimise the effects of the tidal
streams at the harbour entrance

1.  
What are these recommendations? Copy
out them.

2.  
When is entry feasible? What synonym
to the word feasible do you know?

(d)     Directions.
To minimise the effects of the tidal streams at the harbour en trance it is
recommended that vessels enter harbour on the in-going stream and de part on
the out-going stream. The optimum time to enter Lowestoft is 1 hour before
local HW or 1 hour after local LW when the tidal streams across the entrance
should be weak. Whether approaching from the N or S, the approach should be
made as slowly as possible until about 100 m off the entrance when speed should
be increased and the appropriate wheel applied to maintain the centerline of
the en trance.

Entry is feasible
during E gales just after LW as the offshore sandbanks make an excellent
breakwater. Entry is not advisable for large or low powered vessels during SE
gales.11. Passage (e) describes recommendations how to enter the harbour

1.  
What are these recommendations? Copy
them out.

2.  
What is a recommended time to enter
the harbour?

(e)      Directions.
From a position SE of the harbour entrance the route is NW to the entrance
crossing the bar, composed of sand and shingle, which varies with the season
and the effect of wind and sea. The entrance is formed by two piers and is 46 m
wide decreasing to 35 m within the pierheads. Lights (metal column, 3 m in
height) are exhibited from each pierhead. Within the entrance the route follows
the channel formed initially by the piers and then by the River Blyth. A
recommended time to enter the harbour is 2 to 3 hours after the recommencement
of the in-going stream.

UNIT 13. BERTHING
AND LEAVING BERTH. TOWING

and readingthese
words orally, and then read part one of the text

 Fenders — кранцы
fa» Heaving line — бросательный
конец
fa» Appropriate — соответствующий,
надлежащий
fa» Headway — передний
ход,
инерция
переднего
хода
fa» Sternway — задний ход,
инерция
заднего
хода
fa’ Steerage-way ~ ход,
достаточный
для
управления
рулём
fa» To back — дать задний
ход
fa» Hawser — перлинь,
(стальной)
трос
fa» Embankment — 1.дамба,
насыпь
2. набережная
fa» Bollard — причальная
тумба
fa» Warping drum — сновальный
барабан
fa» Head-rope /headline — носовой
швартов
fa» Bow spring /backspringforward- носовой
шпринг
fa» breast line — прижимной
швартов
fa» Stern rope / sternline — кормовой
швартов
fa» Stern spring/ backspring aft — кормовой
шпринг
fa» To secure — крепить,
закреплять»
To heave (heaved, hove) тянуть,
выбирать,
подтягивать
fa» Taut — тугой,
натянутый

канате)
fa» Slack — слабый,
имеющий
слабину

канате)
fa» To veer in — выбирать
(конец
веревки)
fa» To veer out — травить,
вытравливать
fa» Quay- набережная,
стенка
fa» To moor — швартоваться»
To make fast alongside — швартоваться
лагом»
To make fast stern to — швартоваться
кормой

fa- To get moored                    «^

fa» To get
berthed                      I ошвартоваться

fa- To get tied
up» To work the ship into her berth -*» To bring the ship alongside
the quay -поставить судно
к
причалу»
To make the starboard (port) landing — ошвартоваться
правым
(левым)
бортом»
To get alongside starboard (port) side to — швартоваться
правым
(левым
бортом»
To run out a line it is advisable — подать
(вытравить)
конец
рекомендуется

^ То swing
the bow
to starboard
(port) ~ развернуть
носом вправо (влево), уваливать

Р^ То sheer
the stern
from the
quay, to
double up
fore and
aft — отвести
(«отбить») корму от причала, завести дугошни с носа и кормы

Exercise l.Read the
text and be ready to answer the questionsmake fast to a wharf either alongside
or stern to. When approaching a berth, ships must proceed at slow speed. On
deck, heaving lines and mooring ropes, as well as fenders, should be ready for
use. The anchors must be ready to let go. At an appropriate distance from the
berth the engine is stopped and the ship’s headway is used to bring her
alongside the wharf. This headway should be just enough to keep the ship moving
ahead without losing steerage-way. If a ship has too much headway it should be
stopped by backing the ship with the engine or by letting the anchor go. When
the vessel approaches her designated berth at minimum steerage-way, the
approach to the quay is made at the smallest possible angle. With a heaving
line the hawser is pulled from the vessel onto the embankment by line-handlers.
The spring is fastened to a bollard^ and while the engine is on half astern,
the warping drum picks up the slack (that is: pulls the line tight).To prevent
the line from being fouled, the hawser or spring is led through a fairlead. The
ship is then manoeuvred along the embankment and fastened to bollards.ship is
made fast to the quayside by mooring lines. They consist of a headline, a
breast line and a back spring forward, a stern line, a breast line and a back
spring aft. Any of these lines may be doubled. Each line has a large eye
spliced in the end. The eye is placed over a bollard on the quayside. If there
is another line already on the bollard, the eye of the second line should be
taken up through the eye of the first line before placing it over the bollard.
This makes it possible for either line to be let go first.the ship is secured
in her berth, rat-guards should be placed on all the lines. For permanent
moorings wire ropes are preferred to ordinary fibre ropesthe mooring lines
should be constantly watched, as the change of weather or rise and fall of tide
can make the lines too taut or too slack and this will necessitate veering them
in or out from time to time. Nowadays there are automatic winches used for this
purpose. In stormy weather the ships secured in their berths usually have to double
up fore and aft.berthing operations seamen must work with great caution.
Carelessness may cause serious injuries.2. Answer the following questions

1.  
What are the necessary preparations
before berthing the ship?

2.  
What power is used to bring the vessel
to her berthing place? What can be the engines used for?

3.
What is the usual procedure for
mooring the ship? What lines are used for it?

4.
What is the way of placing the
mooring rope over a bollard?

5.
What necessary arrangements must be
done after the ship is made fast?

Exercise 3. Fill in
the blanks, using the given words

veer out        fairlead              mooring
ropes           embankment fasten

make fast       steerage
way                         rat guards

1.  
Your ship may____ to a wharf № 4.

2.  
A heaving line and a hawser are
pulled from the vessel onto the

by line handlers.

3.  
The springs are_____ to bollards.

4.  
A ship is made fast to the quayside
by the____ .

5.  
If the lines are too taut or too
slack you must_ them______ .

6.  
To prevent the line from being
fouled it must be led through the___ .

7.  
After the ship is in its berth, you
must place___ on all the lines.

8.  
The vessel must approach to her
berth at minimum___ .

1.  
All the mooring ropes should be
constantly watched as the change of weather or rise and fall of tide can make
the anchor chain too taut or too slack and this will necessitate fastening it
to the bollard.

2.  
At an appropriate distance from the
berth the engine is stopped and the ship’s steerageway is used to bring her
alongside the tug.

3.  
When the ship is in her berth there
must be lookouts watching all the lines.

4.  
If a ship has too much headway it
should be stopped with the help of two tugboats towing her in the opposite
direction, or by pulling the heaving line to the embankment.

5.  
In stormy weather helicopters
secured in their berths usually have to double up anchor chain.

6.  
A single buoy mooring is a stone-built
structure at which vessels can lie alongside, usually with public access,
usually approached through a lock, maintaining the water at constant level

7.  
A wharf means a single column of
wood, steel or concrete to take ships’ lines.

Exercise 5. Read
the passage and learn the definitionsberth may be at:

. A single buoy
mooring (SBM) — a single buoy carrying pipe-lines for tankers. It is usually
situated at the distance of 20 miles from shore and more.

2.  
Dolphins — single columns of wood,
steel or concrete to take ships’ lines. Can be used together with

3.  
A T-jetty or Pier

4.  
A Dock — an enclosed area of water,
usually approached through a lock, maintaining the water at constant level

5.  
A Quay — a stone-built structure at
which vessels can lie alongside, usually with public access. It may be in a
dock or it can be a river berth.

6.  
A Wharf- a stone or similar
structure at which vessels can lie alongside, Usually in enclosed dock, with
warehouse facilities.

Exercise 6.
Translate the extracts from the pilot book

a)  
The wharves and piers on the
Philadelphia side of the Delaware River are numbered consecutively. From the
foot of Market Street, about a quarter of a mile below the suspension bridge,
northward of Fort Richmond. The wharves at Port Richmond are numbered
independently. Those on the western side of the river including Petty Island,
and the eastern side opposite Philadelphia, have depths up to 38 feet, those in
the Schuylkill River, up to 30 feet. There are several municipal piers which
are equipped with modern appliances for working cargo; these and a large
proportion of the other wharves and piers are connected to the railway.

b)
The wharves on the Camden side are
numbered consecutively from Pavonia, on the eastern side of the entrance to
Cooper River, southward to Newton Creek, with the exception of the railway
wharves, which are numbered independently. There are municipal wharves on this
side with depths up to 30 feet alongside,

c)  
All the wharves and jetties are
connected to the general railway system. West quay is equipped with cranes of
from 3 to 5 tons lifting capacity; in addition, there is a 10-ton crane on No.
3 wharf, a 15-ton crane on No. 6 quay, and a 20-ton crane on West quay. A few
lighters are available.

d)
Tug berth, on the southern side of
the turning basin, is 95 feet (29m0) in length, with a depth alongside of 18
feet (5m5)

The Passenger
landing jetty (Lat 33′ 0Г
S., Long. 27 64′ E.) is 283 feet (86m3) in length, with a depth alongside of 13
feet (4m0). Fish wharf is situated close below the bridge at the head of the
harbour; it is 360 feet (109m7) in length, with a depth alongside of 20 feet
(6ml).

e)       Dockyard
pier projects from the southern shore of the harbour, close westward
of the Naval dockyard. It is L-shaped, and is 160 by 42 feet (48m8 by 12m8)
and has a depth of 14,5 feet 80 (4m4) alongside its end; there is a 5-ton
travel
ling crane on the pier.

The passenger
landing pier projects about 150 feet (45m7) from the shore abreast the Roman
Catholic Church, and at its outer end is a pontoon, 50 feet  (15m2) in length,
with a depth alongside of 10 feet (3m0). All persons must land at this pier, at
the root of which is the Custom house. Boats are not allowed to make fast to
piers nor to lie alongside for any length of time. Moderate engineering repairs
can be carried out by the Government Railway and Harbour workshops. Fair
quantities of fresh provisions are obtainable, but prior notice is desirable.
Water can only be obtained in small quantities in case of emergency.7. Find
English equivalents for the following phrases

предварительно              оборудованный             за
исключением

приспособления                                                 выполнять,
производить                                    наружный, внешний

последовательно   грузоподъемность            сходить
на берег

PART
2

Exercise 8. Watch
the CD-ROM program «International Maritime English Programme »

(Berthing, leaving
berth and underway » (pay particular attention to shots 5-19)the scheme of
a vessel with all lines used.  the lines and the equipment necessary to work
with them9. Read, translate and memorize the textapproaching the berth,
commands for mooring are given by the pilot or the master. The first order to
be given is uGivG on shore the heaving line!». It is pulled from the
vessel on shore by line-handlers (linesmen). Then comes the next order:
«Send on shore…». First the essential lines should be sent on
shore, such as the head rope, the stern rope, then the breast lines and the
springs.a line is too short it should be paid away. And vice versa if it is too
long the order «Heave in the slack» is given.leaving berth, casting
off orders are given by the pilot or the master. After having started the
engine, the first order is: «Stand by for letting go!».a line is cast
off the next order will then be: «Heave away», which means that the
line can be pulled aboard.sequence of commands for mooring that can then be
given depends on how the vessel is supposed to be berthed, and on the
prevailing weather condition and currents.10. Listen to the dialoguevessel is
getting ready to sail from Newharbour to Havenport; the first leg of a voyage
that’s going to take her halfway round the world.

Captain:

Utopia Forward Station, Utopia Aft
Station, this is Utopia Bridge. How do you read me?

Chief Officer:

Utopia Bridge, this is Utopia
Forward Station. I read you with signal strength five.

Second Officer:

Utopia Bridge, this is Utopia Aft
Station. 1 read you with signal strength five.

Captain:

Utopia Forward Station. Single up
forward to head line and spring.

Chief Officer:

I will single up.

Captain:

Utopia Aft Station. Single up aft
to breast line and stern buoy line. Take tugs towing line to capstan, then
make fast on starboard quarter.

Second Officer:

I will single up and make tug
fast.

Chief Officer:

Utopia. Singled up forward.

Second Officer:

Utopia Singled up aft.Tug fast.

Captain:

Utopia. Let go fare and aft.

Chief Officer:

Utopia Forward Station. Let go.

Second Officer:

Utopia Aft Station. Let go.

11. Make your own
dialogue using the commands abovevery careful when naming the lines. The
omission of one word can change the command completely and cause an accident.
Compare:

«Cast off
stern!» (all the stern ropes, including stern tug towing line if
applicable)

«Cast off
stern line»12. Read, translate and find Russian equivalents for the
commands

1.
Single up — «Single up
fore/aft» — Instruction to haul or pull onboard all but essential lines
mentioned, so that ship is ready to leave the quay or berth.

2.
Let go — «let go fore and
aft» — cast off all lines. In case a specific line is mentioned this line
is the only one to be let go,

3.
Take to — «take tug’s towing
line to capstans» — bring the towing line from the tug to the capstan, so
that when the capstan is started the line can be hauled on board ship.

4.
Make fast — «… then make fast
on starboard quarter» — take a line to the bitts so that it will hold
weight without slipping.

Exercise 13. Answer
the following questions

1.  
What line leads aft from the
forecastle to the shore?

2.  
What line leads forward from the
port quarter to the shore?

3.  
What are lines and springs made fast
on ashore?

4.  
What are lines and springs made fast
on onboard?

5.  
What does a line pass through to
ensure the best route for it?

6.  
What is a windlass used for?

Exercise 14. Odd
one out

1.
winch         fairlead windlass
warping drum                  capstan

2.
embankment quay wharf warehouse pier
berth

3.
to con to maneuver to steer to pilot
to secure

4.
to berth to get moored to make fast
to cast off

5.
bollard rope line mooring spring
breastline hawser

Exercise 15.Read
and learn the following Standard Marine Communication Phrases (SMCP). Record
your own voice. Replay the original and your own version

Швартовка
и отшвартовка

Berthing and unberthing

Общие
указания

General

Гребной
винт чист?

Is propeller clear?

Да,
гребной винт чист

Yes, propeller clear

Нет,
гребной винт не чист

No, propeller not clear

Держать
гребной винт чисто

Keep propeller clear

Остановить
гребной винт!

Stop propeller

Гребной
винт остановлен

Propeller stopped

На
причале имеются кранцы?

Are fenders on berth?

Да,
кранцы на причале имеются

Yes, fenders on berth

На
причале нет кранцев

No, no fenders on berth

Приготовить
кранцы на носу и на корме!

Have fenders ready fore and aft

Швартовка

Berthing

Мы
будем швартоваться левым бортом

We will berth port side alongside

Мы
будем швартоваться правым бортом

We will berth starboard side
alongside

Мы
будем швартоваться к бочке (-ам) носом и кормой

We will moor to buoy(s) ahead and
astern

Мы
будем швартоваться к причалу

We
will moor alongside

Мы
будем швартоваться к кустам свай

We will moor to dolphins

Подайте
носовой / продольный / кормовой / прижимной конец

Send out head / stem / breast
lines

Подайте
носовой (-ые) шпринг (-и)

Send out… spring(s) forward

Подайте
кормовой (-ые) шпринг (-и)

Send out… spring(s) aft

У
вас есть автоматические швартовные лебёдки?

Do you have tension winches?

Да,
у нас имеются автоматические швартовные лебёдки (носовые и кормовые)

Yes, we have tension winches
(forward and aft)

Нет,
у нас нет автоматических лебёдок

No, we have no tension winches

Приготовьте
носовые и кормовые бросательные концы

Have heaving lines ready forward
and aft

Подавайте
бросательные / носовые / кормовые / прижимные концы на берег

Send heaving / head / stern /
breast line ashore

Швартовщики
будут использовать скобы / найтовы для крепления швартовов

The linesmen will use shackles /
lashings for securing mooring

Подавайте
через центральный / панам-ский клюз

Use
centre / panama lead

Подавайте
через носовой скуловой клюз

Use
bow lead

Подавайте
через левый / правый кормо-шклюз

Use port quarter / starboard
quarter lead

Выбрать
конец (-ы) … шпринг (-и)

Heave on … line(s) / …
spring(s)

Подобрать
слабину … конца (-ов) … на принг (-и)

Pickup slacken … line(s) /…
spring(s)

Выбирать!

Heave
away!

топ
выбирать!

Stop
heaving!

Травить
швартовы (-ы)… шпринг (-и)!

Slack away … line(s) /…
spring(s)

Стоп
травить швартовы (-ы) … шпринг (и)!

Stop slacking … line(s) /…
spring(s)

Задержать
конец (-ы) … шпринг (-и)

Hold on … line(s)/ … spring

Подбирать
понемногу

Heave
in easy

Поджимайтесь
к причалу

Heave
alongside

(ержать
швартовы втугую!

Keep
lines tight

Сообщите
расстояние по носу до … /по корме до …

Report forward / aft distance to

Вы
должны продвинуться на.., метров (перед / назад

We have to move … meters ahead /
astern

Мы
находимся в нужном положении

We
are in position

Среиить
носовые и кормовые швартовы!

Make fast fore and aft

Срепить
носовые!

Fast
forward

Крепить
кормовые!

Fast
aft

Отшвартовка

Unberthing

Приготовить
машину (-ы)

Stand
by engine(s)

Машина
(-ы) готова (-ы)

Engine(s)
standing by

Вы
готовы начать движение?

Are you ready to get underway?

Да,
мы готовы начать движение

Yes, ready (to get underway)

Нет,
мы ещё не готовы начать движение

No, not ready (yet) (to get
underway)

Мы
будем готовы начать движение через … минут

Ready to get underway in …
minutes

Приготовиться
к отшвартовке!

Stand by for let go

К
отшвартовке!

Standing by for let go

Оставить
по одному продольному и шпрингу на носу и на корме

Single up … lines and …
springs fore and aft

Травить
носовой / кормовой / прижимной!

Slack away head / stem / breast
line

Травить
носовой / кормовой шпринг!

Slack away fore / aft spring

Задержать
носовой / кормовой / прижимной!

Hold on head / stem / breast line

Задержать
носовой / кормовой шпринг!

Hold on fore / aft spring

Выбрать
носовой / кормовой / прижимной!

Heave on head / stern / breast
line

Выбрать
носовой / кормовой шпринг!

Heave on fore / aft spring

Отдать
все носовые / кормовые!

Let go everything forward / aft

Отдать
носовой / кормовой / прижимной!

Let go head / stern / breast line

Отдать
носовой / кормовой / шпринг!

Let go fore / aft spring

Отдать
буксирный трос! … отдан(-ы)

Let go tug line …. is / are let
go

Приготовить
к отдаче оба якоря!

Stand by both anchor(s)

Оба
якоря готовы к отдаче

Both anchor(s) standing by

reading.I. Read the
text quickly and grasp the main idea of each passagetypes of ropelarge number
of different types of rope are used on board ship, and it is important for
every sailor to know their characteristics so that the right rope can be used
for the right job. Ropes can be divided into three basic types: natural fibre
rope, which is made from the fibres of different plants; synthetic fibre rope,
which is made from materials such as nylon; and wire rope, which is made from
strands of steel wire.let us look at the different types of natural fibre rope.
A well-known rope of this type is Manila. Manila rope is made from the fibres
of a plant which grows in the Philippine Islands of the Pacific. It is strong
and flexible, but rather expensive. It is used for a number of jobs connected
with cargo-handling and mooring. Because manila rope is expensive, sisal rope
is often used in its place. Sisal comes from a plant which grows in the USA and
Russia. It is less strong and less flexible than manila rope, but it is
cheaper. It is used for moorings and lashings. Another type of rope is hemp
rope. Hemp comes from a plant which grows in the USSR, Europe and North America
as well as in China and India. It is strong and flexible and does not shrink or
swell after contact with water. Because of this it is used on sailing boats.
Coir ropes are made from coconut fibres. They are very buoyant and very elastic,
but they rot easily when they are wet. They are sometimes used for mooring and
towing lines. The cotton plant grows in the southern part of North America.
Cotton rope is both strong and flexible, but it is very expensive and therefore
not used on merchant ships. Because it looks nice, it is often used on yachts
and pleasure boats.fibre ropes have now largely been replaced by synthetic
fibre ropes. Synthetic ropes have many advantages. They are strong and elastic
and they are resistant to the action of water. Nylon rope is the strongest and
the most elastic of all the synthetic fibre ropes. It is used for mooring and
handling cargo. Terylene rope has the highest melting point. It melts at a
temperature of 260’C. It is also strong and elastic. It is mainly used on
yachts. Another type of synthetic fibre rope is polypropylene rope. It has the
lowest melting point of all synthetic ropes and is used for log lines and
halyards.rope is made of steel. It is usually galvanized to stop it from
rusting. It is very strong and elastic, but not as flexible as other types of
rope. Large wire ropes are very heavy. Wire rope has many uses on board ship,
particularly for standing rigging, mooring lines and for cargo-handling.

А.2.
Enumerate all types of ropes and their properties. How do you think, w, ropes
are most widely used in merchant fleetand readingthese words orally, and then
read part one of the text» To
tow — буксировать

fr<
To shift
-перешвартовываться, переводить на другой причал

ft»
Repairs — ремонт

ft»
Tow-line
— буксирный трос, конец

fk»
Steel wire
— стальная проволока

ft»
Length — длина; отрезок,
конец (троса)

ft*-
То afford — предоставлять,
давать

ft*
То shorten — укорачивать

ft* The ship is
disabled — судно потеряло
управление5″
To arrange
— уславливаться, договариваться, подготавливаться

ft»
Assistance — помощь

ft9″
To settle
— устраивать, урегулировать, договариваться

Exercise I. Read
the text and get ready to retell itmay need towing in a number of cases. When
in port, tugs may be required to take ships to or from their berths. Sometimes
it may be necessary to shift the ship from one berth to another and the port
tug is usually ordered to do mis job.may also happen that the ship will need
dry docking for cleaning the bottom and repairs to the hull. A tug-boat will
then be required to manoeuvre the ship into the dock.ships require big
tow-lines. Most modern vessels are provided with steel wire tow-lines of
sufficient length. It is advisable to use wire hawsers connected with a good
length of manila rope, as this will afford the necessary elasticity to
tow-lines. Tug-boat towing the vessels may either pull them or push them
ahead.a rule, port tugs are well equipped and use their own lines and hawsers
for towing. In such cases masters of ships arrange with the captain of a tug
how tug-lines should be secured, which side should the tug approach the ship
etc.ship may become disabled at sea and in this case she will need some other
vessel or a tug to tow her to the nearest port. She may then have to ask the
nearest vessel for assistance and such a vessel may not be specialized in
towing. In such cases the masters of both vessels will have to settle many
problems before the actual towing can begin. They must discuss what tow-lines
should be used, how the distressed vessel should be approached, how the lines
should be passed over and secured and how long they must be.a disabled vessel a
long way is a very difficult task because the weather may suddenly change and
make the towing extremely dangerous.towing and towed vessels communicate with
each other to coordinate their actions. Nowadays they usually do it by VHF
radiotelephone.2. Answer the questions

1. 
What may a tug be required for when
in port?

2. 
What kind lines can be used for
towing?

3. 
What combination of lines is
recommended for towing and why?

4. 
What must the master of a ship
settle with the master of a tug?

5. 
What happens if a ship becomes
disabled at sea? How can it be towed into a port?

6. 
Why is it difficult to tow a vessel
a long way?

7. 
Why should the towing and the towed
vessels communicate with each other?

Exercise 3. Correct
the mistakes

1. 
It is forbidden to use wire hawsers
connected with a good length of manila rope, as this will spoil the elasticity
of tow-lines.

2. 
The port tug is usually ordered to
manoeuvre the ship clear of ecologically sensitive areas.

3. 
Towing a disabled vessel a long way
is a very difficult task because the master’s mood may suddenly change and make
the towing extremely dangerous.

4. 
As a rule, port tugs are well
equipped and use their own chains for towing.

5. 
In such cases masters of ships
arrange with the captain of a tug how tug-lines should be called, which side
should the tug leave the ship etc.

Exercise 4. Read
and learn the following Standard Marine Communication Phrases. Record your own
voice. Replay the original and your own version

Помощь
буксира

Tug assistance

Сколько
буксиров вам требуется?

How many tugs do you require?

Мне
требуется …
буксиров

I require … tug (s)

Должен
ли я брать буксир (-ы)?

Must I take tug (s)?

Да,
вы должны брать буксир (-s)

Yes, you must take … tug (s)

Нет,
вам не надо брать буксир (-ы)

No, you need not take tug (s)

Сколько
я должен взять буксиров?

How many tugs must I take?

Вы
должны взять … буксир (-ов) в соответствии с Портовыми правилами

You must take .. tug (s) according
to Pon Regulations

Вы
должны взять … буксир (-ов) с носа и … буксир (-ов) с кормы

You must take … tug (s) fore and
… tug (s)aft

Я
закажу буксир (-ы)

I will order tug (s)

В
каком месте буксир (-ы) встретят меня?

In what position will tug (s) meet
me?

Буксир
(-ы) будут встречать вас в месте … в . . местного времени

Tug (s) will meet you in position
… at… local time

Ждите
буксир (-ы) в точке … (местоположение)

Wait for tug (s) in position …

Должен
ли я использовать свои буксирные тросы?

Must I take my towing lines?

Да,
вы должны использовать свои буксирные тросы

Yes, you must take your towing
lines

Нет,
вы не должны использовать свои буксирные тросы

No, you must take towing lines of
tug

Помощь
буксиров прекращена до … (дата и местное время)

Tug services suspended until …
(date and local time)

Помощь
буксиров возобновляется … (дата) в … местного времени

Tug services resumed on … (date
at… local time)

Мы
будем использовать .. буксир (-ы)

We will take … tug (s)

Буксир
(-ы) будет (-ут) тянуть / толкать

Tug(s) will pull / push

Мы
принимаем буксирный (-ые) трос (-ы) с судна

We take lines of vessel

Мы
принимаем буксирный (-ые) трос (-ы) с буксира

We take line(s) of tug(s)

Приготовиться
крепить буксир (-ы)!

Stand by for making fast tug(s)

Готовы
крепить буксир (-ы)

Standing by for making fast tug(s)

Используйте
центральный /
панамский
клюз

Use centre / panama lead

Используйте
левый /
правый
клюз

Use fairlead on port side /
starboard side

Используйте
центральный клюз

Use fairlead amidships

Используйте
левый / правый носовой клюз

Use fairlead on port bow /
starboard bow

Используйте
левый / правый кормовой клюз

Use fairlead on port / starboard
quarter

Подать
бросательный конец на буксир!

Send heaving line to tug

Подать
два буксирных троса на буксир!

Send two towing lines to tug

Потравить
буксирный трос (-ы) на буксир!

Lower towing line(s) … to tug

Потравить
буксирный (- ые) трос (-ы) … метра (-ов) над водой

Lower towing line(s) … metre(s)
from the water

Травить
буксирный трос (-ы)!

Slack away towing line(s)

Крепить
буксир (-ы)!

Make fast tug(s)

Крепить
носовой буксир (-ы)!

Make fast tug(s) forward

Крепить
левый носовой буксир (-ы)!

Make fast tug(s) on port bow

Крепить
правый носовой буксир (-ы)5

Make fast tug(s) on starboard bow

Крепить
.
. кормовой
буксир (-ы)!

Make fast… tug(s) aft

Крепить
левый кормовой буксир (-ы)!

Make fast… tug(s) on port
quarter

Крепить
правый кормовой буксир (-ы)!

Make fast… tug(s) on starboard
quarter

Крепить
носовой буксир (-ы) левого / правого борта!

Make fast forward tug(s) alongside
on port side / starboard side

Крепить
кормовой буксир (-ы) левого / правого борта!

Make fast aft tug(s) alongside on
the port side / starboard side

Крепить
… буксир (-ы) на носу с каждого борта!

Make fast… tug(s) on each bow

Крепить
. буксир (-ы) на корме у каждого борта!

Make fast… tug(s) on each
quarter

Положите
огоны буксирных тросов на кнехты

Put eyes of towing lines on bitts

Буксир
(-ы) закреплен (-ы) (на …)

Tug(s) fast (on . )

Держитесь
в стороне от буксирных тросов

Keep well clear of towing line(s)

Приготовиться
отдать буксир (-ы)!

Stand by for let go tug(s)

Готовы
отдать буксир (-ы)

Standing by for let go tug(s)

Отдать
буксир (-ы)!

Let go tug(s)

Буксир
(-ы) отдан (-ы)

Tug(s) is / are let go

Буксирный
трос порван

Towing line broken

5. Put the words in
the correct order

1.
me, what, will, In, tug(s), meet,
position?

2.
on, bitts, eyes, towing, put,
lines,of

3.
tug(s), for, fast, by, making, stand

4.
services, until, tug, tomorrow,
suspended

5.
lines, I, towing, my, take, must?

6.
bow, fairlead, use, port, on

7.
line(s), of, well, keep, towing,
clear

9.
towing, away, slack, line(s)

10. to, lines, tug,
two, send, towing

Exercise 6. Listen
to the cassette and fill in the blanks

Ships communicate
with each other and with____ in a number of ways: by

radio, by flags, by
light and and by semaphore. The International Convention adopted a uniform_____________________ of
International Code Signals which is widely

used by all the__ .
In this system a single_____ or a combination of letters

signifies a whole__ .

When the ship
receives these______ the watch officer________ them into

letters (or their
combinations) and finds their meaning in the code , where

they are grouped in
certain order. Single-letter signals are___ to denote urgent

or very___ messages.
For instance, signal «G» means: «1______ a pilot».

As it was mentioned
above, they also have a special_ when used between

towing and towed_ .
For example, the same signal «Gr in this case means:

«Cast the
towing hawser», the signal «A» signifies: «The towing
hawser is

«, etc.

Exercise 7. Read
and learn the following regulation signals used when towing

Is the towing hawser fast?

Закреплен
ли буксир?

All fast.

Все
закреплено.

Are you ready for towing?

Вы
готовы к буксировке?

Everything is ready for towing.

Все
готово к буксировке.

Commence towing!

Начинайте
буксировать!

I am commencing to tow.

Я
начинаю буксировать.

Shorten in the towing hawser.

Укоротите
буксир!

I am altering my course to
starboard.

Я
поворачиваю вправо.

Steer to starboard.

Идите
вправо.

Pay out the towing hawser.

Потравите
буксир.

Veer out the tow line.

Cast off the towing hawser.

Отдайте
буксир.

Continue the present course!

Продолжайте
следовать тем же курсом!

Stop your engines at once!

Остановите
немедленно ваши машины!

Keep away before the sea!

Отводите
от волны!

Bring me to shelter or to an
anchor as soon as possible!

Приведите
меня в закрытое место или поставьте на якорь как можно скорее!

Shall we anchor at once?

Должны
ли мы немедленно стать на якорь?

I want to anchor at once.

Я
хочу немедленно стать на якорь

Go slower!

Уменьшить
ход!

My engines are going astern.

Мои
машины работают задним ходом.

Go astern!

Дайте
задний ход!

Increase your speed!

Увеличьте
ход!

I am paying out the towing hawser.

Я
травлю буксир.

Get spare towing rope ready.

Приготовьте
запасной буксир.

I cannot carry out your order.

Я
не могу выполнить ваше распоряжение.

8. Give English
equivalents to the following phrases

·  
Запасной
буксир готов.

·  
Я
отвожу от волны.

·  
Я
должен отдать буксир.

·  
Я
останавливаю свои машины.

·  
Должен
ли я продолжать следовать тем же курсом?

·  
Я
уменьшу ход.

·  
Буксир
закреплен.

Exercise 9.
Translate from Russian into English using the following phrasesmake fast
alongside starboard (port) side — швартоваться
лагом
правым
(левым)
бортом

То
be stem on to the current — стоять
носом
к
течению
То
swing at
anchor — разворачиваться
на якоре

Я хочу рассказать вам, как мы
швартовались однажды в речном порту. Портовый лоцман поднялся на судно еще в
устье реки. Капитан начал расспрашивать его об условиях швартовки в этом порту.
Лоцман рассказал, что течение там очень сильное, 7 — 8 узлов. Высота прилива
тоже очень большая — до 5 метров. Глубины на входе малые, фарватер узкий. Судно
может входить в порт только в полную воду.

У причала глубины 8 — 8,5
метров; Судно должно швартоваться лагом левым бортом носом против течения. По
правилам порта взятие буксира является обязательным. Судно должно иметь
наготове бросательные концы, носовые и кормовые продольные концы, шпринги и
прижимные концы. Судно должно иметь свои кранцы (10 — 12 штук).

К причалу мы подходили очень
осторожно на малом ходу. Застопорили машину, затем дали самый малый назад,
чтобы погасить инерцию судна. Отдали правый якорь, судно развернулось на якоре.
Начали потравливать якорь-цепь и приблизились к причалу. С бака подали
бросательный конец и носовой шпринг. Затем подали на берег все остальные концы
и закрепили их на пушках.

LITERATURE

1.  
Anglomar
Study English.
Учебное пособие для моряков. Infomar-Tech., 2004
— 369 p.

2.  
P.C. van Kluijven. The International
Maritime English Programme. An English course for students at Maritime Colleges
and for on-board training/Alk and Heijnen Publishers. The Netherlands, 2005 —
416 p.

3.  
Seaspeak Training Manual Pergamon
Press.-Oxford, 1988 — 191 p.

4.  
Marlins. English for Seafarers.
Study pack 1. Edinburgh, 2000 — 75 p.

5.  
Marlins. English for Seafarers.
Study pack 2. Edinburgh, 2000 — 82 p.

6.  
Maritime English. Model course
3.17,/International Maritime Organization. Ashford Open Learning Ltd. London,
2000 — 138 p.

7.  
Стандартные
фразы ИМО для общения на море — С-Пб.,1997 — 472 с.

8.  
Поваляев
Г.Н. Англо-русский толковый словарь-справочник морских терминов. М, 2002
— 254 с.

Навчальне видання

ПРОФЕСШНА АНГЛШСЬКА МОВА У
СУДНОВОД1НШ

Навчальний поабник англшською
мовою

АВТОРИ: Монастирсъка Ольга
1гор1вна, Дорошенко Лариса Павтвна, Желтова Оксана Миколашна та ш.

Шддисано до друку 14.06.2006.

Формат 60×84/16.
Пашр офсетний.Обл.вид.арк. 10,5

Тираж 100 прим. Замовлення №
И6-10-06.

«Видав1нформ» ОНМА

Свщоитво ДК № 1292 вщ
20.03.2003

, г. Одеса, ул. Д1др1хсона, 8,
корп. 7, п. 206

Тел./факс (0482) 34-14-12

publish@ma.odessa.ua

Министерство образования и науки
Украины ОДЕССКАЯ НАЦИОНАЛЬНАЯ МОРСКАЯ АКАДЕМИЯ

ПРОФЕССИОНАЛЬНЫЙ АНГЛИЙСКИЙ ЯЗЫК В
СУДОВОЖДЕНИИ

УЧЕБНОЕ ПОСОБИЕ

(Рекомендовано Министерством
образования и науки Украины

в качестве учебного пособия для
курсантов и студентов специальности

«Судовождение» высших учебных
заведений,

письмо Лг 1.4/18 — Г-26 от
12.05.2006)

Одесса-2007

.432.1 Л 84 8И. 111(075): 656.61

торы; О.И. Монастырская , Л.П.
Дорошенко, ОН. Желтова, В.М. Иванова, Г.Г. Куян, Л.Б. Малых, О.Ф. Миронова,
И.Ф. Пивоварова, Л.О. Хасанова

Профессиональный английский язык в
судовождении [Текст]: учебное пособие для курсантов и студентов судоводительских
специальностей морских вузов/О.И. Монастырская [и др.]; — Одесса: ОНМА, 2007. —
192 с.

Рецензенты: зав. кафедрой
лексикологии и стилистики английского языка Одесского национального
университета им. И.Й. Мечникова И.М. Колегаева, профессор, д.ф.н.; доцент
кафедры иностранных языков Одесской национальной академии связи им. А.С. Попова
Л.В. Тарасенко, к.п.н.; зав. кафедрой иностранных языков Одесского
государственного экологического университета И.Ю. Пьянова, к.ф.н., доцент

В учебном пособии приведены
текстовые аутентичные материалы на английском языке, связанные с приобретением
курсантами и студентами навыков устной и письменной речи профессионального
морского английского языка.

В учебное пособие включены
лексико-грамматические упражнения, глоссарий, различные виды коммуникативных
упражнений, комплекс упражнений для развития навыков аудирования и говорения в
компьютерном классе.

Учебное пособие предназначено для
курсантов и студентов направления подготовки 1003 «Судовождение и энергетика
судов», профессиональной направленности «Судовождение», специализации
«Судовождение на морских и внутренних водных путях».

© О.И. Монастырская, Л.П.
Дорошенко,

О.Н. Желтова, В.М. Иванова,
Г.Г. Куян,

Л.Б. Малык, О.Ф. Миронова,

ISBN
966-7591-12-3    И.Ф. Пивоварова, Л.О. Хасанова, 2006

Похожие работы на — Professional sea English language

2H Second Half A/S Alongside AA Always Afloat AAAA Always Accessible Always Afloat AARA Amsterdam-Antwerp-Rotterdam Area Abaft A relative term used to describe the location of one object in relation to another, in which the object described is farther aft than the other. Thus, the mainmast is abaft the foremast (in back of). Abaft the beam Said of the bearing of an object which bears between the beam and the stern (further back than the ship’s middle). Abandon ship Get away from the ship, as in an emergency. Abeam The bearing of an object 90 degrees from ahead (in a line with the middle of the ship). Able bodied seaman The next grade above the beginning grade of ordinary seaman in the deck crew. Aboard In the vessel (on the ship). Aboveboard Above decks; without concealment of deceit (out in the open). Abreast Abeam of (alongside of). Abrid A bushing plate around a hole in which a pintle works. ABT About Access Holes Holes cut in ship’s structure to permit entering or leaving various compartments. Accommodation ladder The portable steps from the gangway down to the waterline. Aces Hooks for the chains. Acorn A solid piece of metal shaped like an acorn, and used to finish off the top of an upright in a railing contructed of pipe. ADCOM Address Commission Added mass The effective increase in mass of a hull, due to the entrained water, when in motion. Added weight method One method used in the calculation of a ship’s damaged stability when it is partially fl ooded. It regards the water which has entered as an added weight, the basic hull envelope remaining. The other approach uses the concept of lost buoyancy. Admiral Comes from the Arabic “Emir” or “Amir” which means “First commander” and “Al-bahr which means “the sea”. Emir-al-barh evolved into Admiral. Adrift Loose from the moorings (not tied or secured). AFFF Aqueous Film Forming Foam AFFREIGHTMENT The hiring of a ship in whole or part Afloat Floating. Aframax A term used for the largest dry bulkcarriers. AFSPS Arrival First Sea Pilot Station (Norway) Aft At, or towards the stern of a vessel. (Opposite to forward.) Aft peak tank A tank or compartment located abaft the aftmost watertight transverse bulkhead above propeller(s) and rudder (often used for fresh water or sea water ballast). After body The section aft of amidships. After deck A term applied to a deck aft to the midship portion of a vessel. After frammes Radiating cant frames fastened to transom plates. After peak A compartment just forward of the stern post. It is generally almost entirely below the load water line. After peak bulkhead A term applied to the first transverse bulkhead forward of the stern post. This bulkhead forms the forward boundary of the after-peak tank and should be made watertight. After perpendicular The vertical line through the intersection of the load water line and the after edge of the stern post. On submarines or ships having a similar stern, it is a vertical line passing through the points where the design waterline intersects the stern of the ship> After rake That part of the stern which overhangs the keel. Aftermost Nearest the stern. Aground Resting on the bottom. AGW All Going Well AHL Australian Hold Ladders Ahoy A call used in hailing a vessel or boat (hey!). AIO Admiralty Information Overlay Air casing A ring-shaped plate coaming surrounding the stack and fitted at the upper deck, just below the umbrella. It protects the deck structure from heat and helps ventilate the fireroom. Air draught The vertical distance from the summer waterline to the highest point in the ship, usually the top of a mast. Air Hammer Hammer driven by compressed air for riveting, or chipping. Sometimes called an air gun or “gun”. Air port An opening in the side of a ship or a deck house, usually round in shape and fitted with a hinged frame in which a thick glass light is secured. The purpose of the air port is to provide light and ventilation to and vision from the interior. Air tank A metal air-tight tank built into a boat to insure flotation even when the boat is swamped. Air-tight door A door so constructed that, when closed, air cannot pass through. They are fitted in air locks. ALARP As Low As Reasonable Practicable Alee To the leeward side (away from the wind). Alive Alert (pep it up!). All hands The entire crew. All standing To bring to a sudden stop. Alleyway A vessel’s internal passageway or corridor. Aloft Above the upper deck (above). Alongside The position of a vessel when securely moored on a berth in port. Altar A step in a graving dock. Amidship(s) In the longitudinal, or fore-and-aft center of a ship. Halfway between stem and stern. The term is used to convey the idea of general locality but not that of definite extent. Amidships (1) Midway (midpoint) between port and starboard sides of a vessel. (2) The midway point between the forward and aft perpendiculars. AMSA Australian Maritime Safety Authority AMVER Automated Mutual-Assistance Vessel Rescue System Anchor A heavy steel device (of variable design) so shaped as to grip the sea bed to hold a vessel or offshore installation in a desired position.

anchor

anchor

Anchor bar  Wooden bar with an iron shod, wedge shaped end, used in prying the anchor or working the anchor or working the anchor chain. Also used to engage or disengage the wild-cat. Anchor billboard A structure on the deck of a vessel upon which the anchor is mounted when not in use.

Anchor billboard

Anchor billboard

Anchor cable Chain or wire connecting a vessel to its anchor(s). Anchor chain Heavy, linked chain secured to an anchor for mooring or anchoring. Anchor lights The riding lights required to be carried by vessels at anchor. Anchor stopper A device to hold an anchor cable so as to prevent the anchor from running out or to relieve the strain at the inboard end.

Anchor stopper

Anchor stopper

Anchor watch The detail on deck at night, when at anchor, to safeguard the vessel (not necessarily at the anchor; a general watch). Anchorage A place suitable for anchoring. Anchor’s aweigh Said of the anchor when just clear of the bottom (leaving or moving). Angle Same as angle bar Angle bar A bar of angle-shaped section used as a stiffener and on riveted ships ties floors to the shell. Angle clip A short piece of angle bar. Angle collar Angle bent to fit a pipe, column, tank or stack, intersecting or projecting through a bulkhead or deck for the purposes of making a watertight or oiltight joint. Anneal To heat a metal and to cool it in such a fashion as to toughen and soften it. Brass or copper is annealed by heating to a cherry red and dipping suddenly into water while hot. Iron or steel is slowly cooled from the heated condition to anneal. Anode Zinc or aluminium or some such alloy that is fixed to the hull of a vessel. They are “eaten” up by electrical currents moving from the vessel to the water. The anode is sacrificed to protect the metal hull of the vessel – without the anode, the hull plating would be disolved by electrolysis. ANTHAM Antwerp-Hamburg Range Antifouling (paint) A marine paint composition containing toxic ingredients preventing or retarding marine underwater growth on the hull of a vessel. Aperture The space provided between propeller and stern post for the propeller. APHIS Animal & Plant Health Inspection Service API American Petroeum Institute Appendage(s) Objects protruding from the underwater section of a hull; e.g., bilge keels, rudders, stabilising fins, shaft brackets, etc. Appendages Relatively small portions of a vessel projecting beyond its main outline, as shown by cross-sections and water-sections. The word applies to the following parts of the stern and stern post: the keel below its shell line, the rolling keel or fin, the rudder, rudder post, screw, bilge keel, struts, bossing and skeg. APPS Act to Prevent Pollution from Ships Apron plate A plate fitted in the continuation of the shell plating above the forecastle sheer strake at the stem. These plates are sometimes fitted one in each side of the stem, and serve as foundation for the bow mooring pipes. APS Arrival Pilot Station APTF Asia Pacific Terminal Forum ARAG Amsterdam-Rotterdam–Antwerp-Ghent Range Arbor The principal axis member or spindle of a machine by which a motion of revolution is transmitted. Arch piece The curved portion of the stern frame over the screw aperture, joining the propeller post and stern post. ARPA Automatic Radar Plotting Aid Ashore On the shore (on land). ASI Annual Safety Inspection Assemble To fit together small parts, in making a large section, or part. Astern The backward direction in the line of a vessel’s centreline. ATDNSHINC Any Time Day or Night Sundays and Holidays Included Athwart Same as a beam Athwartship Transverse or across a vessel from side to side. Athwartships Across the ship, at right angles to the centreline. ATUTC Actual Times Used to Count Auxiliaries Various winches, pumps motors, engines, etc., required on a ship, as distinguished from main propulsive machinery (boilers and engines on a steam installation). Auxiliary foundations Foundations for condensers, distillers, evaporator pumps or any of the auxiliary machinery in the engine or boiler rooms. Auxiliary machinery Machinery other than the ship’s main engines. Avast An order to stop or cease hauling (stop action at once). Awash Level with the water (water ready to, or slightly covering decks). Awning A canvas canopy secured over the ship’s deck as a protection from the weather (covering). Aye, aye, sir The reply to an officer’s order signifying that he is understood and will be obeyed (I understand). Back bar Used on the opposite side of a bosom bar. Backhaul To haul a shipment back over part of a route that it has already traveled; return movement of cargo, usually opposite from the direction of its primary cargo destination. BAF Bunker Adjustment Factor. A Fuel Surcharge expressed as a percentage added or subtracted from the freight amount reflecting the movement in the market place price for bunkers. Bail To throw water out of a boat; a yoke, as a ladder bail (rung). Balanced frames The midship frames that are of equal shap and square flanged. There are thirty or more on a cargo vessel, equally divided between starboard and port sides. Balanced rudder A rudder with its axis halfway between the forward and after edge. Bale capacity Capacity in hold to edge of frames and stiffeners; refl ects the stowage of bales or boxes. Balk (In cerpentry) a piece of timber from 4” to 10” square. Ballast Any weight carried solely for the purpose of making the vessel more seaworthy. Ballast may be either portable or fixed, depending upn the condition of the ship. Fixed or permanent ballast in the form of sand, concrete, scrap or pig iron is usually fitted to overcome an inherent defect in stability or trim due to faulty design or changed character of service. Potrable ballast, usually in the form of water pumped into or out of the bottom, peak, or wing ballast tanks, is utilized to overcome a temporary defect in stability or trim due to faulty loading, damage, etc.

Ballast

Ballast

Ballast keel A heavy keel fitted to vessels to lower the center of gravity and improve stability. Ballast tanks Double bottoms for carrying water ballast and capable of being flooded or pumped out at will. Barbette Cylindrical structure built up to armor plates extending from the protected deck of a war vessel to the lower side of the turret shelf plate. They form protective enclosures in which are located the turret stools, shell stowage flats and ammunition hoisting gear for the turrets. BAREBOAT CHTR Bareboat Charter Owners lease a specific ship and control its technical management and commercial operations only. Barge A craft of full body and heavy construction designed gor the carriage of cargo but having no machinery for self-propulsion. Barnacle Small marine growth which attaches itself to a vessel’s hull in large numbers, often greatly retarding her speed. Base line A horizontal fore and aft reference line for vertical measurements. This line is perpendicular to the vertical center line. A horizontal transverse reference line for vertical measurements. This is line is perpendicular to the vertical center line. A horizontal transverse reference line for vertical measuremnts. This line is perpendicular to both the vertical center line and fore-and-aft base line.

Baseline

Baseline

Batten A narrow strip of wood for fairing in lines. Also a stripof wood to fasten objects together. A strip of paulins in place. (Verb) To secure by means of battens, as to “batten down a hatch”. Batten down To make watertight. Said of hatches and cargo (tie up or secure). Battens, cargo A tern applied to the planks that are fitted to the inside of the frames in a hold to keep the cargo away from the shell plating, the strips of wood or steel used to prevent shifting of cargo. BBB Before Breaking Bulk BDI Both Dates Inclusive BDN Bunker Delivery Note Beachcomber A derelict seaman found unemployed on the waterfront, especially in a foreign country (seaman without a ship). Beam (1) The registered breadth of a vessel, measured at the outside of the hull amidships, or at its greatest breadth. (2) A transverse structural member supporting a deck and/or strengthening a hull.

Beam

Beam

Beam knees Angular fittings which connect beams and frames together. Beam line The line showing the top of the frame line. Beam plate angles A beam made from a flat plate, with the flange bent at right angles by an angle-bending machine. Beam wind A wind at right angles to a vessel’s course (wind blowing at the ship’s side.) Bear a hand To assist or help. Bear down To approach (overtake or come up to). Bearer A term applied to foundations, particularly those having vertical web plates themselves are called bearers. Bearing The direction of an object (with reference to you, your ship, another object). Becalmed A sailing vessel dead in the water due to lack of wind (not moving). Becket A rope eye for the hook of a block. A rope grommet used in place of a rowlock. Also, a small piece of rope with an eye in each end to hold the feet of a sprit to the mast. In general any small rope or strap used as a handle. Bed plate A structure fitted for support of the feet of the engine columns, as well as to provide support for crankshaft bearings. It also helps distribute engine weight and stresses to the ship’s structure. The bed plate consists of a series of transverse girders, connecting fore-and-aft members or girders. BEI Biological Exposure Indices Belay To make fast as to a pin or cleat. To rescind an order (tie up). Belaying pin A wooden or iron pin fitting into a rail upon which to secure ropes. Bell suction The flared open end of a cargo pipeline which is situated at close tolerances to the bottom of a liquid cargo tank. Bells see Ships Time Belly strap A rope passed around (center) a boat or other object for hanging. Below Undernearth the surface of the water. Undernearth a deck or decks Bend The twisting or turning of a rope so as to fasten it to some object, as a spar or ring. Bending rolls Large machine used to give curvature to plates by passage in contact with three rolls. Bending slab Heavy cast-iron blocks with square or round holes for “dogging down” arranged to form a large solid floor on which frames and structural members are bent and formed. BENDS Both Ends (Load & Discharge Ports) BEP Best Environmental Practice Berth A place for a ship. The distance from frame line to frame line. A term applied to a bed or a place to sleep. Berths, as a rule, are permanently built into the structure of the staterooms or conpartments. They are constructed singly and also in tiers of two or three, one above the other. When single, drawers for stowing clothing are often built in underneath. Tiers of berths constructed of pipe are commonly installed in the crew space. Berth term Shipped under a rate that does not include the cost of loading or unloading. Between decks The space between any two, not necessarily adjacent, decks. Frequently expressed as “Tween Decks”. Bevel Any angle other than 90o which one surface makes with another. Also to bevel a beam, flange, or plate for vee welding, to tilt a girder to make the sheer bevel. Bevel square A device that can be used to make a close bevel, less than 90o, or an open bevel, more than 90o. BI Both Inclusive Bight Formed by bringing the end of a rope around, near to, or across its own part. Bilge (1) Intersection or curved transition of bottom and sides of a hull. (2) Lowest points within hull compartments where liquids may accumulate.

Bilge

Bilge

Bilge blocks Supporting blocks used under bilge for support during construction or drydocking. Bilge bracket Vertical transverse plate located beneath side frames in the area of the bilge and between inner and outer bottoms. Bilge keel Non-retractable elongated longitudinal fin protruding from the bilge used to reduce rolling.

bilge keels

bilge keels

Bilge keel

Bilge keel

Bilge plates The curved shell plates that fit the bilge. Bilge pump Pump for removing bilge water. Bilge strake Line of shell plating at the bilge between bottom and side plating. Bilge well A bilge well is generally located in the lowest part of the compartment. It is used for drainage and is generally shaped like a box, and fitted to the underside of the inner bottom, with a strainer on top. Bilges The lowest portion of a ship inside the hull, considering the inner bottom where fitted as the bottom hull limit. Bilgeway Same a bilge Bill of lading A document that establishes the terms of contract between a shipper and a trasportation company. It serves as a document title, a contract of carriage, and a receipt for goods. BIMCO Baltic & International Maritime Council Bin A walled enclosure built on the deck of a barge for the purpose of retaining cargo; also called a pen or cargo box. Binnacle A stand or case for housing a compass so that it may be conveniently consulted. Binnacles differ in shape and size according to where used and the size of the compass to be accpmmodated. A binnacle for a ship’s navigating compass consists essentially for a pedestal at whose upper and is a bowl-shaped receptacle having a sliding hood-like cover. This receptacle accommodates the gimbals supporting the compass. Compensating binnacles are provided with brackets or arms on either side, starboard and port, for supporting and securing the iron cylinders or spheres used to counteract the quadrantal error due to the earth’s magnetization of the vessel. This type of binnacle is usually placed immediately in front of the steering wheel, having its vertical axis in the vertical plane of the fore-and-aft center-line of the vessel. Birth marks Same as Plimsoll marks. Bitter end (Nautical). The inboard end of a vessel’s anchor chain which is made fast in the chain locker Bitts Twin stout posts welded to the deck to which mooring lines are fastened.

bitts

bitts

Bitumastic A black, tar-like composition largely of bitumen or asphalt and containing such other ingredients as rosin, Portland cement, slaked lime, petroleum, etc. It is used as a protective coating in ballast and trimming tanks, chain lockers, shaft alleys, etc. BL (1) Bale BL (2) (Bill of Lading) A document signed by the carrier which acts as a receipt and evidence of title to the cargo. Black gang Member of the engine-room force, which included the engineers, firemen, oilers, and wipers. Blank flange A flange which is not drilled but which is otherwise complete. Bleeders A term applied to plugs screwed into the bottom of a ship to provide for drainage of the compartments when the vessel is in dry dock. BLG Bulk Liquids and Gases Block The name given a pulley or sheave, or system of pulleys or sheaves mounted in a frame, and used to multiply power when moving objects by means of ropes run over the sheaves. Single, double or triple-when used with the word “block” indicate the number of sheaves it contains. Block and block Same as two blocks. Block and tackle (Block and Falls). The complete unit of two or more blocks rove up with an adequate amount of rope. BM Beam BMP Best Management Practices BNWAS Bridge Navigational Watch Alarm System Boat-fall A purchase (block and tackle) for hoisting a boat to its davits. BOB Bunker on Board Body plan A pair of half transverse and elevations, with a common vertical center line. The right side gives the ship as seen from ahead, the left side from astern. Water lines, buttock and bow lines, diagonal lines, etc., are shown.

Body plan

Body plan

BOEMRE Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, Regulation and Enforcement BOFFER Best Offer Boiler Any vessel, container or receptacle that is capable of generating steam by the internal or external application of heat. There are two general classes of boilers. I.E., fire-tube and water-tube. Boiler casing A wall protecting the different deck spaces from the heat of the boiler room. Boiler chocks Stay braces which prevent fore and aft movement of boilers. Boiler foundation The structure upon which the boiler is secured. It generally consists of girders built up from plates and shapes. In a cylindrical boiler the athwartship girders are often called saddles. Boiler room A compartment in the middle or after section of a vessel where the boilers are placed. Bollard The equivalent of a vessel’s mooring bitts used onshore.

Bollard

Bollard

Bollard pull The static pulling force of a tugboat measured in pounds. Bolster plate A piece of plate adjoining the hawse hole, to prevent the chafing of the ship’s bow. A plate foe support like a pillow or cushion. Bond port Port of a vessel’s initial customs entry to any country; also known as first port of call. Bonded warehouse A warehouse authorized by customs authorities for storage of goods on which payment of duties is deferred until the goods are removed. Booby hatch The cover of a scuttle-way or small hatchway, such as that which leads to the forecastle or fore peak of a vessel. Boom A term applied to a spar used in handling cargo, or as the lower piece of a fore-and-aft sail. Boom cradle A rest for a cargo-boom when lowered for securing for sea. Boom rest A support for a boom when the boom is not in use. Boom step A socket for end of boom. Boom table An outrigger attached to the mast, or a structure built up around a mast from the deck, to support the heel bearings for booms. Boom tables are necessary to provide working clearances when a number of booms are installd on one mast. Boot-topping Durable paint coating applied to a hull between the light and loaded waterlines. Boot-topping Special resistant paint or paints used to coat that portion of a vessel between light and load lines. Also the area to which this paint is applied. Bort flange A protruding flange above a port to keep drip from entering. Bos’n Shortening of the old term “boatswain,” an unlicensed member of the crew who supervises the work of the deck men under direction of the first mate. Bos’n’s chair The piece of board on which a man working aloft is swung. Bos’n’s chestb The deck chest in which the bos’n keeps his deck gear. Bos’n’s lockerb The locker in which the bos’n keeps his deck gear. Bosom The inside of an angle bar. Bosom barb One angle fitted inside another. Bosom plate A plate bar or angle fitted to an angle bar to connect the ends of two angles. Boss The part of the propeller to which blades are attached. Also the aparture in the stern frame where propeller shaft enters. Boss frame A frame bent around to fit the bose in way of the stern tube or shaft. Boss plate The plate fitted around the boss of a propeller post or around the curved frames in way of stern tubes. Bossingb Hydrodynamically faired outboard portion of hull plating surrounding and supporting propeller shafting. In a single-screw vessel the bossing is integral to a centreline skeg. Bottom plating That part of the shell plating which is below the water line. Bottom, outer A term applied to the bottom shell plating in a double bottom ship. Bounding angle A steel angle used for reinforcement at the junction of two steel plates. Bounding bar A bar connecting the edges of a bulkhead to tank top, shell, decks, or another bulkhead. Bow The fore end or a ship.

bow

bow

Bow door Watertight hinged door in the fore end of a Ro-Ro vessel through which vehicles and cargo may be loaded or discharged

Bow door

Bow door

Bow linesb Curves representing a vertical section of the bow end of a ship. Similar curves in aft part of hull are buttock lines. Bow rudderb A rudder placed at  the bottom of the forward stem and maneuvered from the fore peak. Bow thruster A propulsor installed near the bow to provide a transverse thrust component enhancing manoeuvrability.

Bow thruster

Bow thruster

Bowsprit A spar extending forward from the stem. Boxed end The end of a barge which is squared for the full depth and width of the hull. Boxing the compass Calling names of the points of the compass in order. BPG Bridge Procedures Guide BPQ Barge Particulars Questionnaire Bracket A steel plate, commonly with a reinforcing flange, used to stiffen or tie beam angles to bulkheads frames to longitudinals, etc. Braze To heat and join by means of hard solder (spelter). This may be brass, bronze, or other alloys. Breadth The side-to-side measurements of a vessel at any given place. Breadth extreme The maximum breadth measured over plating or planking, including heading or enders. Breadth, molded See Molded Breadth. Breadth, registered Measured amidships at its greatest breadth to outside of plating. Break Of poop or forecastle. The point at which the partial poop or forcastle deck are discontinued. Break ground Said of anchor when it lifts clear of the bottom. Breakbulk Loose, noncontainerized cargo stowed directly into a ship’s hold. Breaker A small cask for fresh water carried in ship’s boats. A sea (wave) with a curl on the crest. Breakwater A term applied to plates fitted on a forward weather deck to form a V-shaped shield against water that is shipped over the bow. Breaming Cleaning the barnacles, paint, etc., from a ship’s bottom with a blow torch. Breast beam The transverse beam nearest to midship on the poop and forecastle deck. Breast hook Ahorizontal plate secured across the fore peak of a vessel to tie the fore-peak frames together and unit the bow. Breast rail The upper rail of a balcony on the quarter deck. Breasthook Horizontal plate brackets of generally triangular form connecting port and starboard side stringers and bow plating at the stem. Bridge Elevated centre dedicated to the control and navigation of the vessel. [Alt. Navigating bridge or wheelhouse.] Bridge house The erection or superstructure fitted about amidship on the upper deck of a ship. The officer’s quarters, staterooms and accommodations are usually in the bridge house. Bridge wing(s) Lateral (open or enclosed) extension(s) to a vessel’s bridge to permit direct vision beyond the hull side. Bridge, navigating or flying The uppermost platform erected at the level of the top of the pilot house. It generally consists of a narrow walkway supported by stan-chions, running from one side of the ship to the other and the space over the top of the pilot house. A duplicate set of navigating instruments and controls for the steering gear and engine room signals are installed on the flying bridge so that the ship may be navigated in good weather from this platform. Awnings erected on stanchions and weather cloths fitted to the railing give protection against sun and wind. Bridges A high transverse platform, often forming the top of a bridge house, extending from side to side of the ship, and from whick a good view of the weather deck may be had. An enclosed space called the pilot house is erected on the bridge in which are installed the navigating instruments, such as the compass and binnacle, the control for the steering apparatus, and the signals to the engine room. While the pilot house is generally entended to include a chartroom and sometimes staterooms, a clear passageway should be left around it. As the operation of the ship is directed from the bridge or flying bridge above it, there should also be clear, open passage from one side of the vessel to the other. Bridle A V-shaped chain, wire, or rope attached to a vessel being towed to which the towline is connected.

Bridle

Bridle

Bright work Brass work, polished (also varnished wood work in yachts). BROBb Bunkers Remaining on Board Broker A person who arranges for transportation of loads for a percentage of the revenue from the load. Brow A small curved angle or flanged plate fitted on the outside of the shell of a ship over an air port to prevent water running down the ship’s side from entering the open port. Also called a watershed. BSG Barge Safety Guide BSS  Basis BSS 1/1 Basis 1 Port to 1 Port BT Berth Terms Buck frame A transverse truss. Buckle plateb A plate that has warped from its original shape also a plate that is wider at the center than at the end. Budy A term applied to a floating object that is moored or anchored so that it remains at one place. Budys are used for marking the places on the water where a ship is sunk, where reefs are below, where the edges of the channel are, or to provide means for mooring  ship at a desired position. Budyancy Ability to float, the supporting effort exerted by a liquid (usaually water) upon the surface of a boly wholly or partially immersed. Building slip An inclined launching berth where  the ship is built. Build-operate-transfer (BOT) A form of concession where a private party or consortium agrees to finance, construct, operate and maintain a facility for a specific period and transfer the facility to the concerned government or port authority after the term of the concession. The ownership of the concession area (port land) remains with the government or port authority during the entire concession period. the concessionaire bears the commercial risk of operating the facility. Bulb angle Or bulb angle bar. An angle with one edge having a bulb or swell. Bulb plate A narrow plate generally of mild steel, rolled with a bulb or swell along one of its edges. Used for hatch coamings, built up beams, etc. Bulb tee A Tee bar with toe of web reinforced. Bulge Same as bilge. Bulk cargo Cargo shipped in loose condition and of a homogeneous nature. Bulk carrier Vessel designed for the transportation of dry loose homogeneous cargoes in bulk in self-trimming holds and constructed to sustain the heavy concentrated weight distribution of the cargoes.

Bulk carrier

Bulk carrier

Bulkhead (1) A vertical structural partition dividing a vessel’s interior into various compartments for strength and safety purposes; (termed strength bulkhead). (2) Term applied to vertical partition walls (non-structural) subdividing the interior of a vessel into compartments.

Bulkhead

Bulkhead

Bulkhead bounding: bar A bar used for the purpose of connecting the edges of a bulkhead to the tank top, shell, deck, or to another bulkhead. Angle bars are generally used for this purpose, as both flanges are easily calked. Bulkhead deck Uppermost deck at which transverse watertight bulkheads terminate

Bulkhead deck

Bulkhead deck

Bulkhead sluice An opening cut in a bulkhead just above the tank top connecting angle, and fitted with a valve which may be operated from the deck above. Bulkhead stiffeners A term applied to the beams or girders attached to a bulkhead for the purpose of supporting it under pressure and holding it in shape. Vertical stiffenera are most commonly used, but horizontal stiffeners or a combination of both may be used. Bull riveting Driving rivets by squeezing them with a high powered air or hydraulic machine. Bullnosed bow Bow with large rounded bow point underneath water line. Bulwark Barrier of stiffened plating at the outboard edge of the main or upper deck to prevent or inhibit entry of the sea. Bulwarks may be additionally employed at the forward edges of superstructure decks in lieu of safety railings as a barrier to wind and spray.

Bulwark

Bulwark

Bulwark stay A brace extending from the deck to a point near the top of the bulwark, to keep it rigid. BUNDLING This is the assembly of pieces of cargo, secured into one manageable unit. This is a very flexible description; a rule of thumb is to present cargo at a size easily handled by a large (20 ton) fork lift truck. Bunk Built-in bed aboard ship. Bunker Compartment for the storage of oil or other fuel. Bunker stays A brace extending from the deck to a point near the top of the bulwark, to keep it rigid. BUNKERS Name given for vessels Fuel and Diesel Oil supplies (Originates from coal bunkers) Buoy A stationary floating object used as an aid for navigation. Buoyancy Ability to float, lifting power when immersed. Burr edge The rough uneven edge of a punched or burnt hole or plate. Butt joint A joint made by fitting two pieces squarely together on their edges, which is then welded or butt strapped. Butt strap A bar or plate used to fasten two or more objects together with their edges butted. Butterworth A washing process used to gas free or clean a cargo tank, employing hot water or chemicals, sprayed through a patented rotating nozzle. Butterworth opening a deck access opening with bolted cover, designed for butterworth operations. Buttock Counter. The rounded-in overhanging part on each side of the stern in front of the rudder, merging undernearth into the run. Buttock lines The curves shown by taking a vertical longitudinal section of the after part of a ship’s hull, parallel to the keel. Button A cast or fabricated deck item, usually round, that is used to thread cables between vessels when they are made-up. BWAD Brackish Water Arrival Draft By the board Overboard (over the side). By the head Deeper forward (front end deepest in water). By the Run To let go altogether. CAA Clean Air Act Cabin The captain’s quarters. The enclosed space of decked-over small boat. Cable A chain or line (rope) bent to the anchor. Cable layer Vessel designed for the laying and repair of seabed telecommunication cables.

Cable layer

Cable layer

Cable locker Compartment located forward to store the anchor cable. Cable-laid The same as hawser-laid. Cable-length 100 fathoms or 600 feet (6 feet to a fathom). Cabotage Shipments between ports of a single nation, frequently reserved to national flag vessels of that nation. Calk To tighten a lap or other seam with a chisel tool, either ny hand or meckanically. Calm A wind or force less than one knot (knot 1 nautical mile per hour). CALM Catenary Anchor Leg Mooring Cam A projecting part of a wheel or other simple moving piece in machinery, so shaped as to give predetermined variable motion to another piece against which it acts, in repeating cycles. CAM Court Appointed Monitor Camber Transverse convex curvature of exposed decks to accelerate runoff. Camel (In engineering) a decked vessel having great stability designed for use in the lifting of sunken vessel or structures. A submersible float used for the same purpose by submerging, attaching, and pumping out. Cant The inclination of an object from the perpendicular. As a verb, to turn anything so that it does not stand square to a given object. Cant beam Any of the beams supporting the deck plating or planking in the overhanging part of the stern of a vessel. They radiate in fan shape from the transom beam to cant frames. Cant body That portion of a vessel’s boly either forward or aft in which the planes of the frames are not at right angles to the center line of the ship. Cant frame Hull side frame not aligned perpendicular to the vessel’s centreline. Cant frames The frame (generally bulb angles) at the end of a ship which are cented, that is, which rise obliquely from the keel. Capesize A term applied to large cargo vessels that cannot transit either the Panama or Suez Canals. They are usually of the order of 120 000–180 000 DWT. Capsize A ship is said to capsize when it loses transverse stability and rolls over and sinks.

capsize

capsize

capsize

capsize

Capstan Steel warping drum rotating on a vertical axis for the handling of mooring lines and optionally anchor cable.

Capstan

Capstan

Capstan, steam A vertical drum or barrel operated by a steam engine and used for handing heavy anchor chains, heavy hawsers, etc. The engine is usually non-reversing and transmites its power to the capstan shaft through a worm and worm sheel. The drum is fitted with pawls to prevent overhauling under the strain of the hawser or chain when the power is shut off. The engine may be disconnected and the capstan operated by hand through the medium of capstan bars. Capstan-bar A wooden bar which may be shipped in the capstan head for heaving around by hand (to heave up anchor or heavy objects by manpower). Captain of the Head A guy who gets Head (toilet) cleaning detail. Car carrier Vessel designed for the delivery transportation of road vehicles.

Car carrier

Car carrier

CARB California Air Resources Board Cardinal pointsb The four principal points of the compass North, East, South and West. Cargo Merchandise or goods accepted for transportation by ship. Cargo battens Strips of wood used to keep cargo away from the steel hull. Cargo boom A heavy boom used in handling cargo. Cargo door Watertight door in the hull side through which cargo may be loaded or discharged.

Cargo door

Cargo door

Cargo hatch Large opening in the dec to permit loading of cargo. Cargo port An opening, provided with a watertight cover or door, in the side of a vessels of two or more decks, through which the cargo is received and discharged. Carlines (carlings) A short beam running fore and aft between or under transverse deck beams. Also called headers when they support the ends of interrupted deck beams. Carrier Any person or entity who, in a contract of carriage, undertakes to perform or to procure the performance of carriage by sea, inland waterway, rail, road, air, or by a combination of such modes. Cartage Intraport or local hauling of cargo by drays or trucks (also refferd to as drayage). Carvel built A type of plating made flush be vee butt welding or butt strap riveting. CAS Condition Assessment Scheme Case joint A kind of plate joint by which an overlap can gradually be made flush. This is done with the aid of liners, and is used on the bow and stern to give the vessel a finer trim. Casingb The extra case or bulkhead built around the ship’s funnel to protect the decks from heat. See Air Casing. Cast off To let go. Cathodic protection Sacrificial or impressed current system of corrosion protection of hull, tanks and piping.

Cathodic protection

Cathodic protection

Caulk To fill in the seams with cotton or oakum. Caulker One who caulks. Cavitation The formation of bubbles on an aerofoil section in areas of reduced pressure. Can occur on heavily loaded ship propellers.

Cavitation

Cavitation

CBA Collective Bargaining Agreement CBFT (or CFT) Cubic Feet CBM Cubic Meter CBP Customs Border Protection CCM Corporate Compliance Manager CCNR Central Commission for Navigation on the Rhine CCTV Close Circuit Television Ceilingb The inside skin of a vessel between decks, or in a small vessel from the deck beams to bilge. Cellular container ship Container vessel having specially designed vertical cell guides for the accommodation of standard size containers thereby precluding movement and lashing.

Cellular container ship

Cellular container ship

Cellular double bottomb A term applied where the double bottom is divided into numerous rectangular compartments by the floors and longitudinals. Center lineb A horizontal fore- and -aft reference line for athwartship measurements, dividing the ship into two symmetrical halves. A vertical reference line in the center of the body plan, midship section or other sections. Center line bulkhead A fore-and-aft or longitudinal bulkhead erected on the center line or in the same plane as the keel. Also a reference line scrived on a transverse bulkhead to indicate the center of the ship. Centre of buoyancy (CB) That point through which the buoyancy force acts. It is defi ned in space by its longitudinal, vertical and transverse (respectively, LCB, VCB and TCB) position relative to a set of orthogonal axes. It is also the centroid of volume of the displaced water.

Centre of buoyancy (CB)

Centre of buoyancy (CB)

Centre of flotation (CF) The centroid of area of a waterplane. A small weight added, or removed, from the ship vertically in line with the CF will cause a change of draught without heel or trim. For a symmetrical ship the CF will be on the centerline and its position is given relative to amidships.

Centre of flotation (CF)

Centre of flotation (CF)

Centre of gravity (CG) The point through which the force due to gravity, that is the weight of the body, acts. Its position is defi ned in a similar way to the centre of buoyancy and is very important in calculations of stability.

Centre of gravity (CG)

Centre of gravity (CG)

Centreline The longitudinal vertical plane of a vessel. CFG China Focus Group CFOb Chief Financial Officer CFR Code of Federal Regulations CFR (or C&F) Cost and Freight Chafe To wear the surface of a rope by rubbing against a solid object. Chafing gear A guard of canvas or rope put around spars, mooring lines, or rigging to prevent them from wearing out by rubbing against something. Chafing plate A bent plate used in minimizing chafing of ropes, as at hatches. Chain locker The compartment for storing the anchor chains, located near the hawse pipes in the bow of the ship.

Chain locker

Chain locker

Chain locker manger See Manager Chain locker pipe The iron-bound opening or section of pipe loading from the chain locker to the deck, through which the chain cable passes. Chain riveting Two or more rows of rivets spaces so that the rivets in one row are opposite those in adjacent row. Chains Anchor chains Chamfer A bevel surgace formed by cutting away the angle of two faces of a piece of wood or metal. Charley Noble The galley smoke-pipe (cook’s stove pipe), named after The English sea captain who was noted for the scrupulous cleanliness and shine of the brass aboard his ship. Chart house Small room adjacent to the bridge for charts and navigating instruments. Chart room A small room adjacent to the Pilot House in which charts and navigating instruments are located. Chassis A frame with wheels and container locking devices to secure the container for movement. Check To ease off gradually (go slower and move carefully). Check lines Used in shaping plates, etc., to make sure that the template have not changed in size by shrinking or expending Cheeks The bilgeways, or curve of the bilges. Chemical carrier (Tanker) Vessel designed specifically for the transportation of volatile, poisonous or corrosive liquids in specially constructed tanks.

Chemical carrier (Tanker)

Chemical carrier (Tanker)

Chief The crew’s term for the chief engineer. Chief mate Another term for first mate. Chock (In naval architecture) a small piece of wood used to make good any deficiency in a piece of tember, frame etc.

Chock

Chock

Chock boat A cradle or support for a lifeboat. Chock roller A chock with a sheave to prevent chafing of ropes. Chocks Deck fittings for mooring line to pass through. Choked The falls foul in a block. The falls may be chocked or jammed intentionally for a temporary securing (holding). CHOPT Charterers Option CHTRS Charterers CIC Concentrated Inspection Campaign CIF Cost, Insurance & Freight. Seller pays all these costs to a nominated port or place of discharge. Classification societies Organisations which set standards for design and construction of vessels and integral machinery amongst much else. Lloyd’s Register of Shipping, Bureau Veritas, Registro Italiano Navale, American Bureau of Shipping, Det Norske Veritas, Germanischer Lloyd, Nippon Kaiji Kyokai, Russian Maritime Register of Shipping, Hellenic Register of Shipping, Polish Register of Shipping, Croatian Register of Shipping, China Corporation Register of Shipping, China Classification Society, Korean Register of Shipping, Turk Loydu, Biro Klasifikasi Indonesia, Registo Internacional Naval, Indian Register of Shipping, International Naval Surveys Bureau, Asia Classification Society, Brazilian Register of Shipping, International Register of Shipping, Ships Classification Malaysia, Dromon Bureau of Shipping, Iranian Classification Society Cleaning in transit The stopping of articles (such as farm products) for cleaning at a point between the point of origin and destination. Clearance The size beyond which vessels, cars, or loads cannot pass through, under, or over bridges, tunnels, highways, and so forth. Cleat A metal fitting having two projecting arms or horns to which a halyard or other rope is belayed. The deck, side plating, a stanchion, or other convenient structure serves as a support for securing the cleat. Clinchimg pan A flat plate for clinching nails. (used in the mold loft.) Clip A 4” to 6” angle bar welded temporarily to floors, plates, webs, etc. It is used as a holdfast which, with the aid of a bolt, pulls objects up close in fitting. Also, short lengths of bar, generally angle, used to attached and connect the various members of the ship structure. Clipper bow A bow with an exterme forward rake, once familiar on sailing vessels. Close butt A joint fitted clese by griding, pulled tight by clips, and welded. Club foot The flattened, broadened after end of the stern foot. CMG Course Made Good CMID Common Marine Inspection Document COA Contract of Affreightment Owners agree to accept a cost per revenue ton for cargo carried on a specific number of voyages. COACP Contract of Affreightment Charter Party Coaming Strictly speaking, coamings are the fore and aft framing in hatchways and scuttles, while the athwartship pieces are called head ladges, but the name coaming is commonly applied to all raised framework about deck openings. Coamings prevent water from running below, as well as strengthen the deck about the hatches. COB Close of Business Cockpit The well of a sailing vessel, especially a small boat, for the wheel and steerman. COD Cash On Delivery Coeffi cients of fineness These relate to the underwater form and give a broad indication of the hull shape. They are the ratios of certain areas and volumes to their circumscribing rectangles or prisms. Cofferdam A small space left open between two bulkheads as an air space, to protect another bulkhead from heat, fidre hazard or collision.

Cofferdam

Cofferdam

Coffin plate The plate used on an enclosed twin bossing, named for its shape. In reality it is inverted boss plate. COG Course Over Ground COGSA Carriage of Goods by Sea Act Coil  To lay down rope in circular turns. Coils A system of small diameter pipes installed inside a liquid cargo tank for the purpose of heating the cargo by means of hot oil or steam. Collar A ring used around a pipe or mast, or a flat plate made to fit around a girder or beam passing through a bulkhead. They serve to make various spaces watertight. Collision bulkhead A watertight bulkhead approximately 25′ aft of the bow, extending from the keel to the shelter deck. This bulkhead prevents the entire ship from being flooded in case of a collision.

Collision bulkhead

Collision bulkhead

Collision mat A large mat used to close an aperture in a aperture in a vessel’s side resulting from a collision. Colors The national ensign. Comehome A convex curvature of the rake sides of a barge that produces a narrower beam at the headlog than the beam of the hull. Coming around To bring a sailing vessel into the wind and change to another tack. One who is influenced to a change of opinion. Companion A covering over the top of a companionway. Companionway A set of steps or ladder leading up to a deck from below. Compartment A subvision of space or room in a ship. Compass, magnetic The compass is the most important instrument of navigation in use on board ship, the path of a ship through the water depending upon the efficient. Composite vessel A vessel with a steel frame and wooden hull and decks COMSAR Sub-Committee on Radiocommunciations and Search and Rescue CONCAWE The Oil Companies’ European Organisation for Environment, Health and Safety Concession An arrangement whereby a private party (concessionaire) leases assets from an authorized public entity for an extended period and has responsibility for financing specified new fixed investments during the period and for providing specified services associated with the assets; in return, the concessionaire receives specified revenues from the opration of the ssets; the assets revert to the public sector at expiration of the contract. Conning tower Protective structure built up of armor plates and having verious shapes and sizes. CONS Consumption Conservancy In some countries, this fee is levied to retain upkeep of the approaches to waterways and canals. Consolidation Cargo consisting of shipments of two or more shippers or suppliers. Container load shipments may be consolidated for one or more consignees. Container vessel Vessel designed specifically for the transportation of standard size containers within the hull and on deck. Contraband Cargo that is prohibited. COP Custom Of Port Cork fenders A fender made of granulated cork and covered with woven tarred stuff. Corrugated Having a series of wrinkles or grooves arranged so as to produce stiffness. Corrugated bulkhead A bulkhead made from plates of corrugated metal or by flat plates alternately attached to the opposite flanges of the bulkhead stiffeners. Corrugated metal bulkheads are used around staterooms and quarters. Corrugated cargo hold bulkheads are generally constructed of flat plate alternately attached to opposite flanges of the stiffeners. COTP Captain of the Port Counter The part of a ship’s stern which overhangs the stern post.

Counter

Counter

Countersunk hole A hole tapered or beveled around its edge to allow a rivet or bolt head to seat flush with or below the surface of the bolts object. Countersunk rivet A rivet driven flush on one or both sides. Cowl The hood shaped top of a ventilator pipe. CP (or C/P) Charter Party CPA Closest Point of Approach CPD Charterers Pay Dues CPR Cardio Pulmonary Resuscitation CPT Carriage Paid To CQD Customary Quick Dispatch Cradle A framing built up on the ways and in which the ship rests while being launched. Crater A cup-shaped depression in a weld. The are tends to push the molten metal away from the center of the point being welded, thus forming the crater. Crew’s gangway Used on oil tankers. A elevated runway from poop to midship, and midship, and midship to forecastle deck. It affords means of safe passage for crew members when deck is awash in stormy weather. Cribbing Foundations of heavy blocks and timbers for supporting a vessel during construction. CRN Crane CROB Cargo Remaining on Board Cross curves of stability A series of curves showing how a ship’s transverse stability varies, with displacement, for a range of heel angles. Curve of statical stability. A plot showing how the righting lever experienced by a ship varies with angle as the ship is rotated about a fore and aft axis. It defi nes a ship’s stability at large angles. Also known as the GZ curve. Crossheader A pipeline that crosses over a tank providing a transit for cargo without tying into the vessel. Crossing the line Crossing the Equator. Cross-spall A temporary horizontal timber brace to hold a frame in position. Cross-spalls are replaced later by the deck beams. Crown Term sometimes used denoting the round-up or camber of a deck. The crown of an anchor is located where the arms are welded to the shank. Crown’s nest A lookout station attached to or near the head of a mast. Crow’s nest The platform or tub on the mast for the look-out. Crutches Same as breast hooks, but fitted at the after end. CSC Convention for Safe Containers CSM Cargo Securing Manual CSR Continuous Synopsis Record CSSC Code of Safe Practice for Stowage & Securing Cargo CST Centistoke CTF Carbon Task Force CTR Container Fitted CTU Cargo Transport Unit Custom broker A person or firm, licensed by the customs authority of their country when required, engaged in entering and clearing goods through customs for a client (importer). Customhouse A govenrment office where duties are paid, documents filed, and so forth, on foreign shipments. Cutwater The forward edge of the stem or prow of a vessel at the water level. Cut-water The foremost part of the stem, cutting the water as the vessel forges ahead. CWA Clean Water Act Cyclodial propulsion system A system of vertical blades that have taken the place of propellers for propulsion in some applications. Generically referred to as a “tractor system”. D&A Drug & Alcohol Dagger A piece of timber that is fastened to the poppets of the bilgeway and crosses them diagonally to keep them together. Dagger applies to anything that stands in a diagonal position. Dagger plank One of the planks whick unite the headsof the poppets or stepping-up pieces of the cradle on which the vessel rests in launching. Dakum A material made of tarred rope fibers obtained from scrap rope, used for calking seams in a wooden deck. It is also used for calking around pipes. DAPS Days all Purposes (Total days for loading & discharging) Davit A curved metal spar for handling a boat or other heavy objects.

Davit(s)

Davit(s)

Davits A set of cranes or radial arms on the gunwale of a ship, from whick are suspended the lifeboats. DDC Deck Decompression Chamber DDP Delivered Duty Paid. DDU Delivered Duty unpaid. DE Design and Equipment Dead ahead Directly ahead on the extension of the ship’s fore and aft line. Dead flat The flat-surfaced midship section of a vessel on the sides above the bilge, or on the bottom below the bilge. Dead light Steel disc, that is dogged down over a porthole to secure against breakage of the glass and to prevent light from showing through.

Deadlight

Deadlight

Deadlight1

Dead rise The upward slope of a ship’s bottom from the keel to the bilge. This rise is to give drainage of oil or water toward the center of the ship. Deadlifht A shutter placed over a cabin window in stormy weather to protect the glass against the waves. Deadlight Steel or alloy cover plate fitted internally to portholes for protection against water ingress in case of glass failure. Deadman An object, such as an anchor, piling, or concrete block, buried on shore. Deadrise Transverse inclination of the hull bottom from keel to bilge. [Alt rise of floor.] Deadweight The total weight of cargo, fuel, water, stores, passengers and crew and their effects that a ship can carry when at her designed full-load draft. Deadweight tonnage The cargo capacity of a vessel. Deck A platform or horizontal floor which extends from side to sede of a vessel. Deck beam dimensions The molding of a deck beam is its vertied dimension. Its siding is its horizontal dimension. Deck button A round, steel fitting affixed to a vessel’s deck, designed to secure or guide cables for making up barge tows.

Deck button

Deck button

Deck height Vertical distance between moulded lines of 2 adjacent decks. [Alt deck interval.] Deck house A small house on the after or midship section of a vessel. Deck lashing strap A steel deck fitting normally used as an attachment for cargo tie down lines. Deck stringer The strip of deck plating that runs along the outer adge of a deck. Declivity Inclination of shipways to provide for launching. Deconsolidation point Place where cargo is ungrouped for delivery. Deep floor A term applied to any of the floors in the forward or after end of a vessel. Due to the converging sides of ships in the bow and stern, the floors become much deeper than in the main body. Deep frame A web frame or a frame whose athwartship dimension is over the general amount. Deep tank Tank (usually for fuel) having significant depth (typically spanning more than 1 deck interval). Deep tanks These usually consist of ordinary hold compartments, but strengthened to carry water ballast. They are placed at either or both ends of the engine and boiler space. They are placed at either or both ends of the engine and boiler space. They are placed st either or both ends of the engine and boiler space. They usaually run from the tank top up to or above the lower deck. DEM Demurrage Demurrage A penalty charge against shippers or consignees for delaying the carrier’s equipment beyond the allowed free time. The free time and demurage charges are set forth in the charter party or freight tariff. Derelict A vessel obandoned and drifting aimlessly at sea. Derrick A device consisting of a kingpost, boom with variable topping lift, and necessary rigging for hoisting heavy weights, cargo, etc. DESP Dispatch DET Detention Development The method of drawing the same lines on a flat surface which have already been drawn on a curved surface. The shapes and lines produced by development are the same as though the curved surface from which they are taken were a flexible sheet which could be spread out flat without change of area or distortion. DHDATSBE Dispatch Half Demurrage on Actual Time Saved Both Ends DHDWTSBE Dispatch Half Demurrage on Working Time Saved Both Ends Diagonal line A line cutting the body plan diagonally from the frames to the middle line in the loft layout. Diesel generator Alternator (generator) directly powered by a diesel prime mover producing AC electrical power. 9kw marine diesel generator

Diesel generator

Diesel generator

Dip A position of a flag when lowered part way in salute (method of salute between vessels, like planes dipping wings). DISCH Discharge Displacement The weight in tons of the water displaced by a ship. This weight is the same as the total weight of the ship when afloat. Displacement may be expressed either in cubic feet or tons, a cubic foot of sea water weighs 64 pounds and one of fresh water weighs 62.5 pounds, consequently one ton is equal to 35 cubic feet of sea water or 35.9 feet of fresh water. The designed displacement of a vessel is her displacement when floating at her designed draft. Distress signal A flag display or a sound, light, or radio signal calling for assistance. Ditty-bag A small bag used by seamen for stowing small articles. DK Deck DLOSP Dropping Last Outwards Sea Pilot (Norway) DMLC Decleration of Maritime Labour Convention DNRSAOCLONL Discountless and Non-Returnable Ship and/or Cargo Lost or Not Lost DO Diesel Oil DOB Date of Birth Dock A basin for the reception of vessels. “Wet” docks are utilized for the loading and unloading of ships. Docking plan Detailed structural plan and profile of the lower hull structure required for correct location of the vessel in dry docking.

Docking plan

Docking plan

Docking plan

Docking plan

Dog A hold fast, a short metal rod or bar fashioned to form a clamp or clip and used for holding watertight doors, manholes, or pieces of work in place. Dog shores The last supports to be knocked away at the launching of a ship. Doldrums The belt on each side of the Equator in which little or no wind ordinarily blows. Dolly bar A heavy bar to hold against a rivet, to give backing when riveting. Dolphin A cluster of piles driven into the bottom of a waterway and bound firmly together for the mooring of vessels. DOLSP Dropping Off Last Sea Pilot (Norway) Donkey engine A small gass, stem or electric auxiliary engine, set on the deck and used for lifting, etc. DOP Dropping Outward Pilot DOT Department of Transport Double bottom A tank whose bottom is formed by the bottom plates of a ship, used to hold water for ballast, for the storage of oil, etc. Also a term applied to the space between the inner and outer bottom skins of a vessel. Also applied to indicate that a ship has a complete inner or extra envelopeof watertight bottom plating. A double bottom is usually fitted in large ships extending from bilge to bilge and nearly the whole length fore-and-aft.

Double bottom

Double bottom

Double skin Double watertight hull construction, usually referring to hull sides but may include double bottom structure. Double up To double a vessel’s mooring lines. Doubler A steel plate installed on an existing structural plate and used as a strengthening base for deck fittings or as a repair of a damaged area.

Doubler

Doubler

Doubler

Doubler

Doubling plates Extra plates (bars or stiffeners, added to strengthen sections where holes have been cut for hawse pipes, machinery, etc. Also placed where strain or wear is expected. Dowel A pin of wood inserted in the edge or face of two boards or pieces to secure them together. Dowse To take in, or lower a sail. To put out a light. To cover with water. DR Dead Reckoning Draft The distance from the surface of the water to the ship’s keel (how deep the ship is into the water). DRAFT Depth to which a ship is immersed in water. The depth varies according to the design of the ship and will be greater or lesser depending not only on the weight of the ship and everything on board, but also on the density of the water in which the ship is lying. DRAFT (DRAUGHT) (of a vessel) The depth of a vessel below the waterline measured vertically to the lowest part of the hull, propellers or other reference points. Draft , extreme Draft measured to the lowest projecting portion of the vessel Draft marks Numbers marked on the hull side forward, aft (and amidships on large vessels) indicating the draft.

Draft marks

Draft marks

Draft(or draught) Depth to which a hull is immersed. Draft, aft Draft measured at the stern. Draft, forward Draft measured at the bow. Draft, load Draft at load displacement. Draft, marks The numbers which are placed in a vertical scale at the bow and the stern of a vessel to indicate the draft at each point. Draft, mean The average between draft measured at bow and at stern, or for a vessel with a straight keel, the darft measured at the middle length af waterline. Drag The amount that the aft end of the keel is below the forward end when the ship is afloat with the stern end down. Drain well The chamber into which seepage water is collected and pumped by drainage pumps into sea through pump dales. Dredger Vessel designed for the removal of sea bed alluvial sediment. Deepen access channels, provide turning basins for ships, and maintain adequate water depth along waterside facilities.

Dredger

Dredger

Dredger

Dredger

Dressing ship A display of national colors at all mastheads and the array of signal flags from bow to stern over the masthead (for special occasions and holidays). Drift angle The angle between a ship’s head and the direction in which it is moving. Drift pin A conical-shaped pin gradually tapered from blunt point to a diameter a little larger than the rivet holes in which it is to be used. The point is inserted in rivet holes that are not fair, and the other end is hammered until the holes are forced into line. Drill ship Vessel designed for sea bed drilling operations.

Drill ship

Drill ship

Drill ship

Drill ship

Drip pan An open container, located on deck under the ends of a pipeline header to retain cargo drippage. DRK Derrick Drop strake A strake discontinued near the bow or stern. Dry bulk Cargo shipped in a dry state and in bulk; e.g., grain, cement.

Dry bulk

Dry bulk

Dry bulk

Dry bulk

Dry dock (1) Large basin with sealing caisson for the repair and maintenance of vessels. (2) General term for basin dry docks, floating docks or lift platforms for the maintenance and repair of vessels.

Dry dock

Dry dock

Dry dock

Dry dock

Dry docks A dock into which a vessel is flated, the water than being removed to allow for the construction or repair of ships. DSC Dangerous Goods, Solid Cargoes and Containers Duct Vertical or horizontal large cross-section conduit through which piping, cabling, or fluids may be conducted. Duct keel Longitudinal passage within the double bottom, usually on the centreline, extending from the collision bulkhead to the engine room, through which ballast, bilge, fuel and hydraulic piping may be conducted and providing access to double-bottom spaces. Ductility That property of a metal which permits its being drawn out into a thread or wire. Dumb vessel A vessel without means of self-propulsion. Dungarees Blue working overalls. Dunnage Any materials used to block or brace cargo to prevent its motion, chafing, or damage and to facilitate its handling. DUNNAGE Materials of various types, often timber or matting, placed among the cargo for separation, and hence protection from damage, for ventilation and, in the case of certain cargoes, to provide space in which the forks of a lift truck may be inserted. Duplicating pipe A piece of tubing, generally brass, used with paint to transfer rivet hole layout from template to plate. The end pf the pipe is dipped in paint, and while still wet is pushed through each template hole, leaving an impression on the plate. Dutchman A piece of steel fitted into an opening to cover up poor joints, or the crevices caused by poor workmanship. DWAT (or DWT) Deadweight. Weight of cargo, stores and water, i.e. the difference between lightship and loaded displacement. Eagle Flies Pay day Easy Carefully (watch what you’re doing). EBL Electronic Range Line EC East Coast ECDIS Electronic Chart Display & Information System ECSA European Community Shipowners Association EDI – Electronic data interchange Transmission of transactional data between computer systems. EDIFACT Electronic Data Interchange for Administration, Commerce, and Trade. International data interchange standards sponsored by United Nations. EEDI Energy Efficient Design Index EETF Eastern European Terminal Forum EEZ Exclusive Economic Zone EHQ Emergency Head Quarters EIU Even if Used Electrode A pole or terminal in an electrical circuit. See Polarity. Electro-hydraulic Term given to hydraulic actuation systems where the hydraulic pressure is produced by electrically driven pumps and controlled via solenoids. ELVENT Electric Ventilation EMR Effective Mooring Revision EMS Environmental Management System EMSA European Maritime Safety Authority ENC Electronic Navigational Chart End seizing A round seizing at the end of a rope. End-for-end Reversing the position of an object or line. Endurance Maximum time period (indicated in hours or days) that a vessel can operate unreplenished while performing its intended role. Engine control room Space adjacent to engine room from where engine room systems may be controlled and monitored.

Engine control room

Engine control room

Engine room Space where the main engines of a ship are located.

Engine room

Engine room

ENOA Electronic Notice of Arrival Ensign (1) The national flag. (2) A junior officer. Entrance The forward under-water portion of a vessel at and near the bow. EOS Engine Operating Station EPA Environmental Protection Agency EPA Estimated Position EPIRB Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon. EPIRB is a small hand-held battery-operated transmitter, actuated by water, for use in locating vessels in distress. EPIRBs are devices that trasmit a digital signal on the international distress signal frequency 406 MHz. Designed to work with satellites, EPIRBs are detectable by COSPAS-SARSAT satellites, which orbit the poles, and by the GEOSAR system which consists of GOES weather satellites and other geostationary satellites. There are two types of EPIRBs, Category I or Category II. Category I EPIRBs float-free and are automatically activated by immersion in water, and they are detectable by satellite anywhere in the world. Category II EPIRBs are similar to Category I, except in most cases they are manually activated, however some models can be automatically activated.

EPIRB

EPIRB

EPIRB Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacons Erection The process of hoisting into place and joining the various parts of a ship’s hull, machinery, etc. ESPH Evaluation of Safety and Pollution Hazards ETA Estimated Time of Arrival ETC Estimated Time of Completion ETD Estimated Time of Departure ETOPS Emergency Towing-off Pennant System ETS Environmental Tags System ETS Estimated Time of Sailing Even keel When a boat redes on an even keel, its plane of flotation is either coincident or parallel to the designed water line. EVTMS Enhanced Vessel Traffic Management System EXCOM Executive Committee Expansion joint A term applied to a joint which permits linear movement to take up the expansion and contraction due to changes in temperature. Expansion trunk A raised enclosure around an opening in the top of a liquid cargo tank which allows for heat expansion of the cargo. Expansion trunks Trunkways extending a short way into oil tanker compartments from the hatches. When the compartment is filled, the trunk is partly filled, and thus cuts down the free surface of the cargo, improving stability. Free space at the top is left for any expansion of the oil. EXW Ex Works Eye The forward end of the spacs below the upper decks of a ship which lies next abaft the stem, where the sides approach very near to each other. The hawse pipes are usually run down through the eyes of a ship. Eye bolt A bolt having either a head looped to form a worked eye, or a solid head with a hole drilled through it forming a shackle eye. Its use is similar to that of a pad eye. Eye plate Fitting used for mooring arrangements.

Eye plate

Eye plate

Fabricate To shape, assemble and secure in place the component parts in order to form a complete job. Face plate A narrow stiffening plate welded alone the edge of any web frame or stiffener. Factory ship High endurance vessels designed for processing and packing whale or fish resources off-loaded by smaller whaling or fishing vessels. Fair To fair a line means to even out curves, sheer lines, deck lines etc., in drawing and mold loft work. Fairing or Fairing up Correcting or fairing up a ship’s lines or structural members; assembling the parts of ship so that they will be fair, that is, without kinks, bumps, or waves. Fairlead A device consisting of pulleys or rollers arranged to permit the reeling in of a cable from any direction; often used in conjunction with winches and similar apparatus.

Fairlead

Fairlead

Fairwater Plating fitted, in the shape of a frustrum of a cone, around the ends of shaft tubes and struts to prevent an abrupt change in the stream lines. Also any casting or plate fitted to the hull for the purpose of preserving a smooth flow of water. Fake A single turn of rope when a rope is coiled down. Fake down To fake line back and forth on deck. FAL Facilitation Committee Fall Commonly the antire length of rope used in a tackle, though strictly it means only the end to which the power is applied. Fantail The overhanging stern section of a vessel, from the stern post aft. FAS Free Alongside Ship. Seller delivers goods to appropriate dock or terminal at port of embarkation and buyer covers costs and risks of loading. Fathom Six feet. A sea-going measure of length. Fay To unite closely two planks or plates, so as to bring the surfaces into nitimate contact. Faying surface The contact surface between two adjoining parts. FD Free of Dispatch FDD Freight Demurrage Deadfreight FDIS Free Discharge Feeder service Transport service whereby loaded or empty containers in a regional are transferred to a “mother ship” for a long-haul ocean voyage. Felloes Pieces of wood which from the rim of a wheel. Fend off  To push off when making a landing. Fender This term is applied to various devices fastened to or hung over the sides of a vessel for the purpose of preventing rubbing or chafting. On small craft, such as tug boats, it consists of a timber or steel structure running fore and aft along the outside of the vessel above the water line. On the wearing surface. a strip of iron bark or a piece of flat bar iron is attached.

Fender

Fender

Ferry Vessel used to convey passengers and/or vehicles on a regular schedule between 2 or more points. FEU Forty foot container equivalency unit Standard 40′ Container FHEX Fridays/Holidays Excluded FHINC Fridays/Holidays Included Fid A tapered wooden pin used to separate the strands when splicing heavy rope. Fidley Framework built around a deck hatch ladder, leading below. Fidley deck A partially raised deck over the engine and boiler rooms, usually around the smokestack. Field day A day for general ship cleaning. Figurehead The bust, often of a woman, on the bow of a vessel, just under the bowscript. Fillet The rounded edge of a rolled steel angle or bar. FILO Free In/Liner Out. Seafreight with which the shipper pays load costs and the carrier pays for discharge costs. Fin A projecting keel. FIO Free In/Out. Freight booked FIO includes the sea freight, but no loading/discharging costs, i.e. the charterer pays for cost of loading and discharging cargo. FIOS Free In/Out Stowed. As per FIO, but includes stowage costs. FIOSLSD Free In/Out Stowed, Lashed, Secured and Dunnaged. As per FIO, but includes cost of lashing securing and dunnaging cargo to Masters satisfaction. FIOST Free In/Out and Trimmed. Charterer pays for cost of loading/discharging cargo, including stowage and trimming. FIOT Free In/Out and Trimmed. As per FIOS but includes trimming the leveling of bulk cargoes Fish plate A triangular-shaped steel plate used to strengthen the connection between the towing bridle and the towing hawser.

Fish plate

Fish plate

FIT Free In Trimmed FIW Free In Wagon Fixed costs Costs that do not vary with the level of activity. Some fixed costs continue even if no cargo is carried; for example, terminal bases, rent, and property taxes. FIXING Chartering a Vessel Flag State The nation in which a vessel is registered and which holds legal jurisdiction as regards operation of the vessel, at home or abroad. Flagstaff Flag pole, usually at the stern of a ship, carries the ensign. Flame screen A corrosion-resistant fine wire mesh screen used to cover certain openings on tank vessels to prevent the passage of flame into the tank. Flange The turned edge of a shape or girder, which acts to resist bending strain. Flare Outward curvature or widening of the hull above the waterline present in the bow section (of a conventional bow) to avoid shipping water. Flare The spreading out from the central vertical plane of the body of a ship with increasing rapidity as the section rises from the waterline to the rail. Flared bow A bow with an extreme flare at the upper and forcastle deck. Flat A small partial deck, built level, without curvature. Flemish down To coil flat down on deck, each fake outside the other, beginning in the middle and all close together. Floating drydock A U-shaped dock with double skins which is filled by opening up the sillcocks, and allowed to settle sothe middle section will be lower than the keel of the ship so that repairs can be made on her hull. Floodable length The length of the hull, at any point, that can fl ood without immersing the margin line. Important in studying the safety of ships. Floor Vertical transverse full-breadth plating between inner bottom and bottom shell plating. Floor plan A horizontal section, showing the ship as divided at a water or deck line. Floors Vertical flat plates running transverse of the vessel, connecting the vertical keel with the margin plates or the frames to which the tank top and bottom shell is fast-ened. Flotsam The parts of a wrecked ship and goods lost in shipwreck, both found floating. FLT Full Liner Terms Shipowner pays to load and discharge the cargo Fluke The palm of an anchor. The broad holding portion which penetrates the ground. Flush deck A deck running from stem without being broken by forecastle or poop. Flush deck hatch Hatch in a deck with no coaming. Flush deck ship Vessel having an upper deck extend continuously from bow to stern. Flux A substance such us as borax, used in welding to help in the melting of the metal. Flux also serves to stabilize the electric arc, steady the flow of the filler metal into the weld and protect the weld from oxidation. FMC Federal Maritime Commission US government agency FMS Fathoms 6 feet FO (IFO) Fuel Oil/Intermediate FO FOB Free on Board. Seller sees the goods “over the ship’s rail” on to the ship which is arranged and paid for by the buyer Fo’c’sle A modem version of the old term “forecastle,” or bow section of the ship, where the crew lived. Fodley hatch Hatch around smokestack and uptake. FOFFER Firm Offer FOG For Our Guidance Fog horn A sound signal device (not necessarily mechanically operated). Fog-bound Said of a vessel when forced to heave to or lie at anchor due to fog. FOQ Free On Quay FOR Free On Rail Force majeure The tittle of a common clause in contracts, exempting the parties from nonfulfillment of their obligations as a result of conditions beyond their control, such as earthquakes, floods, or war. FORCE MAJEURE Clause limiting responsibilities of the charterers, shippers and receivers due to events beyond their control. Fore and aft Parallel to the ship’s centerline. Fore peak The narrow extremity of a vessel’s bow. Also the hold space within it. Fore peak tank Tank (often for ballast/trimming) forward of the collision bulkhead.

Fore peak tank

Fore peak tank

Fore peak tank

Fore peak tank

Fore rake The forward part of the bow which overhangs the keel. Fore, forward Toward the stem. Between the stem and amidships. Forebody That part of a hull forward of amidships. Forecastle Raised and enclosed forward superstructure section of the hull.

Forecastle

Forecastle

Forecastle A short structure at the forward end of a vessel formed by carrying up the ship’s shell plating a deck height above the level of her uppermost complete deck and fitting a deck over the length of this structure. Forecastle deck A deck over the main deck at the bow. Foredeck Foremost section of exposed main deck. Forefoot The forward end of a vessel’s stem which is stepped on the keel. Forehook Or breast hook. Forepeak bulkhead The bulkhead nearest the stem, which forms the after boundary of the forepeak tank. When this bulkhead is extended from the bottom of the ship to the weather deck, it is also called the collision bulkhead. Forest product carrier Vessel designed for the transportation of processed timber with large hatchways simplifying stowage and transfer of cargo.

Forest product carrier

Forest product carrier

Forging A mass of metal worked to a special shape by hammering, bending, or pressing while hot. Fork beam A half beam to support a deck where hatchways occur. Formal safety assessment (FSA) A process for assessing the safety of a ship by studying the risks, their likelihood and consequences. Forty-foot equivalent unit (FEU) Unit of measurement equivalent to one forty-foot container. Two twenty foot containers (TEUs) equal on FEU. Forward Towards or at the fore end of a vessel. (Abbr. Fwd or For’d.) Forward perpendicular A line perpendicular to the keel line, and intersecting the forward side of the stem at the designed load water line. FOT Free On Truck Foul Jammed, not clear. Fouled hawse Said of the anchor chain when moored and the chain does not lead clear of another chain. Found To fit and bed firmly. Also, equipped. Founder To sink (out of control). FOW (1) First Open Water FOW (2) Free On Wharf FPD Fall Preventing Device FPSO Floating production, storage and offloading vessel.

FPSO

FPSO

Frame Vertical structural component supporting and/or stiffening hull side plating and maintaining the transverse form.

Frame

Frame

Frame head The section of a frame that rises above the deck line. Frame lines Lines of a vessel as laid out on the mold loft floor, showing the form and popsition of the grames. Also the line of intersection of shell with heel of frame. Frame spacing The fore-and-aft distances between frames, heel to heel. Frame station(s) Points at which transverse frames (or floors) are located, indicated on the baseline, numbered from zero at the aft perpendicular and terminating at or beyond the forward perpendicular. Stations abaft the aft perpendicular are numbered negatively. Frames The ribs of a ship. FRC Fast Rescue Craft FREE OUT Free of discharge costs to Owners Freeboard Vertical measurement from the vessel’s side amidships from the load waterline to the upperside of the freeboard deck.

Freeboard

Freeboard

Freeboard

Freeboard

Freeboard deck The uppermost complete deck exposed to weather and sea, which has permanent means of weathertight closing of all openings in the exposed part, and below which all openings in the vessel’s sides are fitted with permanent means of watertight closing. Freefall lifeboat Some ships have freefall lifeboats, stored on a downward sloping slipway, dropping into the water as holdback is released. Such lifeboats are considerably heavier to survive the impact with water. Freefall lifeboats are used for their capability to launch nearly instantly and high reliability, and since 2006 are required on bulk carriers that are in danger of sinking too rapidly for conventional lifeboats to be released. Tankers are required to carry fireproof lifeboats, tested to survive a flaming oil or petroleum product spill from the tanker. Fire protection of such boats is provided by insulation and sprinkler system, which has pipe system on top, through which water is pumped and sprayed to cool the surface. This system, while prone to engine failure, allows fireproof lifeboats to be built of fiberglass and not only metal. Freeing port A large opening in the bulwark on an exposed deck of a seagoing vessel which provides for the rapid draining of water from that deck.

Freeing port

Freeing port

Freeing ports Heles in the bulwark or rail, which allow deck wash to drain off into the sea. Some freeing ports have swing gates which allow water to drain off but which aytomatically close from sea water pressure. Freight, demurrage, and defence Class of insurance provided by a protection and indemnity (P&I) club that covers legal costs incurred by a shipowner in connection with claims arising from the operation of the ship. Freighter A ship designed to carry all types of general cargo, or “dry cargo.” FSE Free Surface Effect FSG Floating Systems Group FSI Flag State Implementation FSS Fire Safety Systems FSU Floating Storage Unit Funnel External fairing through which exhaust ducting is conducted.

Funnel

Funnel

Furrings Strips of timber or boards fastened to frames, joists, etc., in order to bring their faces to the required shape or level, for attachment of sheating, ceiling, flooring etc. FWAD Fresh Water Arrival Draft FWDD Fresh Water Departure Draft FYG For Your Guidance FYI For Your Information G.I. Anything of Government Issue. GA General Average Gadget A slang term applied to various fittings. Gage A standard of measure. Galley Kitchen compartment aboard a vessel. Galvanizing The process of coating one metal with another, ordinarily applied to the coating or iron or steel with zinc. The chief purpose of galvanizing is to prevent corrosion. Gang board Same as gang plank. Gang plank A board with cleats forming a bridge reaching from a gengway of a vessel to the wharf. Gangway The opening in the bulkwarks of a vessel through which persons come on board of disembark. Also a gang plank. Gantline A line rove through a single block secured aloft. Gantry High level structure supporting a traversing lifting appliance.

Gantry

Gantry

Garboard strake Strake (line) of shell plating immediately adjacent to the keel (centreline) plating. Garboard strake A strake which ends before reaching the stem or stern post. Such strakes are laid at or near the middle of the ship’s sides to lessen the spiling of the plating. Gas carrier Tanker designed for the transportation of liquefied gases.

Gas carrier

Gas carrier

Gas free The process of removing all hazardous gases and residues from the compartments of a vessel Gasket An elastic packing material used for making joints watertight. Gaskets Packing materials, by which air, water, oil, or steam tightness is secured in such places as on doors, hatches, steam cylinders, manhole covers, or in valves, between the flanges of pipes, etc. Such materials as rubber, canvas, asbestos, paper, sheet lead and copper, soft iron, and commercial products are extensively used. Gateway A point at which freight moving from one territory to another is interchanged between trasportation lines. Gather way To attain headway (to get going or pick up speed). Gauge A waterway marker which measures the level of the water in foot increments; also refers to the specific measure on the gauge. GBS Goal Based Standard Gear The general name for ropes, blocks and tackles, tools, etc. (things). General arrangement Highly detailed plan drawings of the general layout of a vessel.

General arrangement

General arrangement

GHG Green House Gas Gib A metal fitting that holds a member in place, or presses two members together. Gilguy (or gadget) A term used to designate an object for which the correct name has been forgotten. Gipsey (gypsey) A drum of a windlass for heaving in line. Girder (1) Longitudinal continuous member with a vertical web providing support of deck beams. (2) Longitudinal continuous vertical plating on the bottom of single- or double-bottomed vessels. Girth The distance measured on any frame line, from the intersection of the upper deck with the side, around the body of the vessel to corresponding point on the opposite side. The half gith is taken from the center line of the keel to the upper deck beam end. GISIS Global Integrated Shipping Information System Glass Term used by mariners for a barometer. Glory hole Steward’s quarters. GLS Gearless GMDSS Global Maritime Distress Safety System. The GMDSS is an internationally agreed-upon set of safety procedures, types of equipment, and communication protocols used to increase safety and make it easier to rescue distressed ships, boats and aircraft. GMDSS consists of several systems, some of which are new, but many of which have been in operation for many years. The system is intended to perform the following functions: alerting (including position determination of the unit in distress), search and rescue coordination, locating (homing), maritime safety information broadcasts, general communications, and bridge-to-bridge communications. Specific radio carriage requirements depend upon the ship’s area of operation, rather than its tonnage. The system also provides redundant means of distress alerting, and emergency sources of power.

GMDSS

GMDSS

GMPHOM Guide to Manufacturing & Purchasing Hoses for Offshore Moorings GN (or GR) Grain (capacity) GNCN Gencon a standard BIMCO charter party form GNSS Global Navigation Satellite Systems GO Gas Oil Go adrift Break loose. Golden Slippers Tan work shoes issued to U.S. Maritime Service trainees Gooseneck A return, or 180o bend, having one leg shorterthan the other. An iron swivel making up the fastening between a boom and a mast. It consists of a pintle and an eyebolt, or clamp. Gouge Atool with an half round cutting edge used to cut grooves. GPC General Purposes Committee Grapnel A small anchor with several arms used for dragging purposes. Grating A wooden lattice-work covering a hatch or the bottom boards of a boat; similarly designed gratings of metal are frequently found on shipboard. Grating An open iron lattice work used for covering hatchways and platforms. Graveyard watch The middle watch. Graving docks A dry dock. The vessel is floated in, and gates at the entrance closed when the tide is at ebb. The remaining water isthen pumped out, and the vessel’s bottom is graved, or cleaned. GRD Geared Green sea A large body of water taken aboard (ship a sea). Grids Metal protective bars of sea chests and propeller thrusters. Gripe The sharp forward end of the dished keel on which the stem is fixed. Grommet A reing of fiber usually soaked in red lead or some other packing material, and used under the heads of bolts and nuts to preserve tightness. Gross registered tonnage A formula-derived measure of the internal (enclosed) volume of a vessel less certain excluded spaces. (Stated in volumetric tons where 1 ton = 100 ft3 , 2.8317 m3.) (Abbr. grt.) Gross tons The volume measurement of the internal voids of a vessel wherein 100 cu. ft. equals one ton. Ground tackle A term used to cover all of the anchor gear. Grounding Running ashore (hitting the bottom). Groundways Large pieces of timber laid across the ways on which the keel blocks are placed. Also the large blocks and plans which support the cradle on which a ship is launched. Groupage The grouping together of several compatible consignments into a full container load. Also referred to as consolidation. GRP Glass Reinforced Plastic GRT Gross Registered Tonnage GSB Good Safe Berth GSP Good Safe Port GTEE Guarantee Gudgeon A metallic eye bolted to the stern post, on which the rubber is hung. Gunwale The upper edge of a vessel or boat’s side. Gunwale (gunnel) That part of a barge or boat where the main deck and the side meet. Gunwale bar A term applied to the bar connecting a stringer plate on a weather deck to the sheer strake. Gusset A steel plate used for reinforcing or bracing the junction of other steel members.

Gusset

Gusset

Gusset plate A tie plate, used for fastening posts, frames, beams, etc., to other objects. Gutter ledge A bar laid across a hatchway to support the hatches. Gutterway The sunken trough on the shelter deck outer edge which disposes of the water from the deck wash. Guys Wire or hemp rope or chains to support nooms, davits, ets., laterally. Guys are employed in pairs. Where a span is fitted between two booms, for example, one pair only is required for the two. GZ The distance from the centre of gravity to the line of action of the buoyancy force. It is a measure of a ship’s ability to resist heeling moments. HA Hatch HAEMHF Hose Ancillary Equipment & Managing Hoses in the Field Hail To address a vessel, to come from, as to hail from some port (call). Half deck A short deck below the main deck. Half model A modle of one side of a ship, on which the plate lines are drawn in. Half-breadth plan A plan or top view of half of a ship divided longitudinally. It shows the water lines, bow and buttock lines, and diagonal lines of construction. Half-mast The position of a flag when lowered halfway down. Halliards or halyards Ropes used for hoisting gaffs and sails, and signal flags. Hand A member of the ship’s company. Hand lead A lead of from 7 to 14 pounds used with the hand lead line for ascertaining the depth of water in entering or leaving a harbor. (Line marked to 20 fathoms.) Hand rail A steadying rail of a ladder (banister). Hand rope Same as “grab rope” (rope). Hand taut As tight as can be pulled by hand. Hand-over Term used in contracts, meaning the process of providing exclusive, unencumbered, peaceful, and vacant possession of and access to a concession area and the existing operational port infrastructure and also all rights, title and interest in all the movable assets and all the facilities by the government or the port authority on the hand over date for the conduct of terminal operations. Handybilly A watch tackle (small, handy block and tackle for general use). Handymax Dry bulk carrier of 35 – 50,000 tonnes deadweight, popular for full efficiency, flexibility and low draft (<12 m). Handysize A term applied to bulk carriers of 40 000–65 000 DWT. Hang from the yards Dangle a man from one of the yard arms, sometimes by the neck, if the man was to be killed, and sometimes by the toes, if he was merely to be tortured. A severe punishment used aboard sailing ships long ago. Today, a reprimand. Hard patch A plate riveted over another plate to cover a hole or break. Harpings The fore parts of the wales of a vessel which compass her bows and are fastened to the stem, thickened to withstand plunging. Hatch Opening in a deck providing access for cargo, personnel, stores, etc.

Hatch

Hatch

Hatch bars The bars by which the hatches are fastened down. Hatch coaming Raised rim of vertical plating around a hatchway to prevent entrance of water, the upper edge of which forms a sealing surface with the hatch-lid or cover.

Hatch coaming

Hatch coaming

Hatchway One of the large square openings in the deck of a ship through which freight is hoisted in or out, and access is had to the hold. There are four pieces in the frame of a hatchway. The fore-and-aft pieces are called coaming and those athwartship are called head ledges. The head ledges rest on the beams and the carlines extending between the beams. There may be forward, main and after hatcheays, according to the size and character of the vessel. Hawse The part of a ship’s bow in which are the hawse holes for the anchor chains. Hawse buckler An iron plate covering a hawse hole. Hawse hole A hole in the boow through which a cable or chain passes. It is a cast steel tube, having rounded projecting lipe both inside and out. Hawse pipe Steel pipe duct through which the anchor cable is led overboard.

Hawse pipe

Hawse pipe

Hawse plug or block A stopper used to prevent water from entering the hawse hole in heavy weather. Hawse-pipes A pipe lead-in for anchor chain through ship’s bow. Hawser A large circumference rope used for towing or mooring a vessel or for securing it at a dock.

Hawser

Hawser

Hawser

Hawser

Hawser-laid Left-handed rope of nine strands, in the form of three three-stranded, right-handed ropes. HCFC Hydro Chloro Fluoro Carbons HDWTS Half Dispatch Working Time Saved Head (1) The bow of a vessel. (2) Term given to toilet facilities usually in the smaller craft context. Head ledges See Hatchway Head of navigation The uppermost limit of navigation from the mouth of a waterway. Head room The height of the decks, below decks. Headlog The reinforced, vertical plate which connects the bow rake bottom to the rake deck of a barge or square-stemmed boat. Heart The inside center strand of rope. Heave The vertical movement of a ship, as a rigid body, in a seaway.

Heave

Heave

Heave around To revolve the drum of a capstan, winch or windlass. (Pulling with mechanical deck heaving gear). Heave away An order to haul away or to heave around a capstan (pull). Heave in To haul in. Heave short To heave in until the vessel is riding nearly over her anchor. Heave taut To haul in until the line has a strain upon it. Heave the lead The operation of taking a sounding with the hand lead (to find bottom). Heave to To bring vessel on a course on which she rides easily and hold her there by the use of the ship’s engines (holding a position). Heaving line A small line thrown to an approaching vessel, or a dock as a messenger. Heavy-lift vessel Vessel designed specifically for the loading/discharge and transportation of very heavy cargoes.

Heavy-lift vessel

Heavy-lift vessel

Heavy-lift vessel

Heavy-lift vessel

Heel Inclination of a vessel to one side. [Alt list.]

Heel

Heel

Heel

Heel

Height Vertical distance between any two decks, or vertical distance measured from the base line to any water line. Helm A term applied to the tiller, wheel, or steering gear, and also the rubber. Helm port The hole in the counter of a vessel through which the rubber stock passes. Hemp Rope made of the fibers of the hemp plant and used for small stuff or less than 24 thread (1.75 inch circumference). (Rope is measured by circumference, wire by diameter.) HGWG Mercury Working Group High, wide and handsome Sailing ship with a favorable wind, sailing dry and easily. A person riding the crest of good fortune Hip towing (hipping) A method of towing whereby the vessel being towed is secured along-side the towboat

hip-towing-hipping

hip-towing-hipping

HMS Heavy Metal Scrap HNS Hazardous and Noxious Substances HO Hold Hog A scrub-broom for scraping a ship’s bottom under water. Hog frame A fore-and-aft frame, forming a truss for the main frames of a vessel, to prevent bending. Hog sheer The curve of the deck on a vessel constructed so that the middle is higher than the ends. Hogged A ship that is damaged or strained so that the bottom curves upward in the middle opposite of sagged. Hogging A ship is said to hog when the hull is bent concave downwards by the forces acting on it. Hogging is the opposite of sagging.

Hogging

Hogging

Hoist away An order to haul up. Hold That part of a ship where cargo or supplies are carried. Hold beams The beams that support the lower deck in a cargo vessel. Hold fast A dog or brace to hold objects rigidly in place. Holiday An imperfection, spots left unfinished in cleaning or painting. Holy stone The soft sandstone block sailors use to scrub the deck, so-called, because seamen were on their knees to use it. Hood A covering for a companion hatch, scuttle or skylight. Hooding-end The endmost plate of a complete strake. The hooding-ends fit into the stem or stern post. Hopper barge Barge designed with a single hopper type hold for the transport of bulk cargo and where the cargo is discharged (dumped) through the bottom of the vessel.

hopper barge

hopper barge

Hopper barge

Hopper barge

Hopper tank Lower side ballast tank in a bulk carrier, shaped and positioned to create a hopper form to the cargo hold.

Hopper tank

Hopper tank

Horn cleat A fitting, usually with two horn-shaped ends, to which lines are made fast. The classic cleat is almost anvil-shaped.

Horn cleat

Horn cleat

Horn cleat

Horn cleat

Horning Setting the frames of a vessel square to the keel after the proper inclination to the vertical due to the declivity of the keel has been given. Horse latitudes The latitudes on the outer margins of the trades where the prevailing winds are light and variable. Horsepower A standard unit of power which is often classified in connection with engines as brake, continuous input, intermittent, output, or shaft horsepower. Horseshoe plate A small, light plate fitted on the counter around the rubber stock for the purpose of preventing water from backing up into the rudder trunk. Frequently it is made in two pieces. Hounding That portion of a mast between the deck and the hounds. Hounds The mast head projections which support the trestle trees and top. Also applied in vessels without trestle trees to that portion at which the hound band for attaching the shrouds is fitted. House To stow or secure in a safe place. A top-mast is housed by lowering it and securing it to a lowermast. House flag Distinguishing flag of a merchant marine company flown from the mainmast of merchant ships. Housing That portion of a mast below the surface of the upper deck. Hovercraft Vessel designed to ride on a cushion of air formed by downthrusting fans.

Hovercraft

Hovercraft

HP Horse Power HRU Hydrostatic Release Unit HSSC Harmonised System of Survey and Certification Hug To keep close. Hulk A worn out vessel. Hull The main body or primary part providing global strength, buoyancy and hydrodynamic qualities of a vessel.

Hull

Hull

Hull down Said of a vessel when, due to its distance on the horizon, only the masts are visible. Hull girder Combined hull structure contributing to the longitudinal global strength of a hull treated as analogous to a girder. Hurricane Force of wind over 65 knots. Hurricane deck Same as bridge. HW High Water HWP Hot Work Permit Hydrofoil High-speed craft with immersed foils for developing hydrodynamic lift at speed and a consequential reduction in resistance.

hydrofoil

hydrofoil

Hydrofoil

Hydrofoil

Hydrographic vessel Vessel designed for the survey of seabed topography, currents, etc., relevant to marine navigation. Hydroplane Rotatable lateral fin providing vertical directional control for submersible craft. Hydrostatic test A pressure test employing a static head of water applied to various compartments or components of a vessel. IAAP International Air Pollution Prevention IACS International Association of Clasification Societies IADC International Association of Drilling Contractors IAMSAR International Aeronautical and Maritime Search and Rescue Manual IAPH International Association of Ports and Harbors IATA International Air Transport Association IBC Intermediate Bulk Container I-Beam A structural shape with cross section resembling the letter I. IBTS Integrated Bilge Treatment System Ice breaker Vessel designed for transiting sea ice or for the purpose of creating a channel in polar or winter ice for the passage of other vessels.

Ice breaker

Ice breaker

Ice-bound Caught in the ice. ICS International Chamber of Shipping ICSW International Committee on Seafarers’ Welfare Idolphin A term applied to several piles that are bound together situated either at the corner of a pier or out in the stream and used for docking and warping vessels. IEA International Energy Agency IFO Intermediate Fuel Oil IFSMA International Federation of Shipmaster’s Association IHO International Hydro graphic Organization IIP International Ice Patrol ILG Industry Lifeboat Group IMB International Maritime Bureau IMDG International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code IMHA International Maritime Health Association IMO International Maritime Organisation IMOSAR IMO Search & Rescue manual IMPA International Marine Purchasing Association IMSBC International Maritime Solid Bulk Cargo Code Inboard Towards the center line of a ship (towards the center). Inboard profile A plan representing a longitudinal section through the center of the vessel, showing heights of decks, location of transverse bulkheads, assignment of various spaces and all machinery, etc., located on the center or betweenthe center and the shell on the port side. IND Indication Inducement Placing a port on a vessel’s itinerary because the volume of cargo offered by that port justifies the cost of routing the vessel. Inert Gas A gas such as carbon dioxide or nitrogen that is used to make an oxygen deficient atmosphere. Inerted  tanks are useful for preserving cargo integrity and reducing the explosive potential of cargo tanks. Inerted Implies that a tank is filled with an inert gas. INF Irradiated Nuclear Fuel Innage A measurement of liquid cargo in a tank. It is the distance from  the top of the cargo to the bottom of the tank. It is the opposite of ullage. Inner bottom The tank top. Inner Shell A plated surface or “shell” inside the outer shell plating, used as additional protection in case of collision or other accidents. The space between the inner and outer shells is often used as a storage space for liquid ballast or cargo. Inserted packing red lead Soaked canvas strip placed between connections that cannot be caulked successfully; stop waters. Integrated tow A tow of box-ended barges which, as a complete unit, is raked at the bow, boxed at the intermediate connections, and boxed or raked at the stern. Intercostals Plates which fit between floors to stiffen the double bottom of a ship. Intercostal comes from the Latin words inter, meaning between, and costa, meaning rib. Intermodal Movement of cargo containers interchangeably between trasport modes where the equipment is compatible within the multiple systems. INTERMODAL Carriage of a commodity by different modes of transport, i.e. sea, road, rail and air within a single journey. IOPC International Oil Pollution Compensation IPIECA International Petroleum Industry Environmental Conservation Association Irish pennant An untidy loose end of a rope (or rags). IRTC International Recommended Transit Corridor ISAN Indigenous Shipowners Association of Nigeria ISCC International Ship Security Certificate ISGOTT International Oil Tanker & Terminal Safety Code Isherwood system A method of framing a vessel which employs closely spaced longitudinals, with extra heavy floors spaced further apart. ISOA International Stability Operations Association ISPPC International Sewage Pollution Prevention Certificate ISTEC Intertanko Technical Committee ISWG Intersessional Working Group on Maritime Security ITC International Tonnage Certificate ITF International Transport Federation ITOPF International Tanker Owners Pollution Federation IU If Used IUATUTC If Used, Actual Time Used To Count IUHATUTC If Used, Half Actual Time Used To Count IWL Institute Warranty Limits Jack The flag similar to the union of the national flag. Jack ladder A ladder with wooden steps and side rops Jack Tar Sailors were once called by their first names only, and Jack was their generic name. Tar came from seamen’s custom of waterproofing clothing using tar. Jackstaff Flagpole at the bow of a ship. Jacob’s ladder A ladder of rope with rungs, used over the side. Jam To wedge tight. Jetsam Items that are thrown overboard from a vessel in distress. Discarded cargo that washes ashore. Jettison To throw goods overboard. Jetty A landing wharf or pier; a dike at a river s mouth. Jews harp The ring bolted to the upper end of the shank of an anchor and to which the bending shackle secures. Jib The arm or boom of a crane providing the reach (working radius).

Jib

Jib

Joggle The lap a joint by keeping one edge straight and bending the other, in order to leave both surface even on one side. Jolly Roger A pirate’s flag carrying the skull and cross-bones. Journal That portion of a shaft or other revolving member shich transmits weight directly to end is in immediate contact with the bearing in which it turns. Jumbo derrick A derrick designed with a very high lifting capacity, often installed on heavy-lift vessels. Jumboising The conversion of a vessel to increase displacement by means of a mid-length transverse cut and the installation of a new section. Jump ship To leave a ship without authority (deserting). Jury A term applied to temporary structures, such as masts, rubbers, etc., used in an emergency. Jury rig Makeshift rig (emergency rig). Keel The lowest structural member of a ship or boat which runs the length of the vessel at the centerline and to which the frames are attached. Keel (plate) Lowest longitudinal strake of plating along the bottom centreline of the hull.

Keel (plate)

Keel (plate)

Keel block(s) Support block(s) located beneath the keel strake which are employed during dry-docking of a vessel. Keel blocks Blocks on which the keel of a vessel rests when being built, or when she is in a drydock. Keel bracket A bracket, usually a triangular plate, connecting the vertical keel and flat keel plates, between the frames or floors of a ship. Keel docking In dry docking, the weight of a ship is carried almost entirely on the keelson provide the means of distributing the pressure on the center line and docking keels composed of doubling strips of plate or built-up girders are sometimes fitted on the bottom at a distance from the center line corresponding to the best position for the bilge block. The docking keels are fitted in a fore-and-sft direction, generally parallel or nearly so to the keel. Keel line An imaginary line describing the lowest portion of a vessel’s hull. Keel rider A plate running along the top of the floors and connecting to the vertical keel. Keel-haul To tie a rope about a man and, after passing the rope under the ship and bringing it up on deck on the opposite side, haul away, dragging the man down and around the keel of the vessel. As the bottom of the ship was always covered with sharp barnacles, this was a severe punishment used aboard sailing ships long ago. Today, a reprimand. Keelson Longitudinal vertical member above the keel to which frames are attached. (Wooden construction.) Keep a sharp look-out A look-out is stationed in a position to watch for danger ahead. To be on guard against sudden opposition or danger. Kenter shackle A detachable shackle which is used to join two forged anchor chain links together.

Kenter shackle

Kenter shackle

Kentledge Pig iron used either as temporary weight for inclining a vessel or as permanent ballast. Kerf In joiner work, a slit or cut made by a saw. Kerfs are made where timber joints require adjusting. Also applied to the channel burned out by a cutting torch. Kevel (caval) A heavy, metal deck fitting having two horn-shaped arms projecting outward around which lines may be made fast for towing or mooring of a vessel hull.

kevel

kevel

King posts The main center pillar posts of the ship. May be used as synonym for samson post. King-spoke The upper spoke of a steering wheel when the rudder is amidships, usually marked in some fashion (top spoke of neutral steering wheel). Kink A twist in a rope. Knee Outdated term for a bracket connecting a deck beam and side frame. Knock off To stop, especially to stop work. Knocked down The situation of a vessel when listed over by the wind to such an extent that she does not recover. Knot One nautical mile per hour (1.852 km/h, 0.5144 m/s). Knot (rope) A twisting, turning, tying, knitting, or entangling of ropes or parts of a rope so as to join two ropes together or make a finished end on a rope, for certain purpose. Knuckle Abrupt change in direction of hull surface or structure. Knuckle line A line on the stern of a ship, on the cant frames, which divides the upper and lower parts of the stern.! Knuckle plate A plate bent to form a knuckle. Kort nozzles A steel tube that surrounds a propeller, directing the water and improving efficiency.Kort nozzles are engineered to improve the flow around the propellers. They are similar in some ways to an airplane propeller. KPI Key Performance Indicator Labor A vessel is said to labor when she works heavily in a seaway (pounding, panting, hogging and sagging). Ladder A metal, wooden or rope stairway. Lame duck Term for disabled vessel that had to fall out of a convoy and thus became easy prey for submarines. Landing The spaced distance from the edge of a bar or plate to the center of the rivet holes. Landing craft Flat-bottomed shallow-draft vessel designed to beach, with a bow and/or stern ramp for the transfer of cargo/payload. Landing edge Opposite of sight edge, which see. Landing ship dock Large naval vessel capable of carrying small landing craft and amphibious vehicles, despatched via a floodable stern dock within the hull. Landing strake The second strake from the gunwale. Landlubber The seaman’s term for one who does not go to sea. LANE METER A method of measuring the space capacity of Ro/Ro ships whereby each unit of space (Linear Meter) is represented by an area of deck 1.0 meter in length x 2.0 meters in width. Lanyard A rope made fast to an article for securing it (knife lanyard, bucket lanyard, etc.), or for setting up rigging. Lap A term applied to the distance that one pieces is laid over the other in making a lap joint. Lapstrake Applied to boats built on the clinker system, in which the starkes overlap each other. The top strake always laps on the outside of the strake underneath. LASH Abbreviaton for “lighter aboard ship”. A specially constructed vessel equipped with an overhead traveling gantry crane for lifting specially designed barges out of water and stowing them into the cellular holds of the vessel as well. LASH (1) To hold goods in position by use of Ropes, Wires, Chains or Straps etc. LASH (2) Lighter Aboard Ship a vessel that loads small barges direct from the water Lashing A passing and repassing of a rope so as to confine or fasten together two or more objects; usuafly in the form of a bunch. LAT Latitude Launch To place in the water. Lay aloft The order to go aloft (go up above). Laying out Placing the necessary instructions on plates, shapes, etc., for planing, shearing, punching, bending, flanging, beveling, rolling, etc., from the templates made in the mold loft or taken from the ship. Lazaretto A low headroom space below decks used for provisions or spare parts, or miscellaneous storage. Lazy guy A light rope or trackle by which a boom is prevented from swinging around. LDL Limiting Danger Line Lee shore The land to the leeward of the vessel (wind blows from the ship to the land). Leeward The direction away from the wind. LEG Legal Committee Length between perpendiculars The length of a ship measures from the forward side of stem to the aft side of the stern post at the height of the designed water line. Length over all The length of a ship measured from the foremost point of the stem to the aftermost part of the stern. Liberty Permission to be absent from the ship for a short period (authorized absence). Lifeboat Rigid-hulled survival craft deployed from a parent vessel.

Lifeboat

Lifeboat

Life-line A line secured along the deck to lay hold of in heavy weather; a line thrown on board a wreck by life-saving crew; a knotted line secured to the span between life-boat davits for the use of the crew when hoisting and lowering. Lift a template Is to construct a template to the same size and shape as the part of the ship involved. To lay aot a template is to transfer the size and shape into the material and work it into the fabricated object. Lifting Transferring marks and measurements from a drwing, model, etc., to a plate or other object, by templates or other means. Lifting gear The lifting equipment (i.e., cranes) for loading and discharging operations. Light load line The water line when the ship rides empty. Light, fixed A thick glass, usually circular in shape, fitted in a frame fixed in an opening in a ship’s side, deck house, or bulkhead to provide access for light. The fixed light is not hinged. Lightening hole Large hole cut in a structural member to reduce its weight.

Lightening hole

Lightening hole

Lighter A full-bodied, heavily built craft, usually not self-propelled, used in bringingmarchandise or cargo alongside or in transferring same from a vessel. Lightship The vessel condition without any form of deadweight aboard (incl.fuel and ballast). Limber chains Chains passing through the limber holes of a vessel, by which they may be cleared of dirt. Limber hole Small hole or slot cut in a structural member to permit the drainage of liquid. Limber holes Holes in the bottoms of floors throught which bilge water runs through tank sections to a seepage basin, where it is then pumped out. The row of holes constitutes the limber passage. Limber strake The strake on the inner skin of a vessel which is nearest to the keel. Line A general term for light rope. Line haul The movement of freight over the tracks of a transportation line from one location (port or city) to another. Liner Vessel (over 1000 grt) operating on a regular route between ports according to a particular schedule. Lines The ropes or cables used on a vessel for towing, mooring, or lashing. Lines plan Plans indicating the hull form via the inclusion of waterlines, buttock lines and section lines shown on profile, plan and end views.

Lines plan

Lines plan

List To learn to one side. LL Load Line LMAA London Maritime Arbitrators Association LNG Liquefied Natural Gas LNG carrier Vessel designed to transport natural gas in liquefied form.

LNG carrier

LNG carrier

LOA Length Overall of the vessel Load eater line The water line when the ship is loaded. Load line markings Markings on the ship’s side defi ning the minimum freeboard allowable in different ocean areas and different seasons of the year. Also known as Plimsol mark.

Load line markings

Load line markings

Locker A storage compartment in a ship. Loftsman A man who lays out the ship’s lines in the mold loft and makes the molds or templates therefrom. Log book A continuous operating record of a ship kept by one of its officers. In it are recorded daily all important events occurring on board, also the condition of the weather, the ship’s position and other data. Loll A ship which is slightly unstable in the vertical position will heel until the GZ curve becomes zero. It is said to loll and the angle it takes up is the angle of loll. Lo-lo (lift on-lift-off) Cargo handling method by which vessels are loaded or unloaded by either ship or shore cranes. Longitudinal A line in the fore and aft direction parallel to the centreline. Also refers to a longitudinal stiffener running parallel (or nearly parallel) to the centreline. Longitudinal bulkhead A partition wall of planking or plating running in a fore-and-aft direction. Oil tankers are required to have at least one fore-and-aft bulkhead in the cargo oil space. Fore-and-aft bulkheads are very common on warships. Longitudinal centre of buoyancy (LCB) The fore and aft location of the centre of buoyancy.

Longitudinal centre of buoyancy (LCB)

Longitudinal centre of buoyancy (LCB)

Longitudinal centre of gravity (LCG) The fore and aft location of the centre of gravity. Longitudinal stability The stability of a ship for rotation (trim) about a transverse axis. Longshoreman A laborer who works at loading and discharging cargo. Lookout The man stationed aloft or in the bows for observing and reporting objects seen. Loom The part of an oar between the blade and handle. The reflection of a light below the horizon due to certain atmospheric conditions. Loose To unfurl. LOP Lines of Position Louver A small opening to permit the passage of air for the purpose or ventilation, which may by partially or completely closedby the operation of overlapping shutters. LOW Last Open Water LPG Liquefied Petroleum Gas

LPG carrier

LPG carrier

LPG carrier Vessel designed to transport petroleum gas in a form of butane or propane. LRIT Long Range Identification & Tracking of Ships LS (or LUMPS) Lumpsum LSA Life Saving Appliances LSD Lashed Secured Dunnaged LT Liner Terms LTI Lost Time Injury LTIF Loss Time Injury Frequency Lubber line The black line parallel with ship’s keel marked on the inner surface of the bowl of a compass, indicating the compass direction of the ship’s head. Lug pad A projection on deck with hole for fastening a block for a lead. Lurch The sudden heave of the ship. LW Low Water LWC Lost Workday Case LYCN Laycan (Layday Canceling Date) Lyle gun A gun used in the life-saving services to throw a life line to a ship in distress or from ship to shore and used when a boat cannot be launched. M/V Motor Vessel Machinery Term covering main engines, auxiliary engine room machinery(e.g.,pumps, compressors, etc.,) in addition to other installed plant (e.g., hydraulics, air-conditioning plant, lift machinery, etc.,) and deck machinery (e.g., mooring winches, windlasses, etc.). Madeye A steel fitting formed by a flat doubler plate and vertical steel member containing a circular opening. Magazine Internal space dedicated to the storage of munitions (shells, surface-to-air missiles, etc.) in a naval vessel. MAIB Marine Accident Investigation Branch Main beam The main longitudinal beam on a ship, running down the center line and supports as a rule by king posts. Sometimes there are two main beams, on each side of the center line. Main body The hull exclusive of all deck erections spars, streaks, etc., the naked hull. Main breadth  line The greatest width of a ship amidships. If a ship’s sides tumble home, the main breesth line will be considerably below the bulwarks. Main deck The main continuous deck or principal deck of a vessel Main mast The principal mast of a vessel.

Main mast

Main mast

Make colors Hoisting the ensign at 8 a.m. and down at sunset. Make the course good Steering; keeping the ship on the course given (no lazy steering). Make the land Landfall. To reach shore. Make water To leak; take in water. Malacca-max Maximum size of container and bulk vessels (in terms of draught) that can cross the Malacca Straits. The Malacca-max reference is believed to be today the absolute maximum possible size for future container vessels (approximately 18,000 TEU). Man ropes Ropes hung and used for assistance in ascending and descending. Manger The perforated. Elevated bottom of the chain locker which prevents the chains from touching the main locker bottom, and allows see page water to flow to the drains. Manhole A hole in a tank, boiler or compartment on a ship, designed to allow the entraned of a man for examination, cleaning and repairs.

Manhole

Manhole

Manhole A framed opening in the deck of a vessel which primarily provides access for a man. Manhole cover A cover which seals a manhole and is usually designed to lock in place by twisting or using a centerbolt, studbolts, or dogs.

Manhole cover

Manhole cover

Manifold A casting or chest containing several valves. Suction or discharge pipes from or to the various compartments, tanks, and pumps are led to it, making it possible for several pumps to draw from or deliver to a given place through one pipe line. Manila Rope made from the fibers of the abaca plant. Margin plate A longitudinal plate whick closes off the ends of the floors along the widship section Marlinspike Pointed iron implement used in separating the strands of rope in splicing, marling, etc. Maroon To put a person ashore with no means of returning. Marry To join two ropes ends so that the joint will run through a block, also to place two ropes alongside each other so that both may be hauled on at the same time. Mast A spar or hollow steel pipe tapering smaller at the top, placed on the center line of the ship with a slight after rake. Masts support the yards and gaffs. On cargo vessels they support cargo booms. Mast hole A hole in the deck ti receive a mast. The diameter of the hole is larger than the mast for the purpose of receiving two rows of founded wedges to hole the mast in place. Mast step The frame on the keelson of boat (does not apply on ships) to which the heel of a mast is fitted. Mast table A structure built up around a mast as a support for the cargo boom pivots. Master A term for the captain, a holdover from the days when the captain was literally, and legally, the “master” of the ship and crew. His word was law. Masthead The top part of the mast. Masthead light The white running light carried by steam vessel underway on the foremast or in the forepart of the vessel. Mats Slabs, usually constructed of timbers, which are placed on the deck of a vessel for the purpose of supporting and distributing the weight of heavy loads. back Mats Slabs, usually constructed of timbers, which are placed on the deck of a vessel for the purpose of supporting and distributing the weight of heavy loads. MB Merchant Broker MBL Minimum Breaking Load MBM Multi-Buoy Moorings MCA Maritime Coastguard Agency (United Kingdom) MDO (DO) Marine Diesel Oil MEPC Maritime Environment Pollution Comittee MERSAR Merchant Ship Search & Rescue Manual Mess gear Equipment used for serving meals. Messenger A light line used for hauling over a heavier rope or cable. Messman A member of the steward’s department who served meals to officers and crew. Messroom A space or compartment where members of the crew eat their meals, a dining room in which officers eat their neals is called a wardroom messroom. Metacentre The intersection of successive vertical lines through the centre of buoyancy as a ship is heeled progressively. For small inclinations the metacentre is on the centreline of the ship.

Metacentre

Metacentre

Metacentric diagram A plot showing how the metacentre and centre of buoyancy change as draught increases.

Metacentric diagram

Metacentric diagram

Metacentric height (GM) The vertical separation of the metacentre and the centre of gravity as projected on to a transverse plane.

Metacentric height (GM)

Metacentric height (GM)

Mezzamine financing A mix of financing instruments, including equity, subordinated debt, completion guarantees, and bridge financing, the balance of which changes as the risk profile of a project changes (that is, as a project moves beyond construction into operation). MFAG Medical First Aid Guide Middle body That part of a ship adjacent to the midship section. When it has a uniform cross section throughout its length, with its water lines parellel to the center line, it is called the parellel middle body. Midship The middle of the vessel. Midship area coefficient (CM) One of the coefficients of fineness. It is the ratio of the underwater area of the midship section to that of the circumscribing rectangle.

Midship area coefficient (CM)

Midship area coefficient (CM)

Midship beam The longest beam transverse or longitudinal of the midship of a vessel. Midship frame The frame at midship, which is the largest on the vessel. Midship section Fully dimensioned sectional drawing of both hull and superstructure principal structural members at the midships station. MIN/MAX Minimum/Maximum (cargo quantity) MIO Marine Information Object MMSI Maritime Mobile Service Identity MNLO Merchant Navy Liaison Officer MOB Man Overboard MOC Management Of Change MODU Mobile Offshore Drilling Unit MOLCHOPT More or Less Charterers Option Mold A pattern or template. Also a shape of metal or wood over or in which an object may be hammered or pressed to fit. Mold loft The large enclosed floor wher the lines of a vessel are laid out and the molds or templates made. Molded breadth The greatest breadth of a vessel, measured from the heel of frame onone side to heel of frame on the other side. Molded depth The extreme height of a vessel amidships, from the top of the keel to the top of the upper deck beam.

Molded depth

Molded depth

Molded depth The distance from the top of the keel to the top of the upper deck beams amidships at the gunwale. Molded line A datum line from which is determined the exact location of the various parts of a ship. It may be horizontal and straight as the molded base line, or curved as a molded deck line or a molded frame line. These lines are determined in the design of a vessel and adhered to throughtout the construction. Molded lines are those laid down in the mold loft. Molding edge The edge of a ship’s frame which comes in contact with the skin , and is represented in the drawings. Mole A breakwater used as a landing pier. MOLOO More or Less Owners Option Monkey fist A knot worked into the end of a heaving line (for weight). Monkey island A flying bridge on top of a pilothouse or chart house. Monkey tail A curved bar fitted ti the upper, after end of a rubber, and used as an attachment for the rubber pendants. Mooring Securing to a dock or to a buoy, or anchoring with two anchors. Mooring line Cable or hawse lines used to tie up a ship. Mooring pipe An opening through which hawse lines pass. Mortise A hole cut in any material to receive the end or return of anoter piece. Mother Carey’s chickens Small birds that foretell bad weather and bad luck. Moulded breadth Greatest breadth of a hull measured between inner surfaces of the side shell plating.

Moulded breadth

Moulded breadth

Mousing Small stuff seized across a hook to prevent it from unshipping (once hooked, mousing keeps the hook on). MSC Maritime Safety Committee MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet MSI Maritime Safety Information MSL Maximum Securing Load MSL Mean Sea Level MT Metric Ton (i.e. 1,000 kilos / 2204.6lbs) MTC Medical Treatment Case MTOTS Marine Terminal Operators Training System MTSC Marine Technical Sub-Committee Mud scow A large, flat bottomed boat used to carry the mud from a dredge. Mullion The vertical bar dividing the lights in a window. Mushroom anchor An anchor without stock and shaped like a mushroom. NAABSA Not Always Afloat But Safely Aground Nantucket sleigh ride A term for what frequently happened to Nantucket whalers when they left the whaling ship in a small boat to go after a whale. If they harpooned the whale without mortally wounding it, the animal took off with the whaleboat in tow. NARSUC Navigation and Routeing Sub-Committee Nautical mile Unit of distance used in marine navigation. (International nautical mile = 1.852 km. 6076.12 ft, 1.1508 land miles.) The international nautical mile is equivalent to the average linear distance over 1 minute of latitude arc at 45° latitude at sea level. NCB National Cargo Bureau NCEC National Chemical Emergency Centre NCMM Norwegian Centre for Maritime Medicine NDA Non Discharge Area Neobulk cargo Non-, or economically not feasible, containerizable cargo such as timber, steel, and vehicles. Neptune The mythical god of the sea. NESTING Implies that cargo is presented stacked in the contour of similarly shaped cargo, it may be likened to a stack of plates. Net registered tonnage A formula-derived measure of the internal (enclosed) volume in a vessel except spaces for machinery, navigation and accommodation. Net tonnage is always less than the gross tonnage. Net tonnage The cubical space available for carrying cargo and passengers. Netting A rope network. NIS Non Indigenous Species NLS Noxious Liquid Substances NON-REVERSIBLE (Detention). If loading completed sooner than expected, then saved days will not be added to discharge time allowed. Nonvessel operating common carrier (NVOCC) A cargo consolidator in ocean trades who buys space from a carrier and resells it to smaller shippers. The NVOCC issues bills of lading, publishes tariffs, and otherwise conducts itself as an ocean common carrier, except that it does not provide the actual ocean or intermodal service. Non-watertight door A term applied to a door that is not constructed to prevent water under pressure from passing through. NOR Notice of Readiness Not under command Said of a vessel when unable to maneuver. Not under control Same as not under command. NPDES National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System NPRM Notice of Proposed Rule Making NRT Net Registered Tonnage NTVRP Non Tank Vessel Response Plan NUC Not Under Command NYPE New York Produce Exchange Oakum Material used for caulking the seams of vessels and made from the loose fibers of old hemp rope. OBO (Oil-bulk ore (carrier)) Vessel designed for the transportation of oil and/or bulk ores. OBQ On Board Quantity OBS Observation OCIMF Oil Company International Marine Forum OCM Oil Content Monitor ODMCS Oil Discharge Monitoring & Control Systems ODME Oil Discharge Monitoring Equipment ODS Ozone Depleting Substances OEL Occupational Exposure Limit OFAC Office of Foreign Assets Control Off and on Standing toward the land and off again alternately. Officer of the watch The officer in charge of the watch. Offsets Are given in feet, inches and eights of an inch. They are taken from large body plans and given the horizontal distance from the center line to the molded frame line on each of the water lines, which are usually spaced 2′-0” apart. Offsets also give the height of each buttock above the baseline at each frame< the heights of decks from the base line, the location of longitudinals and stringers by half breadths and heights, or heights above the base line intersecting the molded frame lines, and all dimensions such that the entire molded form of a ship and the location of all membersof the structure are definitely fixed.

offsets

offsets

Offsets Dimensional co-ordinates of a hull form, (referenced to the moulded baseline, centreline and transom or AP) usually presented in tabular format. OFG Offshore Floating Group Ogee A molding with a concave and convex outline like an S. OHG Offshore Hose Guidelines OIC Officer in Charge Oil bag A bag filled with oil and triced over the side for making a slick in a rough sea (to keep seas from breaking). Oil tanker Vessel designed for the transportation of liquid hydrocarbons in bulk.

Oil tanker

Oil tanker

Oilskin Waterproof clothing. Oiltight Having the property of resisting the passage of oil. Oiltight bulkhead A partition of plating reinforced where necessary with stiffering bars and capable of preventing the flow of oil under pressure from one compartment to another. The riveting must be closer spaced than in watertight work and special care must be taken with the calking. Old man A piece of heavy bar iron bent to the form of a Z. One leg of the Z is bolted to the material that is to be drilled, and the drill top placed under the other leg and adjusted so the “old man” holds the drill against the material. OMC Offshore Marine Committee OMOG Offshore Maritime Operations Group On board On or in a ship. On deck On the upper deck, in the open air. On report In trouble. On soundings Said of a vessel when the depth of water can be measured by the lead (within the 100 fathom curve). ONI Office of Naval Initiative OO Owners Option OPA Oil Pollution Act OPRC Oil Pollution Preparedness, Response and Cooperation Ordinary seaman The beginning grade for members of the deck department. The next step is able bodied seaman. Orlop deck The lowest deck in a ship. ORS Open Reporting System OSH Open Shelter Deck OTF Offshore Terminal Forum Out of trim Not properly trimmed or ballasted (not on even keel; listing). Outboard In a direction towards the side of the ship. Outboard Away from the keel or center of a vessel on either side. Outboard profile A plan representing the longitudinal exterior of a vessel, showing the starboard side of the shell, all deck erections, masts, yards, rigging, rails, etc. Over-all The extreme deck fore and aft measurement of a vessel. Overboard Outside, over the side of a ship into the water. Overcarriage The carriage of cargo beyond the port for which it was intended. Overhang Same as counter Overhaul Get gear in condition for use; to separate the blocks of a tackle to lengthen the fall (ready for use again). Overtaking Said of a vessel when she is passing or overtaking another vessel. OVID Offshore Vessel Inspection Database OVIQ Offshore Vessel Inspection Questionnaire OVMSA Offshore Vessel Management and Self Assessment OWS Oil Water Separator OWS Owners Oxidation The combination of a substance or element like wood, iron, gasoline, etc, with oxygen. The process is fundamentally the same whether wood is consumed with fire or iron is turned into rust (iron oxide). In welding the oxygen of the air forms an oxide with the molten metal, thus injuring the quality and strength of the weld. Oxter plate The name of a plate that fits in the curve at the meeting of the shell plating with the top of the stern post and which is fastened there to. Packers Men who fit lamp wicking, tarred felt or other material between parts of the structure to insure water or oil tightness. Pad eye A fitting having an eye integral with a plate or base in order to distribute the strain over a greater area and to provide ample means of securing. The pad may have either a “worked” or a “shackle” eye, or more than one of either or both. The principal use of such a fitting is that is affords means for attaching rigging, stoppers, mlocks, and other movable or portable objects. Pas eyes are also known as lug pads. Painter A short piece of rope secured in the bow of a small boat used for making her fast. Painting beams The transverse beams that tie the painting frames together. Painting frames The frames in the fore peak, usually extra heavy to withstand the panting action of the shell plating. Pair masts A pair of cargo masts stepped on eith side of the center line, with their heads connected by spans. Pale One of the interior shores for steadying the neams of a ship while building. Pallet A flat wooden or plastic platform onto which cargo may be strapped or lashed which simplifies handling via cranes and forklift vehicles.

Pallet

Pallet

Pallet carrier Cargo vessel specially designed or adapted for the transportation of pallet-borne cargoes.

Pallet carrier

Pallet carrier

Pallet carrier

Pallet carrier

Palm and needle A seaman’s sewing outfit for heavy work. Panamax Market category of vessels notionally at the dimensional limits for transiting the Panama canal. Panting The pulsation in and out of the bow and stern plating as the ship alternately rises and plunges deep into the water. Panting stringer Horizontal deep-web side structural member used for strengthening bow structure prone to panting loads.

Panting stringer

Panting stringer

Parallel midbody Midship portion of a hull within which the longitudinal contour is unchanged. Paravane A water plane with a protecting wing placed on bottom forward end of the keel stem. Also a special type of waterkite which, when towed wth wire rope from a fitting on the forefoot of a vessel, operates to ride out from the ship’s side and deflect mines which are moored in the ppath of the vesse;, and to cut them adrift so that they will rise to the surface where they may be seen and destroyed. PARS Piracy Attack Risk Surface Part To break. Partial bulkhead A term applied to a bulkhead that extends only a portion of the way across a compartment. They are generally erected as strength members of the structure. Partners Similar pieces of steel plate, angles or wood timbers used to strengthen and support the mast where it passes through a deck, or placed between deck beams under machinery bed plates for added support. Pass a line To reeve and secure a line. Pass a stopper To reeve and secure a stopper (hold a strain on a line while transferring it). Pass down the line Relay to all others in order (a signal repeated from one ship to the next astern in column). Pass the word To repeat an order for information to the crew. Passenger vessel A vessel which carries more than 12 passengers. PASTUS Past Us Pay To fill the seams of a vessel with pitch. Pay off To turn the bow away from the wind; to pay the crew. Pay out To slack out a line made fast on board (let it out slowly). Paying Paying out, slackening away on a rope or chain. Also the operation of filling seams between planks after calking, with melted pitch or marine glue, etc. PC Period of Charter PCASP Privately Contracted Armed Security Personnel PCGO Part Cargo PCT Percent PDCA Plan Do Check Act PDPR Per Day Pro Rata Peak See Fore Peak and after Peak. Peak tank Tank in the forward and after ends of a vessel. The principal use of peak tanks is in trimming The ship. Their ballast is varied to meet required changes in trim. Should the after hold be empty, the vessel would ride so high that the propeller would lie half out of water and lose much of its efficiency. Filling the afer peak tank forces the propeller deeper into the water. Peen To round off or shaoe an object, smoothing out burrs and rough edges. (Nown) The lesser head of a hammer. It is termed ball when it is spherical, cross when in the form of a rounded edge ridges at right angles to the axis of the handle, and sraight when like a ridge in the plane of the handle. Pelican hook A hinged hook held closed by a ring and used to provide the quick release of an object which it holds.

Pelican hook

Pelican hook

Pendant A length of rope, usually having a thimble or block spliced into the lower end for hooking on a tackle. PER Period PERDIEM Per Diem By the Day Permanent ballast Ballast material (usually solid material) which cannot be discharged or transferred by pump or by other means and which is used for attaining design draft and trim. Permanent dunnage Strips of timber fixed to the frames of a ship to keep cargo away from the sides of the ship to avoid damage and condensation. Perpendicular, after A line perpendicular to the keel line, drawn tangent to the after contour of the stern. PFG Piracy Focus Group PHPD Per Hatch Per Day Pier head jump Making a ship just as it is about to sail. Pile A pointed spar driven into the bottom and projecting above the water; when driven at the corners of a dock, they are termed fender piles. Pilferage Stealing of cargo. Pillar Vertical column used to provide support to overhead deck structure. Pillars Vertical columns supporting the decks. Also called stanchions. Pilot boat A power or sailing boat used by pilots (men who have local knowledge of navigation hazards of ports). Pilot house A house designed for navigational purpose. It is usually located forward of the midship section and so constructed as to command an unobstructed view in all directions except directly aft along the center line of the vessel, where the smokestack usually interferes. Pilot rudder A small rudder fastened to the after part of the regular rudder, which by a mechanical attachment pulls the main rudder to either side. Pin The metal axle of a block upon which the sheave revolves. Pintle A metal pin secured to the rubber, which is hooked downwardinto the qudgeons on the stern post, and affords an axis of oscillation as the rubber is moved from side to side for steering.

Pintles

Pintles

Pipe layer Vessel designed for the laying of pipelines on the sea bed.

Pipe layer

Pipe layer

Pipe stanchion A steel deck fitting consisting of a vertical post with angled bracket(s) on one side, welded to a doubler plate, which is welded on the deck of a vessel to restrain the movement of cargo, such as pipe. Pitch A tar substance obtained from the pine tree and used in paying the seams of a vessel. Motion of vessel. Pitching The oscillatory vertical motion of a vessel forward and aft in a seaway.

Pitching

Pitching

Pitting Areas of corrosion. Plait To braid; used with small stuff. Plan A drawing prepared for use in building a ship. Planking Broad planks used to cover a wooden vessel’s sides, or covering the deck beams. Plate, furnaced A plate that requires heating in order to shape it as required. Platform A partial deck. Platform deck Deck which does not contribute to the overall longitudinal strength of a vessel. Plating The steel plates which form the shell or skin of a vessel. Play Freedom of movement. PLEM Pipeline End Manifold Plimsoll mark The primary loadline mark which is a circle intersected by a horizontal line accompanied by letters indicating the authority under which the loadline is assigned.

Plimsoll mark

Plimsoll mark

Plug A wooden wedge fitting into a drainage hole in the bottom of a boat for the purpose of draining the boat when she is out of water. Plummer blocks Supports for a shaft (such as the propeller shaft).

Plummer blocks

Plummer blocks

Plummer blocks

Plummer blocks

Plunging A ship is said to plunge when it sinks bow or stern first through loss of longitudinal stability.

Plunging

Plunging

PMSC Private Maritime Security Contractor POEA Philippine Overseas Employment Administration Point To taper the end of a rope; one of the 32 divisions of the compass card. To head close to the wind. Polarity The property possessed by electrified bodies by which they exert opposite forces in opposite directions. The current in an electrical circuit passes from the positive to the negative pole. In welding, more heat is generated on the positive pole than on the negative one, so that the welding rod is generally made the negative electrode. Pontoon Flat-bottomed floating structure with a shallow draught. Pooling Sharing of cargo or the profit or loss from freight by member lines of a liner conference. Poop The structure or raised deck at the after end of a vessel. Poop deck A partial deck at the stern above the main deck, derived from the Latin “puppio” for the sacred deck where the “pupi” or doll images of the deities were kept. Pooped An opening in a ship’s side, such as an air port, or cargo port. Poppets Those pieces of timber which are fixed perpendicularly between the ship’s bottom and the bilgeways at the foremost and aftermost parts of the ship, to support her in launching. Port (1) Pertaining to the left-hand side of a vessel. (2) Term used for small windows in the marine context. Port gangway An opening in the side plating, planking, or bulwark for the purpose of providing access through ehich people may board or leave the ship or through which cargo may be handled. Port hole An opening in the ship’s shell plating. Port lid A shutter for closing a port hole in stormy weather. It is hung by top hinges. Port of Registry Port in the country under whose flag a vessel is legally registered. Port side The left hand side of the ship looking forward. Port State Control The examination of vessels for compliance with IMO Conventions and resolutions by state authorities. Pouring oil on troubled waters Heavy-weather practice of pouring oil on the sea so as to form a film on the surface, thus preventing the seas from breaking. To smooth out some difficulty. PPD Permanent Partial Disability PPE Personal Protective Equipmeny Pratique A permit by the port doctor for an incoming vessel, being clear of contagious disease, to have the liberty of the port. PRATIQUE License or permission to use a port Preentry Presentation to the customs authorities of export or import declarations prior to the clearance of goods. Preventer A rope used for additional support or for additional securing, e.g., preventer stay. Prick punch A small hand punch used to make a very small indentation or prick in a piece of metal. Pricker Small marlinespike. Privileged vessel One which has the right of way. Product tanker Tanker designed for the transportation of a variety of hydrocarbon and chemical liquids with elaborate pumping and safety systems. Prolonged blast A blast of from 4 to 6 seconds’ duration. Propeller A propulsive device consisting of a boss or hub carrying radial blades, from two to four in number. The rear or driving faces of the blades form portions of an approximately helical surface, the axis of which as the center line of the propeller shaft.

Propeller

Propeller

Propeller arch The arched section of the hull above the propeller. Prow The part of the bow from the load water line to the top of he bow. PSI Pounds Per Square Inch PSIG Pounds Per Square Inch Gauge PSR Perils at Sea Revision PTC Ports & Termincal Committee PTD Permanent Total Disability Pull-out manoeuvre A manoeuvre used to demonstrate the directional stability of a ship. Pump dale A pipe to convey water from the pump discharge through the ship’s side. Punch, center A small punch used to indent a piece of metal for centering a drill. Punt A rectangular flat- bottomed boat used by vessels for painting the ship’s side and general use around the ship’s water line, fitted with oar-locks on each side and usually propelled by sculling. Purchase A tackle (blocks and falls). Pusher tug Tug designed for or engaged in pushing barges from behind.

Pusher tug

Pusher tug

Pusher tug

Pusher tug

Put to sea To leave port. PV valve Pressure vacuum relief valve; a valve which automatically regulates the pressure or vacuum in a tank.

PV valve

PV valve

PV valve

PV valve

PV valve

PV valve

PWSA Ports and Waterways Safety Act QHSE Quality, Health, Safety & Environment Quadrant A fitting on the rubber head to which the steering chains are attached. Quadrant Quadrant-shaped flat plate assembly mounted horizontally on top of a rudder stock for to which steering cables/chains are attached in vintage vessels or small craft. Quarantine Restricted or prohibited intercourse due to contagious disease. Quarter That portion of a vessel’s side near the stern. Quarter A side of a ship aft, between the main midship frames and stern. Also a sidde of a ship forward, between the main frames and the stem. Quarter deck A term applied to the after portion of a weather deck. In a warship that portion allotted to the use of the officers. Quarter deck Full-width raised hull section and deck extending from the aft  shoulder to the stern. Quartering sea A sea on the quarter (coming from a side of the stern). Quarters Living spaces for passengers or personnel. It includes staterooms, dining salons, mess rooms, lounging places, passages connected with the foregoing, etc., individual stations for personnel for fire or boat drill, etc. Quarters bill A vessel’s station bill showing duties of crew. Quay An artificial wall or bank, usually of stone, made toward the sea at the side of a harbor or river for convenience in loading and unloading vessels. Rabbet A depression or offset designed to take some other adjoining part, as for example the rabbet in the stem taking the shell plating. Rail The upper edge of the bulwarks. Railing(s) Horizontal parallel tubing forming a safety barrier at edges of decks. Rail-mounted gantry (RMG) or rail-mounted container gantry crane Rail-mounted gantry crane used for container acceptance, delivery, and stacking operations in a container yard. Rake The forward pitch of the stem. The backwark slope of the stern. RAM Risk Assessment Matrix Ram bow A bow protruding undernearth the water line considerable forward of the fore-castle deck. Ramp Hinged platform permitting the loading/discharge of vehicles or movement between decks of vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels. Range The maximum distance a vessel is capable of attaining at its normal Range, galley The stove situated in the galley which is used to cook the food. The heat may be generated by coal, fuel oil, or electricity. Ratline A short length of small rope “ratline stuff” running horizontally across shrouds, for a ladder step. RCDS Raster Chart Display System RCVR Receivers Reach The horizontal distance that a crane or lifting appliance can cover, measured from its axis of rotation. Reachrod A steel rod which connects an above deck valve handle to a below deck valve. Reachrod A steel rod which connects an above deck valve handle to a below deck valve. Reaming Enlarging a hole by the means of revolving in it a cylindrical slightly tapered tool with cutting edges running along its sides. RECAAP Regional Cooperation Agreement of Combating Piracy & Armed Robbery Against Ships in Asia Reef To reduce the area of a sail by making fast the reef points (used in rough weather). Reefer Refrigerated container or vessel designed to transport refrigaeated or frozen cargo. Reeve To pass the end of a rope through any lead such as a sheave or fair lead. Refrigerated vessel Vessel designed for the transportation of refrigerated perishable Registry The ship’s certificate determining the ownership and nationality of the vessel. Relieving tackle. A tackle of double and single blocks rove with an endless line and used to relieve the strain on the steering engine in heavy weather or emergency. Relay To transfer containers from one ship to another. Relief Any clearance allowed back of the cutting edge to reduce friction whether on top, bottom or wall of the tread. Research vessel Vessel designed for oceanographic or fisheries research.

research-vessel

research-vessel

Reserve buoyancy Watertight volume of a vessel above the waterline.

Reserve buoyancy

Reserve buoyancy

Reverse frame An angle bar placed with its heel against another angle additional strength. The flanges of deck stiffeners always bace outboard. REVERSIBLE (Detention) If loading completed sooner than expected at load port, then days saved can be added to discharge operations. RIB Rigid inflatable boat.

Rigid inflatable boat

Rigid inflatable boat

Ribband A longitudinal strtip of timber following the curvature of a vessel and bolted to its ribs to hold them in position and give stability to the skeleton while building. Ride To lie at anchor; to ride out; to safely weather a storm whether at anchor or underway. Ride control System(s) employing active hydrodynamic foils or deflectors installed to vary the attitude and vertical motions of the hull in high-speed vessels. Rider frame Any frame riveted or welded on another frame for the purpose of stiffening it. Rider plates Bed plates set on top of the center keelson, if fitted, for the pillars to rest on. Rig A general description of a vessel’s upper works; to fit out. Rigging A term used collectively for all the ropes and chains employed to support the masts, yards, and booms of a vessel, and to operate the movable parts of same. Right To return to a normal position, as a vessel righting after heeling over. Ringbolt A bolt fitted with a ring through its eye, used for securing, running, rigging, etc. RIO Radar Information Overlay Rips A disturbance of surface water by conflicting current or by winds. Rise and shine A call to turn out of bunks. Rise of bottom See Deadrise. Rising floors The floor frames which rise fore and aft above the level of themidship floors. Rivet A metal pin used for connecting two or more pieces of material by inserting it into holes punched or drilled in the pieces. The end that bears a finished shape is called the head and the end upon which some oretation is performed after its insertion is called the point. Small rivets are “driven cold”, i.e. without heating, and large ones are heated so that points may be formed by hammering. Rivet spacing A term applied to the distance between the centers in a row of rivets. This distance usually consists of a multiple of the rivet diameter, and depends on whether oiltightness, watertightness or strenght is to be the governing requirement. Riveting chain A term applied to two or more rows of rivets that have their centers opposite each other. A line drawn perpendicular to the edge of the plate through the center of a rivet in one row will also pass through the centers of the corresponding rivets in the other rows. RMRGC Recommendations for Manifolds of Refrigerated for Gas Carriers for Cargoes RNC Raster Navigational Chart RNLI Royal National Lifeboat Institution Roaring forties That geographical belt located approximately in 40 degrees south latitude in which are encountered the prevailing or stormy westerlies. ROB Remaining On Board Roll Motion of the ship from side to side, alternately raising and lowering each side of the deck

Roll

Roll

Roller fairleader A block, ring, or other fitting through which passes a line or the running rigging on a ship to prevent chafing.

Roller Fairleader

Roller Fairleader

Roller Fairleader

Roller Fairleader

Roller Fairleader

Roller Fairleader

Rolling chocks Same as bilge keel. Ro-Pax Vessel designed with combined Ro-Ro and passenger capacity. Ro-Ro Roll-on Roll-off. Method of cargo transfer between vessel and shore in which cargo is driven on/off using fork-lift, primemover/ trailer combinations, etc. RPS Recruitment Placement Services RRS Release Retrieval System RT Revenue Ton (i.e. 1.0 metric Ton or 1.0 cubic meter, whichever is greater). The overall RT is calculated on a line by line basis of the Packing List using the largest amount. The overall freight liability is calculated on the total RT amount, multiplied by the freight rate. Rubber-tired gantry (RTG) or rubber-tired container gantry crane Gantry crane on rubber tires typically used for acceptance, delivery, and container stacking at a container yard. Rubrail A protective railing on the hull of a vessel which is used for fendering. Rudder A swinging flat frame hung to the stern post of a ship, by which the ship is steered.

rudders

rudders

Rudder bands The bands that extend on each side of a rudder to help brace and tie ii into the pintles. Rudder chains The chains whereby the rudder is fastened to the stern quarters. They are shackld to the rudder by bolts just above the water line, and hang slack enough to permit free motion of the rudder. They are used as a precaution against losing a rudder at sea. Rudder flange The flange which ties the main part of the rudder to the rudder stem. It may be horizontal or vertical. Rudder frame A frame within the inner shell, bolted through the letter into the main frame and shell, for the purpose of stiffening the rudder. Rudder pintle See Pintle Rudder post The vertical post in the stern of a vessel on which the rudder hangs. Rudder stock Vertical shaft connecting the rudder to the steering actuating system.

Rudder stock

Rudder stock

Rudder stop Fitting to limit swing of the rudder. Rudder truck or case The well in the stern which holds the rudder stock. RUF Rules for the Use of Force Run The narrowing sides of a vessel aft where they meet at the hooding-ends. Run down To collide with a vessel head on. Running lights Those lights required to be shown at night aboard a vessel or a tow while underway. Running lights Those lights required to be shown at night aboard a vessel or a tow while underway. Rustbucket  Sailors’ term for an old ship that needed a lot of paint and repairs. Sacrificial anode Anode of zinc attached to the immersed parts of a hull to prevent deterioration of the hull steel through electrochemical reaction.

Sacrificial anode

Sacrificial anode

Sacrificial anode

Sacrificial anode

Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) A statutory regulation of IMO dealing with the safety of life at sea. Sagged Said of a ship which has been strained so that the bottom drops lower in the middle than it is at stem and stern. Opposite of hogged. Sagging A ship is said to sag if the forces acting on it make it bend longitudinally concave up. Sagging is the opposite of hogging. Sailing free Sailing other than close; hauled or into the wind (wind astern). SALM Single Anchor Leg Mooring Salty character A nautical guy, often a negative connotation. Salvage To save a vessel or cargo from total loss after an accident; recompense for having saved a ship or cargo from danger. Salvage tug Large powerful and manoeuvrable vessel designed to tow and assist vessels needing assistance due to grounding, sinking or fire. SAMHSA Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration Samson posts Short heavy masts used as boom supports, and often used for ventilators as well. SART Search and Rescue Transponder

SART

SART

SART Search And Rescue Transponder. A SART is a self contained, waterproof radar transponder intended for emergency use at sea. The radar-SART is used to locate a survival craft or distressed vessel by creating a series of dots on a rescuing ship’s radar display. A SART will only respond to a 9 GHz X-band (3 cm wavelength) radar. It will not be seen on S-band (10 cm) or other radar. SATPM Saturday P.M. SATV Safe Access to Vessels Working Group SB Safe Berth Scale To climb up. A formation of rust over iron or steel plating. Scantling A term applied to the dimensions of the frames, girders, plating, etc., that go into a ship’s structure. The various classification societies publish rules from which these dimensions may be obtained. Scantlings Set of dimensions of a vessel’s structure. (Structural dimensions.) Scarfing A method of cutting away two pieces so that they fit smoothly into each other to make one piece. They are fastened together by welding, bolting, riveting, etc. SCBA Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus. Such an apparatus consists of a suitable face mask, combined with a hose and source of fresh air, generally in the form of a tank of compressed air. The SCBA may be incorporated into a full-body protection suit. It is important to recognise that use of a SCBA is not trivial, and they are not designed to be worn by those without training.

SCBA

SCBA

SCBA

SCBA

SCBRA Speed Reduction and Bunker Consumption Algorithm School A large body of fish. Scow Another term for a deck cargo barge having a hull design of a flat bottom, square ended rakes, and usually with a deck cargo bin. Screen bulkhead A light bulkhead fitted between engine and boiler rooms, designed to keep dust and heat out of the engine room. Often built around the after ends of boilers. Scrieve board A large section of flooring in the mold loft in which the lines of the body are cut with a knife. Used in making molds of the frames, beams, floor plates, etc. SCUBA Self-Containerd Underwater Breathing Apparatus Scupper Any opening or tube leading from the waterway through the ship’s side, to carry away water from the deck.

Scupper

Scupper

Scupper

Scupper

Scupper hose A temporary canvas hose attached to the outside of a scupper hole, and reaching to the water, to conduct the water clear of the ship’s side. Scupper lip A projection on the outside of the vessel to allow the water to drop free of the ship’s side. Scupper opening A hole longer than an ordinary scupper with vertical bars, placed on the side of the ship at the deck line to allow deck wash to flow over the side of the vessel. Also called freeing port. Scupper pipe A pipe connected to the scupper on the decks, with an outlet through the side plating just above the water. The water thus diverted from the deck does not discolor the ship’s side plating or damage the paint. Scuppers Openings in the side of a ship to carry off water from the waterways or from the drains. Scuttle A small opening, usually circular in shape, and generally fitted in decks to provide access as a manhole or for stowing fuel, water and stores. A cover or lid is fitted so that the scuttle may be closed when not in use. Also applied to the operation of opening a sea valve or otherwise, allowing the sea to enter a ship for the purpose of sinking her. Scuttle butt The designation for a container of the supply of drinking water for the use of the crew. Scuttle butt story An unauthoritative story (a tall story). SD (or SID) Single Decker SEA Seafarer Employment Agreement Sea anchor A drag (drogue) thrown over to keep a vessel to the wind and sea. Sea chest A sailor’s trunk; the intake between the ship’s side and a sea valve. Sea dog An old sailor. Sea going Capable of going to sea. Sea lawyer A seaman who is prone to argue, especially against recognized authority (big mouth). Sea painter A line leading from forward on the ship and secured to a forward inboard thwart of the boat in such a way as to permit quick release. SEAFREIGHT Costs charged for transporting goods over the sea. This does not cover any haulage or loading/discharging costs but the sea transport only. Seam Joint. Seamstrap Butt-strap of a seam. Seaworthy Capable of putting to sea and able to meet sea conditions. SECA Sulphur (SOx) Emission Control Area Section (1) General term for an extruded or fabricated structural member. [Alt profile.] (2) Transverse vertical plane through the hull perpendicular to the centreline. Secure To make fast; safe; the completion of a drill or exercise on board ship. Secure for sea Prepare for going to sea, extra lashing on all movable objects. SEEMP Ships Energy Efficiency Management Plan Seize To bind with small rope. SELFD Self Discharging Semaphore Flag signaling with the arms. SENC System Electronic Navigational Chart Serrated frame Sometimes pieces of an angle iron are cut to allow for ventillation, reduce weight or as a shortcut that saves material in the vessel costruction. These cutouts may be spaced regularly-every few inches or so and the frame is called a serrated frame. Set bolt A bolt used as a drift to force another bolt out of its hole. Set iron Bar of soft iron used on the bending slab to bend frames to the desired shapes. Set the course To give the steersman the desired course to be steered. Set up To tighten the nut on a bolt or stud. Set up rigging To take in the slack and secure the standing rigging. Sett piling Reinforcing pilling in the ground beneath the ways. Settle To lower, sink deeper. SF Stowage factor. Cubic space occupied by one ton (2,240 lbs/1,000 kgs) of cargo. SFG Special Forces Group Shackle A link with a bolt fastened through its eyes, used for fastening chains and eye loops together.

Shackle

Shackle

Shackle

Shackle

Kenter shackle

Kenter shackle

Shaft Long, round, heavy forging connecting engine and propeller. Shaft alley Covered tunnels within a ship through which the tail shafts pass. Shaft coupling A flange on the end of a shaft section connecting two sections by bolts. Shaft pipe A pipe which pases through a hole in the stern post and through frames with a circular housing. In it are bearings on which the propeller shaft rotates. Shaft strut A brachet supporting the after end of the propeller shaft and the propeller in twin or multiple screwed vessels having propeller shafts fitted off from the center line. Shaft tunnel Same as shaft Alley. Shake a leg An order to make haste. Shakedown cruise A cruise of a new ship for the purpose of testing out all machinery, etc. Shank. The main piece of the anchor having the arms at the bottom and the Jew’s harp at the top. Shanghaied The practice of obtaining a crew by means of force. Crews were hard to get for long voyages, and when the unwilling shipmate regained consciousness, he found himself bound for some remote port, such as Shanghai. One who is forced to do something against his will. Shape Long bar of constant cross section such as channel, T-bar, angle bar, etc. Shape a course To ascertain the proper course to be steered to make the desired point or port. Shark’s mouth. The opening in an awning around the mast. Shaping Consists of cutting, bending and forming astructural member. Shear legs Usually two or more timbers or spars erected in the shape of an A-frame with lower ends spread out and upper ends fastenes together, from which lifting tackle is suspended. Used fro raising and moving heavy weights where a crane or derrick is not available. Shear line A line at which a shearing cut is to be made. Shears Large machine for cutting plates and shapes. Sheave The wheel of the block over which the fall of the block is rove. Shed (also see warehouse) Covered area for the reception, delivery, consolidation, distribution and storage of cargo. Note: A warehouse usually points at longer term storage, whereas a shed usually is used for shorter term storage. Sheer Upward longitudinal curvature of the upper deck. Sheer plan A vertical lngitudinal midship section of a vessel, showing plan, elevation and end view, on which are projected various lines as follows: Water line, diagonal line, buttock and bow lines, mainbreadth lines, top-breadth lines, top side sheer lines. Sheer rail A rail surrounding a ship on the outside, under the gunwale, on small vessels called guard rail. Sheer strake The uppermost strake (line) of side shell plating immediately adjacent to the strength deck. Sheet The rope used to spread the clew of head sails and to control the boom of boom sails. Shell The casing of a block within which the sheave revolves. Shell expansion A plan showing the shapes and sizes of all plates of the shell plating. Shell landings Point on the frames showing wher the edges of the shell plates come. Shell plating See plating. Shelter deck A term applied to a deck fitted from stem to stern ona relatively light superstructure. The main deck. SHEX Sundays/Holidays Excluded Shift of butts A term applied to the arrangement of the butt joints in plating. These joints in shell plating should be so shifted that the adjacent strakes of plating have their butts at least two frame spaces apart. Shifting beam A portable beam fitted in a hatchway for the purpose of supporting the hatch covers. The ends of the beams are fitted in slotted carriers attached to the inside of the hatchway coamings. Shim A piece of metal or wood placed under the bedplate or base of a machine or fitting for the purpose of truing it up. Also applied to pieces placed in slack spaces behind or under frames, plates or planks to preserve a fair surface. SHINC Sundays/Holidays Included Ship To enlist; to send on board cargo; to put in place; to take on board. Ship chandler An individual or company selling equipment and supplies for ships. Ship routing An attempt to guide a ship into areas where it will experience less severe weather and so reduce passage times. Ship’s log See Log Book Ship’s tackle All rigging and so forth used on a ship to load or unload cargo. Ships time Ships time was counted by the half hour, starting at midnight. A half hour after twelve was one bell; one o’clock, two bells; and so on until four o’clock, which was eight bells. The counting then started over again, with 430 being one bell. Shole A piece of plank put under a shore where there is no groundway. Shore One of the many wooden props by which the ribs or frames of a vessel are external supperted while building, or by which the vessel is held upright on the ways. Short stay When the scope of chain is slightly greater than the depth of water. Short ton American ton (2000 lbs). 0.9072 tonnes. Shorthanded Without sufficient crew. Shot A short length of chain, usually 15 fathoms (90 feet). (Method of measuring chain.) Shove in your oar To break into a conversation. Shrouds Side stays from the masthead to the rail.. Shuttle tanker Moderate sized tanker designed for the regular short-haul transport of oil between FPSO vessels or single point mooring buoys and coastal refinery terminals. Side keelson A beam placed on the side of the hull about two-thirds the distance from the center line to the bilgeway. This ia uesd as a stiffener logitudinally for the flat bottom of a vessel. Side lights The red and green running lights, carried on the port and starboard sides respectively, of vessels under-way. Side loader A lift truck fitted with lifting attachments operating to one side for handling containers. Sight edges The edges of plating that are visible are called sight edges. The sight edge is on the outside of the shell, on the tops of decks and inner bottom plating, and on the opposite side from the stiffeners on bulkheads. The edge that is covered is called the landing edge. SIGTTO Society of International Gas Tanker & Terminal Operators Sing out To call out. SIRE Ship Inspection Report Sister hooks Two iron flatsided hooks reversed to one another. Skeg The after part of the keel, upon which the stern post rests.

Skeg

Skeg

Skids Beams sometimes fitted over the decks for the stowage of heavy boats or cargo. SKIDS Are bearers (timber or steel) positioned under cargo to enable fork lift handling at port, and for ease of rigging and lashing on board ship. Skin The plating of a ship. The inside skin is sometimes called the ceiling, the outside skin the case. It consists of steel plates laid in alternate inside and outside strakes. Skipper The captain. Sky pilot A chaplain. Skylight An erection built on a deck, having glass lights in its top and fitted over an opening in the deck for the purpose of admitting light and air to a compartment  below. SL Bale (capacity) SLA Safety Level Approach Slack The part of a rope hanging loose; the opposite of taut. Slack water The condition of the tide when there is no horizontal motion. Slamming The impact of the hull, usually the bow area, with the sea surface when in waves. SLF Stability and Load Lines and on Fishing Vessels’ Safety Sliding ways One of the structures on each side of and parallel to the keel, supporting the crandle under the bilgeways on which the vessel rests in launching. The sliding ways form the inclined plane down which the vessel slides, made of planks laid on blocks of wood. Slip To let go by unshackling, as a cable. Slop chest Stock of merchandise, such as clothing, tobacco, etc., maintained aboard merchant ships for sale to the crew Slop chute Chute for dumping garbage overboard. Sluice An opening in the lower part of a bulkhead fitted with a sliding watertight gat or door having an operating rod extending to the upper deck or decks. These openings are useful in center line bulkheads, as in case of damage to one side of the ship the water may be quickly admitted to the other side before the ship is dangerously listed. Slush White-lead and tallow used on standing rigging. Smart Snappy, seamanlike; a smart ship is an efficient one. SMC Safety Management Certificate Smokestack A metal chimney or passage through which the smoke and gases are led from the uptakes to the open air. Smothering lines Pipe lines to a compartment for smothering a fire by steam or by a chemical. SMT Ship Mean Time SNAME Society of Naval Architects and Marine Engineers (USA).

SNAME

SNAME

Snibs Handle that can be operated from both sides of a watertight door. Snipe To cut a sharp bevel on the end of a stiffener or beam. Snub To check suddenly. Sny To twist a plate into an uneven warped shape on a mold. SOA Speed of Advance SOC Shipper Owned Container SOF Statement Of Facts Soft plate A plate put on over a break or hole, and secured with tap bolts. It is made watertight with a gasket such as canvas saturated in red lead. SOHSP Shipboard Occupational Health and Safety Program SOLAS International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea Sole patch A plate fitted to the top of a foundation to which the base of a machine is bolted. Also a small plate fitted at the end of a stanchion. Sole plate A plate fitted to the top of a foundation to which the base of a machine is bolted. Also a small plate fitted at the end of a stanchion. SOP Standard Operating Procedure Sound To measure the depth of the water with a lead. Also said of a whale when it dives to the bottom. Sound out a person To obtain his reaction to something. Sounding Measuring the depth of water or other liquid. Sounding Measured depth of liquid contents in a tank. Sounding pipe Vertical pipe in oil or water tank, used to guide a sounding device when measuring the depth of liquid in tank. Southwester An oil-skin hat with broad rear brim. SP Safe Port Span The distance between any two similar members, as the span of the frames. Also used to describe the length of a member between its supports, as the span of a girder. Spanner A form of open-head wrench. Spar A pole used for a hoist or in scaffolding. Sparks The radio operator. SPC Self-polishing copolymer antifouling paint. Speak To communicate with a vessel in sight. Specific gravity The ratio of the weight of a given volume of any substance to the weight of an equal volume of distilled water, and is found by dividing the first weight by the second. Since the distilled water weights approximately 62.4 pounds per cubic foot, any substance, a cubic foot of which weighs less than this, has a specific gravity of less than one, and will float on water. Any substance of greater weight per cubic foot has a specific gravity of more than one and will sink> Specifications Specified details relating to the performance, operating conditions, construction and quality of an engineered item. Spectacle frame A single casting containing the bearings for and supporting the ends of the propeller shafts in a twin-screw vessel. It consists of arms of pear-shaped section extending outboard from each side of the center line of the ship to bosses, taking the bearings of the propeller shafts. Used in large metchant vessels in place of shaft struts or brackets. Spiling The curve of a plate or strake as it narrows to a point. Spill To empty the wind out of a sail. Splice A method of uniting the ends of two ropes by first unlaying the strands, then interweaving them so as to form a continuous rope. SPM Self Protection Measures SPM Single Point Mooring SPMOMG SPM Operating & Maintenance Guidelines Sponson An addition to the side of a vessel that is outside its normal hull and which provides added deck space and/or greater flotation stability.

Sponson

Sponson

Sponson

Sponson

Sponson

Sponson

Spote-faced Indicates that an annular bacing has been made about a bolt hole to allow a nut or head to seat evenly. Spotting Placing a container where required to be loaded or unloaded. Spreader Beam or beam structure temporarily attached to and spanning the extremes of an item being lifted. Spring line Usually of the best wire hawsers; one of the first lines sent out in mooring. “Springs in and springs out” a vessel. Spud A steel or wooden post or pile that is placed vertically through a well in the hull of a vessel and which, when lowered to the bottom of the waterway, anchors the vessel. Spud A steel or wooden post or pile that is placed vertically through a well in the hull of a vessel and which, when lowered to the bottom of the waterway, anchors the vessel. Spudwell A casing which is attached to or passes through the hull of a vessel through which a spud is raised or lowered. Spudwell A casing which is attached to or passes through the hull of a vessel through which a spud is raised or lowered. Squall A sudden and violent gust of wind. Square frame A frame having no bevel on its flange. A midship frame Squeegee A deck dryer composed of a flat piece of wood shod with rubber, and a handle. Stanchions. Wooden or metal uprights used as supports (posts). SRBL Signing and Releasing Bill of Lading SRML Single Rope Maximum Loading SSAS Ship Security Alert System SSBA Surface Supplied Breathing Apparatus SSHEX (or SATSHEX) Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays Excluded SSHINC Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays Included SSRS Ship Security Report System Stabiliser(s) Protruding hydraulically-activated fin(s) which reduces roll amplitude through oscillatory action creating alternating lift vectors phased to counter roll.

Stabiliser

Stabiliser

Stabiliser

Stabiliser

Stability Tendency of the ship to remain upright. STABILITY It is paramount that a vessel is stable in all respects at all times. When cargo is loaded / discharged, the stability is monitored by a computer, which takes into account the weight and position of cargo within the vessel. Stack The ship’s funnel or smokestack. Stackcar An articulated multiple platform rail car that allows containers to be double stacked. Stacktrain A rail service whereby rail cars carry containers stacked two high on specially operated unit trains. Stagger To zigzag a line, or row of rivet holes, etc. Staging Upright supports fastened together with horizontal and diagonal braces forming supports for planks which form a working platform. Stanchion An iron post or pillar for supporting the decks.

Stanchion

Stanchion

Stand by A preparatory order Standard compass The magnetic compass used by the navigator as a standard. Standing part That part of a line or fall which is secured. Standing rigging That part of the ship’s rigging which is permanently secured and not movable, such as stay, shrouds, etc. Stapling Collars, forged of angle bars, to fit around continuous members passing through bulkheads or decks for watertightness. Starboard The right side of a vessel looking forward.

Starboard

Starboard

Stateroom A private room or cabin for the accommodation of passengers or officers. Static load Structural loading of constant magnitude and application. Station bill The posted bill showing stations of the crew at maneuvers and emergency drills. Staunch Still, seaworthy, able. Stay A rope of hemp, wire or iron leading forward or aft for supporting a mast. Stays The rope, whether hemp or wire, that support the lower masts, topmasts, topgallant masts, etc., in a fore and aft direction. STCW Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping Steady An order to hold a vessel on the course she is heading. Stealer or steeler The foremost or aftermost plate in a strake, which is dropped short of the stem or stern post of a vessel. Steerage way The slowest speed at which a vessel steers. Steering flat Compartment above the rudder(s) containing the vessel’s steering actuation system(s).

Steering flat

Steering flat

Steering gear A term applied to the steering wheels, leads, steering engine and fittings by which the rudder is turned. Steering gear flat The deck above the stern overhang, on which the rudder steering mechanism is installed. Steering wheel The wheel operating the steering gear and by which the vessel is steered. Stem The upright post or bar of the bow.

stem

stem

Stem foot The forward end of the keel, into which the stem is fitted. Stem the tide Stemming the tide or sea means to head the vessel’s bow directly into the current or waves. Overcome adverse circumstances. Stepping-up pieces Same as poppets. Stern The after part of the vessel.Stern3

stern

stern

stern

stern

Stern anchor An anchor carried at the stern. Stern board Progress backwards. Stern door Watertight horizontally-hinged door integral to the transom on a stern-loading Ro-Ro vessel. Stern frame Large casting attached to after end of keel to form ship’s stern. Includes rudder post, propeller post, and aperture for the propeller. Stern pipe A pipe leading to the opening at the side of poop deck for passing through of cables, chains, etc., for mooring purposes. Stern post The after post to which the rudder is hinged and placed on the skeg, with sufficient clearance for the propeller to revolve. Stern ramp Stern- (transom) mounted hinged platform located to permit the loading/discharge of vehicles aboard a Ro-Ro vessel. Stern thruster A propulsor installed near the stern to provide transverse a thrust component enhancing manoeuvrability.

Stern thruster

Stern thruster

Stern tube The bearing which supports the propeller shaft where it emerges from the ship. A cast iron or steel sylinder, fitted with brass bushings which are lined with lignum vitae or white metal bearing surfaces, upon which the propeller shaft, enclosed in a brass sleeve, rotates.

Stern tube

Stern tube

Sternlog The reinforced, vertical shell plating which connects the stern rake bottom to the rake deck of a barge. Sternlog The reinforced, vertical shell plating which connects the stern rake bottom to the rake deck of a barge. Stevedore A professional cargo loader and unloader. Stiffener An angle bar or stringer fastened to a surface to strengthen it and make it rigid.

Stiffener

Stiffener

STOLGOE The Safe Transfer of Liquefied Gas in an Offshore Environment Stop water A wood plug driven through a scarf joint to stop water from leaking into the ship. The term is also applied to pieces of canvas soaked in oil, red lead, etc., placed between the faying surfaces of plates and shapes where water or oil is apt to work its way through. Stopper A short length of rope secured at one end, and used in securing or checking a running rope, e.g., deck stopper, boat fall stopper, etc. Storeroom The space provided for stowage of provisions or other materials. Storm warning An announced warning of an approach of a storm. Sto-ro A vessel with capacity for breakbulk cargo as well as vehicles or trailer borne cargo. Stove Broken in. Stow To put in place. Stowage factor The average cubic space occupied by one ton weight of cargo as stowed aboard a ship. Stowaway A person illegally aboard and in hiding. Straddle carrier Type of equipment that picks up and transports containers between its legs for movement within a container terminal. Strake A continuous line of plates on a vessel’s side, reaching from stem to stern. Strand A number of yarns, twisted together and which in turn may be twisted into rope; a rope is stranded when a strain is broken; rope may be designated by the number of strands composing. Rope is commonly three-stranded. A vessel run ashore is said to be stranded. Strap A ring of rope made by splicing the ends, and used for slinging weights, holding the parts of a block together, etc. A rope, wire or iron binding, encircling a block and with a thimble seized into it for taking a hook. Small straps used to attach a handybilly to the hauling part of a line. Streamlined rudder A rudder with a bullnosed round forward edge which tapers regularly to a thin after edge. Stringer A large beam or angle fitted in various parts of the vessel to give additional strength. Depending on their location, stringers are known as bilge stringers, side stringers, hold stringers, etc. Stringer plate A fore-and-aft member of deck plating which strengthens the connection between the beams and the frames, and keeps the beams square to the shell. Strip theory A simplified theory for calculating ship motions. Stripping (unstuffing) Unloading of a container. Strongback A light spar set fore and aft on a boat, serving as a spread for the boat cover. Strut Support structure (with streamlined cross-section) for propeller shafting in a multi-screw vessel. [Alt shaft bracket.] STS Ship to Ship STW Standards of Training and Watchkeeping SUB Subject (to) Suezmax A term applied to cargo ships which are just able to transit the Suez Canal. SUPERCARGO Person employed by a ship owner, shipping company, charterer of a ship or shipper of goods to supervise cargo handling operations. Often called a port captain. Superstructure (1) General term for sections of a vessel constructed on and above the upper or main decks of a vessel. (2) A more restrictive term under the International Convention on Load Lines, (1966) detached enclosed structure on the freeboard deck and extending transversely to within 4% of the breadth from the vessel’s sides.

Superstructure

Superstructure

Surge To ease a line to prevent it from parting or pulling, meanwhile holding the strain. Swab A mop. SWAD Salt Water Arrival Draft Swage To bear or force down. An instrument having a groove on its under side for the purpose of giving shape to any piece subjected to it when receiving a blow from a hammer. Swamp Sink by filling with water. Swash bulkhead A partial bulkhead used for the same purpose as a swash plate. Swash bulkhead (plate) Longitudinal or transverse perforated bulkhead (baffle) fitted in a tank to reduce the surging of the contents.

Swash bulkhead (plate)

Swash bulkhead (plate)

Swash plates Plates fixed in tanks to prevent excessive movement of the contained liquid. SWDD Salt Water Departure Draft Swell A large wave. Swing ship The evolution of swinging a ship’s head through several headings to obtain compass errors for the purpose of making a deviation table. Swinging over Swing of the boom from one side of the ship to the other when the tack is changed. SWL Safe working load; certified load limit applied to lifting appliances and gear. SWL Safe Working Load Syncrolift A platform fitted with winches and anchor chain. The winches lower the platform into the water, the vessel is floated an and the platform is raised. Sometimes the vessel can be rolled to a repair station on railroad track. Tackle Any combination of ropes and blocks that multiplies power. A single whip, improperly called tackle, gives no increase in power, but a change in direction of the power but a change in direction of the power applied. Taffrail log The log mounted on the taffrail and consisting of a rotator, a log line and recording device (to measure distance run through the water). Tailshaft Aftermost section of the propeller shafting, carrying propeller.

Tailshaft

Tailshaft

Tailshaft

Tailshaft

Tailshaft

Tailshaft

Take a turn To pass a turn around a belaying pin or cleat. Take in To lower and furl the sails. Taking on more than you can carry Loaded with more cargo than a ship can safely navigate with. Drunk. Tank top The plating laid on the bottom floors of a ship, which forms the top side of the tank sections or double bottom. Tanker A ship designed to carry various types of liquid cargo, from oil and gasoline to molasses, water, and vegetable oil. Tanks Compertments for liquids or gases. They may be formed by the ship’s structure as double bottom tanks, peaktanks, deep tanks, etc., or may be independent of ship’s structure and installed on special supports. Tare weight The weight of wrapping or packing; added to the net weight of cargo to determine. Tarpaulin Heavy canvas used as a covering. Taut With no slack; strict as to discipline. TCPA Time to Closest Point of Approach Tee bar A rolled shape, generally of mild steel, having a cross section shaped like the letter “T”. In ship work it is used for bulkhead stiffeners, bracket and floor clips, etc. The size is denoted by dimensions of its cross section and weight per running foot. Telegraph Means of signalling from bridge to engine room, etc. Template A pattern made in themold loft from wood strips or heavy paper. Tenon The end of a piece of wood cut into the form of a rectangular prism, designed to be set into a cavity of a like form in another piece which is termed mortise. Test head The head of water corresponding to the pressure prescribed as a test for bulkheads, tanks, compartments, etc. Test heads are prescribed to insure satisfactory water or oil tightness, and also as tests of strength. TEU Twenty-foot equivalent unit. A standard of measurement used in container transport based on the dimensions of a container 20 ft long ´ 8 ft wide ´ 8.5 ft high; (6050 ´ 2440 ´ 2590 mm). That’s high An order to stop hoisting. Thimble An iron ring with a groove on the outside for a rope grommet or splice. Tholes The pins in the unwale of a boat which are used for carlocs. Thread The spiral part of a screw. Three sheets to the wind Sailing with three sheet ropes running free, thus making the ship barely able to keep headway and control. Drunk. Throwing a Fish Saluting Thrust block A bearing arrangement, aft of the engine(s), by which the thrust of the propeller is transmitted to the ship.

Thrust block

Thrust block

Thwart The athwartships seats in a boat on which oars-men sit. Thwarts Boards extending across a rowboat just below the gunwale to stiffen the boat and to provide seats. Thwartships At right angles to the fore and aft line (across the ship). Tie plates A single fore-and-aft or diagonal course of plating attached to deck beans under wood deck to give extra strength. Tiller An are attached to rudder head for operating the rudder. TLV Threshold Limit Value TM Tonnage Measurement TMSA Tanker Management Self Assessment Toe The edge of the flange of an angle. Toggle A small piece of wood or bar of iron inserted in a knot to render it more secure, or to make it more readily unfastened or slipped. Toggle pin A pin, usually having an eye worked on the head, and having a point so constructed, that a portion of it it may turm on a pivot pin, forming a tee shaped looking device to keep the pin in place. Tongue The tongue of a stern post or propeller post is the raised middle section which is fastened to the vertical keel. A a rule the tongue is raised twice as high as the sides of the dished keel. Tonnage A measure of the volume of a ship. In simple terms the gross tonnage (GRT)represents the total enclosed volume of the ship and the net tonnage (NT) represents the volume of cargo and passenger spaces. Tonnage is defined by internationally agreed formulae, and is used for dues for drydocking and pilotage and port and harbour dues etc. It should be noted that tonnage represents a function of volume and should not be confused with deadweight mass (tonnes), Lightship mass (tonnes) or displacement mass (tonnes). Tonnage openings Openings in shelter deck bulkheads for purpose of economy in tonnage rating. Tonnage, gross The entire internal cubic capacity of a vessel expressed in “tons” taken at 100 cubic feet each. The peculiarities of design and construction of the various tyoes of vessels and their parts necessitate certain explanatory rulings in connection with this term. Tonnage, net The internal cubic capacity of a vessel which remains after the capacities of certain specified spaces have been deducted from the gross tonnage. Tonnes per centimetre immersion (TPC) The extra buoyancy experienced due to increasing the draught by 1 cm. Top breadth lines The width of a vessel measured across the shelter deck. Top-heavy Too heavy aloft. Topping lift A rope or chain extending from the head of a boom or gaff to a mast, or to the vessel’s structure for the purpose of supporting the weight of the boom or gaff and its loads, and permitting them to be totated at a certain level. Topside That portion of the side of the hull which is above the desidgned water line. Torsional strength The strength of the hull in resisting twisting about a longitudinal axis. Tow To pull through water; vessels towed. Towage Charges for the services of tugs assisting a ship or other vessels in ports. TPA Third Party Auditor TPRG Terminal Policy Review Group TPSG Terminal Policy Steering Group Track The path of the vessel. Tractor propulsion A system of vertical blades used to propel a vessel in the water. Used on some harbour tugs and ferries. Made by Volith. Sometimes called a cyclonic system in reference to the way the blades are mounted under the hull, and the way they turn. Trades The practically steady winds blowing toward the equator, N.E. in the northern and SE. in the southern hemisphere. Tramp line An ocean carrier company operating vessels on other than regular routes and schedules. Transhipment A distribution method whereby containers or cargo are transferred from one vessel to another to reach their final destination, compared to a direct service from the load port of origin to the discharge port of destination. This method is used to gain better vessel utilization and thereby economies of scale by consolidating cargo onto larger vessels while transiting in the direction of main trade routes. Transom Square-ended stern.

Transom

Transom

Transom

Transom

Transom beam A strong deck beam in the after end of a vessel directly over the stern post, and connected at each end to the transom frame. The cant beams supporting the deck plating in the overhang of the stern radiate from it. Transom frame or plate A horizontal frame under a ship’s counter. Transverse (1) Alignment perpendicular to the centreplane of a vessel. (2) Deck beam. Transverse Placed at right angles to the eel, such as a transverse frame, transverse bulkhead, etc. See also Abeam Athwart. Transverse bulkhead A partition wall of planking or plating running in an athwartship direction across a portion or the whole breadht of a ship. The principal function of transverse bulkheads is to divide the ship into a series of watertight compartments so that any rupture of the shell will not cause the loss of the vessel. Transverse planes Vertical planes normal to the centreline plane of the ship. Transverse sections The intersections of transverse planes with the envelope of the ship’s hull. Transverse stability A measure of a ship’s stability in relation to rotation about a longitudinal axis. Trawler Fishing vessel designed for operation involving the towing of submerged nets.

trawler

trawler

trawler

trawler

TRCF Total Recorded Case Frequency Tread The length of a vessel’s keel. Treenails Wooden pins employed instead of nails or spikes to secure the planking of a wooden vessel to the frames. Trice To lash up. Tricing line A line used for suspending articles. Trick The period of time during which the wheelsman remains at the wheel. Trim The longitudinal attitude of a vessel, i.e., the difference between forward and aft drafts. Trip To let go. Tripping brackets Flat bars placed at various points on a deck girder or beams as reinforcement. Tripping line A line used for capsizing the sea anchor and hauling it in. Truck The flat circular piece secured on the top of the mast. Trunk Vertical space or passage formed by bulkheads or casings extending 1 or more decks providing access or through which piping or cabling may be conducted. Trunk bulkhead The casing or partition that forms an enclosures running from deck to deck and surrounding the hatch openings. Try square A small and handy instrument for trying the square of surfaces while planing or fairing up with any tool. They come in various sezes and should be handled carefully to avoid knocking them out of true, and thus causing material to be spoiled by inaccurate work. TSGB Training Ship Golden Bear (California Maritime Academy) TSS Traffic Separation Scheme TTL Total Tuck The after part of a ship where the sheel plating meets tn the run and is tucked together. Tug Small powerful and highly manoeuvrable vessel designed for towing, assisting and manoeuvring larger vessels in port or restricted waterways.

Tug

Tug

Tug

Tug

Tug boat A small vessel fitted for towing. Tumble home Said of the sides of a vessel when thwy lean in at the top. When vertical they are called wallsided, when they lean out, flaring.

Tumblehome

Tumblehome

Turn in all standing Go to bed without undressing. Turn to An order to commence ship’s work. Turn turtle To capsize. Turnaround time The time it takes between the arrival of a vessel and it’s departure from port; frequently used as a measure of port efficiency. Turnbuckle A connecting device usually used with cable or chain and which takes up slack by rotating on its screw threads. back

Turnbuckle

Turnbuckle

Turnbuckle

Turnbuckle

Turnbuckles Used to pull objects together. A link threaded on both ends of a short bar, one left handed, the other right handed. Turrets Structures designed for the mounting and handling of the guns and accessories (usually main battery guns) of a war vessel. Turrents are constructed so as to revolve about a vertical axis usually by means of electrical or hydraulic machinery. TW Tween Decker Tween decks The space between any continuous decks. Tween-deck Intermediate deck within a cargo space above the lower hold and below the upper deck.

Tween-deck

Tween-deck

Twenty-foot equivalent unit (TEU) Container size standard of twenty feet. Two twenty-foot containers (TEUs) equal one FEU. Container vessel capacity and port throughput capacity are frequently referred to in TEUs. Two blocks When the two blocks of a tackle have been drawn as close together as possible. UKHO United Kingdom Hydrographic Office (provides AIO) ULCC Ultra large crude carrier. Tanker of deadweight greater than 320,000 tonnes.

ULCC

ULCC

ULCC

ULCC

Ullage hatch A small hinged opening on a tank for gauging or sampling cargo. The ullage is the distance from the top of this hatch to the top of the cargo. It is the “opposite” of innage. Ullage opening A small, covered opening in the top of a cargo tank through which measurements are made to determine the level of the liquid in the tank. Umbrella A metal shield in the form of a trustrum of qa cone, fitted to the outer casing of the smokestack over the air casing to keep out the weather. Unbend To untie. Under below A warning from aloft (heads up). Undermanned Insufficient number of crew; shorthanded. Undertow A subsurface current in a surf. Underway Said of a vessel when not at anchor, nor made fast to the shore, or aground. Unitization The consolidation of a quantity of individual items into one large shipping unit for easier and faster handling through methods such as palletizing, stripping, slinging and containerization. Unloader Port equipment employed to unload ships carrying dry bulk cargo. Unmoor To remove the ropes that attach a ship to the shore. Unship To remove anything from its usual place. To take apart. Unstuffing (or stripping) Unloading of a container. Unwatched Said of a lighthouse not tended. Up anchor Hoist or haul in the anchor. Upper deck A partial deck above the main deck amidships. Upper works Superstructures, or deck erections located on or above the weather deck. Sometimes used with reference to a ship’s entire above-water structure. Uptake A sheet metal conduit connecting the boiler furnace with thw base of the smokestack. It conveys the smoke and hot gases from the boiler to the stack, and should be made double thickness with an air space between to prevent radiation. Swinging dampers for controlling the fires are fitted in the uptake. USC Unless Sooner Commenced USL Uniform Shipping Laws (Australian federal code for the design, construction and stability of vessels.) UU Unless Used UUIUATUTC Unless Used If Used Actual Time Used To Count Vapor Header A pipeline connected to the top of a cargo tank that channels the displaced tank vapors to a shoreside control system. Vast An order to cease (stop). VCG Vertical center of gravity; an important computation used in the determination of the stability of a vessel with its cargo. back VCG Vertical center of gravity; an important computation used in the determination of the stability of a vessel with its cargo. back Veer To slack off or move off; also said of a change of direction of wind, when the wind shifts to a different direction. VEF Vessel Experience Factor VEL Velocity Ventilation The process of providing fresh air to the various spaced, and removing foul or heated air, gases, etc., from them. This may be accomplished by natural sraft or by mechanical means. Ventilations, bell-mouthed or cowl Terminals on open decks in the form of a 90elbow with enlarged or bell shaped openings, so formed as to obtain an increase of air supply when facing the wind and to increase the velocity of air down the ventilation pipe. Ventilator Installation or nacelle for the intake or exhaust of ventilation air for enclosed spaces. Ventilator cowl The swiveled opening at the top of a ventilator. Vertical keel A plate running in a fore and aft direction connecting to the flat keel and keel rider plates, it is usually connected by two angles at the top and bottom for a riveted job or welded to the keel and keel rider. Vessel manifest Declarations made by international ocean carriers relating to the ship’s crew and contents at both the port of departure and arrival. All bills af lading are registered on the manifest. Vessel traffic management system Vessel control and management system (VTMS) usually under the authority of the harbormaster, comprising equipment (such as radars, tracking software, and radio communications), personnel (traffic operators0, and regulations. Most larger maritime ports have relatively advanced vessel traffic management systems for maritime safety, protection of the enviroment, and coordination of marine services. VHF Very High Frequency VIQ Vessel Inspection Questionnaire Visor A small inclined awning running around the pilot house over the windows or air ports to exclude the glare of the sun or to prevent rain or spray from coming in the openings when the glazed frames are dropped or opened. They may be of canvas or metal. VLCC Very large crude carrier. Tanker of deadweight between 160,000 and 320,000 tonnes. VLOC Very Large Ore Carrier VOC Volatile Organic Compound Voice tube A tube designed for the carriage of the human voice from one part of the ship to another. In its simplest form the voice tube system includes a speaking connection between the pilot house and engine room only. In large war vessels the system becomes very complicated. Voice tubes are generally made up to about four inchesin diameter and fitted with appropriate speaking and listening terminals. Void space Enclosed space (often watertight) intentionally left empty; (e.g., cofferdam). Void tank A watertight space that does not carry ballast or cargo. For floatation. VP Voyage Plan VPD Vessel Protection Detachment VPD Vessel Pays Dues VPQ Vessel Particulars Questionnaire VRM Variable Range Marker VTS Vessel Tracking System Waist The portion of the deck between the forecastle and quarterdeck of a sailing vessel. Wake The disturbed water left behind by a moving ship. Wales See Harpings. Wardroom A room or space on shipboard set aside for use of the officers for social purpose and also used as their mess or dining room. WASP Weather Analysis Service Provider Waste Cotton yarn used for cleaning purposes. Watch cap A canvas cover secured over a funnel when not in use. Sailor’s headwear, woolen type, capable of covering the ears in cold weather. Watch officer An officer taking his turn as officer of the watch. Water breaker A small cask carried in ship’s boats for drinking purposes. Water lines Lines drawn parallel with the surface of the water at varing heights on a ship’s outline. In the sheer plan they are straight and horizontal, in the half-breadth plan they show the form of the ship at each of the successive heights marked. Waterline The line painted on the side of the vessel at the water’s edge to indicate the proper trim. Waterlogged A ship full of water but still afloat. Water-logged Filled with water but afloat. Water’s edge The surface of the water. Watertight Capable of preventing the ingress of water under a head of water likely to occur in the intact or damaged condition. Watertight bulkhead A partition of plating reinforced where necessary with stiffering bars and capable of preventing the flow of water under pressure from one compartment to another. Watertight compartment A space or compartment whithin a ship having its top, bottom, ans sides constructed in such a manner as to prevent the leakage of water into or from the space. Watertight door A door so constructed that, when closed, it will prevent water under pressure from passing throught. Waterway A gutter-like recess on the shelter deck at the midship section of a ship, which delivers excess water the sea. Waterway bar An angle or flat bar attached to a deck stringer plate forming the in-board boundary of a waterway and serving as an abutment for the wood deck plating. Waybill Document, issued by a shipping line to a shipper, which serves as a receipt for the goods and evidence of the contract carrier. Ways The timber sills upon which a ship is built. WCCON Whether Customs Cleared Or Not WCDC Wind and Current Drag Coefficient Task Group Weather deck Uppermost hull deck exposed to the weather at all times.

Weather deck

Weather deck

Weather eye To keep a weather eye is to be on the alert (heads up). Weather side The windward side (from where the wind is blowing). Weathertight Capable of preventing the ingress of water in any wind and wave conditions up to those specified as critical design conditions. Web The vertical portion of a beam, the athwartship portion of a frame. Web frame Transverse side frame with deeper web, spaced at multiples of main frame stations for the provision of extra strength.

Web frame

Web frame

Weeping The very slow issuance of water through the seamsof a ship’s structure or from a containing vessel in insufficient quantity to produce a stream. Weigh Lift anchor off the bottom. Weigh anchor To lift anchor off the sea bottom. Welding The method of fastening steel objects together by fusing the metal with a gas flame or an electrical arc. Welding bead A seam made by closing a joint with molten metal applied with a welding stick. Well The space between the first bulkhead of a long poop deck or deck house and a fore-castle bulkhead. Well deck A sunken deck on a marchant vessel, fitted between the forecastle and a long poop or continuous bridge house or raised quarter deck. Well enough An order meaning sufficient (enough). WGS84 World Geodetic System 1984 Whaler Any steel or wooden member used for temporarily bracing a bulkhead, deck section, etc. Wharf Structure built alongside the water or perpendicular to the shore where ships berth for loading or discharging goods. Wharfage The charge that an owner of a facility charges for the movement of cargo through that facility. Wheel Nickname for propeller, steering gear control. Where away A call requesting direction in answer to the report of a lookout that an object has been sighted. Whipping A method of preventing the ends of a line from unlaying or fraying by turns of small stuff, stout twine or seizing wire with the ends tucked. White cap The white froth on the crests of waves. WIBON Whether In Berth Or Not Wide berth At a considerable distance. WIFPON Whether In Free Pratique or not Wildcat A sprocket wheel on the windlass for taking links of the chain cable. Winch A hoisting or pulling machine fitted with a horizontali single or double srum. A small drum is generally fitted on one or both ends of the shaft supporting the hoisting drum. These small drums are called gypsides, niggerheads, or winch heads. The hoisting drums either are fitted with a friction brake or are directly keyed to the shaft. The driving power is usually steam or electricity but hand power is also used. A winch is used principally for the purpose of handling, hoisting, and lowering cargo from a dock or lighter to the hold of a ship and vice versa.

Winch

Winch

Wind scoop A device used to divert air into a compartment of a ship. Windlass An apparatus in which horizontallor vertical drums or gypsides and wildcats are operated by means of a steam engine or motor for the purpose of handling heavy anchor chair hawsers, etc.

Windlass

Windlass

Wing To overhanging part of a deck on a ferry boat, or fore and aft of paddle boxes in a side wheeler. Also used to indicate outboard parts of the ship, such as in the wings of the hold. Wing brackets The arge brackets which fasten the margin plates to the lower frame ends. (Also known as deep bracket knees and bilge brackets). Wing passage A passage way below the water line on a man-of-war, used for repairs and inspections. Wing tank Ballast or cargo tank adjacent to the hull side.

Wing tank

Wing tank

Wing tanks Tanks located autboard and usually just under the wether deck. They are sometimes formed by fitting a longitudinal bulkhead between the two uppermost decks, ans sometimes by working a diagonal, longitudinal flat between the ship’s side and the weather deck. Wiper A general handyman in the engine room. WIPON Whether In Port Or Not Wire mesh bulkhead A partition built up of wire mesh panel. WLTOHC (distance) Water Line-To-Hatch Coaming WOG Without Guarantee WPD Weather Permitting Day WRIC Wire Rods In Coils WTF Western Terminal Forum WWD Weather Working Day WWR When, Where Ready WWWW Wibon, Wccon, Wifpon, Wipon Yacht Private or charter vessel designed for pleasure cruising, racing, etc. propelled by wind or power.

Yacht1

Yacht1

Yacht

Yacht

YAR York Antwerp Rules Yard A term applied to a spar attached at its middle portion to a mast and running athwartship across a vessel as a support for a square sail. Signal halyards, lights, etc. Yardarm A term applied to the outer end if a yard. Yaw To steer wildly or out of line of course. Yield stress Stress limit within a material at which plastic (permanent) strain commences under load. Z-drive Propulsion train configuration where the engine output and propeller shafts are horizontal and parallel and linked via an intermediate vertical shaft.

Z-drive

Z-drive

Z-drive

Z-drive

Z-Drive_side_view

Z-Drive_side_view

Zee-bar A structural shape with a cross section resembling the letter Z. Zenith When the sun is in the zenith and observed with a sextant, the arc will be 90o from the horizon. Zinc primer Common corrosion inhibiting primer used to coat bare steel prior to subsequent paint coatings being applied.

Like this post? Please share to your friends:
  • Word for living room
  • Word for living life to the fullest
  • Word for living in the present
  • Word for living a long time
  • Word for living a dream